Beginning Hiri Motu

PACIFIC LINGUISTICS

Sen�e� V - No. 24

BEGINNING HIRI MOTU

T.E. Dutton and C.L. Voorhoeve

Department of Linguistics

Research School of Pacific Studies

THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Dutton, T.E. and Voorhoeve, C.L. Beginning Hiri Motu. D-24, xviii + 276 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1974. DOI:10.15144/PL-D24.cover ©1974 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. PA CIFIC LINGUISTICS is published by the L�ng u�� t�e C�� e t e 06 Canb e��a and consists of four series:

SERIES A - OCCAS IONAL PAPERS SERIES B - MONOGRAPHS SERIES C - BOOKS SERIES V - SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS .

EDITOR: S.A. Wurm. ASSOCIATE EDITORS: D.C. Laycock, C.L. Voorhoeve.

ALL CORRESPONDENCE concerning PACIFIC LINGUISTICS, including orders and subscriptions, should be addressed to:

The Secretary, PACIFIC LINGUISTICS,

Department of Linguistics,

School of Pacific Studies,

The Australian National University,

Box 4, P.O.,

Canberra, A.C.T. 2600.

Australia.

TAPES to accompany this volume should be ordered from

Mr J. Dillon,

Director,

Language Laboratory,

The Australian National University,

Canberra, A.C.T. 2600. Australia.

Prices: 6 x C.l20 Casse ttes $25.00 6 x 7" Ree 1 s $ 3 6. 00

The editors are indebted to the Australian National University for help in the production of this series.

This publication was made possible by an initial grant from the

Hunter Douglas Fund.

National Library of Australia Card number and ISBN 0 85883 112 0 FOREWORD

Dr R. Taureka M.H.A. , Minister for Education in Papua New Guinea, has very kindly consented to write a few words to introduce this course to users . Dr Taureka writes (in English and Mo tu korikori (or 'true ' Motu» :

ENGLISH: I very much appreciate the opportunity to be ab le to write a preface for a course of this nature. As Papua New Guinea approaches nationhood we are seeing a reawakening of pride in our traditions . Hiri Motu had a unique place in Papuan Culture as a unifying force among the peoples of Papua. Today , when national unity is vital to our progress as a nation , Hiri Motu can maintain this traditional function . Therefore we appreciate and value the preparation of this course as an important contributi on to our country's development.

MOTU: Lau na moale bada hereamu ina revareva na toreamu ina buka ini hetomana lalonai. Papua New Guinea na e tUbu daemu , sibo henari daladiai , taunimanima idia heboudia daladiai bena tubuda, seneda edia kara ita esa rna ta havara loumu . Ina gado Hiri Motu na rna gado ta Papua lalonai badina be ina gado ese Papua ena kone bona gunika taudia e ha heboudiamu . Hari ina nega ai noho hebou eiava taunimanima idia heboudia karadia na nanamo heherea badina be ina kara ese ita eda tanob ada baine ha tubua dae bona Hiri Motu danu do baine mia eda tanobada ai . Una dainai lau na mai moalegu ida na gw aumu ina buka lalonai e hetore gaudia na babada bona nanamo heherea ita eda tanobada ena tub u iniseni ai .

Dr Reuben Taureka 21 .11.74

iii TAB LE OF CONTENTS

Page A-<.m Th e. Languag e. The. S��ue�u�e. 06 �he. Cou��e. How �o U� e. �he. Le.��on� C onve.�-6a�-<'o n-6 Aeknowle.dge.me.n��

UNIT 1: Introdu ction to Vocabul ary and Pronunciation 1 DALA DEKENAI 3 1.1 Pronouns 8 1.2 Verb s 9 1. 3 Verbs with Noun Subjects 10 1.4 Adj ectives (1) 11 1.5 Edesen i: where? 12 Text: Labana 14

UNIT 2: AU GINIGINI 16 2 . 1 Possessive Pronouns 19 2.2 Transitive Verbs 20 2.3 Questions : Dahaka , Daika, Dahaka Badina 22 2.4 Conj unctions : Ma and Bona 27 Text: Pidgin Gado Diba Taudia 29

UN IT 3: KUK I GAUKARA TAUNA 32 3.1 Dohore , Vadaen i: Future Tense and Completed Past 34 3.2 Directional Verb s 37 3.3 Edana Negai: when? 39 3.4 Time Adverbs 39 3.5 Neganai: when... 42 Text: Kuk i Gaukara 43

iv v

Page UN IT 4: 01 GU NEGANAI 47 4.1 Ve rb + gwaura ia: ab out to (do some thing) 50 4.2 Ura + Verb : to want to (do something) 51 4.3 Ura + Verb + Gwauraia 53 4.4 Verb Sequences 54 4.5 Negation 55 4.6 Hida: how many ? and Hiri Motu Numerals 57 4. 7 Be: Focus Marker 59 Text: Kikori Sabdistrik 62

UNIT 5: HANUA OE KENAI 6 5 5 . 1 Singular and Plural Number in Nouns 68 5.2 Possessive Phrases : Noun + ena + Noun 70 5.3 Ob ject Pronoun Suffixes 72 5.4 Edana Bamona: like what, how? 75 5.5 Verb + hege regere : ability (to do some thing) 76 Text: Tm i nmesuk Hanua 77

UNIT 6: HUALA PIOIA NEGANAI 81 6.1 Totona: in order to, so that 84 6.2 Adje ctives (2) 85 6 . 3 Verb + diba: competence (know how to) 89 6 . 4 Emphatic Pronouns (ese , sibona, tamon a) 90 6.5 Verb + noho: continuous action 91 Text: Huala Ena Kw a rana 93

UN IT 7: TRAKA NAR1 A GABUN A OE KENA1 95 7 . 1 Pronouns : Dual Forms 97 7 . 2 Nominals 99 7 . 3 Verb + inai : immediacy of action (jus t, now, here) 103 Text: Lauegu Mauri 105

UNIT 8: HOIHOI GABUNA OE KENAI 107 8.1 Bema : if 110 8.2 Intensifiers : sisina, herea, momokan i, masemase 112 8.3 Verb + itaia: to try to do something 115 Text: Aiemai Maket 117 vi

Page UNIT 9: GAUKARA NE GANA I 119 9.1 Garina: Zest, in case 121 9 . 2 Comparison of Adj ectives 123 9 . 3 Verb + hamatam aia/ia ore: to begin/end some thing 124 9 . 4 each, one by one : reciprocity 126 Text: Kokokoko Labana 127

UNIT 10: HOS PITALA DEKENAI 131 10.1 Negative Questions and the Question Tag an i 134 10.2 to have 136 10. 3 Causative Verb s 138 Text: Lau be Distrik Ed Pos Supava isa 141

UNIT 11: SUPPLEMENTARY TEXTS FROM THE CENTRAL, NORTHERN, AND MILNE 144 BAY DISTRICTS Text 1: Si 1 i (Central and Northern-Mekeo and Notu) 144 Text 2: To 1 i (Central-Motu) 146 Text 3: Lauegu Li vi (Central-Keapara) 147 Text 4: Kukuma ra and Katoro (Central-Kunimaipa, Guari) 148 Text 5: Plen la Moru (Central-Kunimaipa, Laramaita) 150 Text 6: Lau be Louis Mona, MHA (Central-Fuyuge ) 151 Text 7: Mi lia bona Sabave (Central-Mtn Koiari , Manumu ) 154 Text 8: Sinavai Ladana Ma (Central-Mtn Koiari, Manari) 155 Text 9: Loh iabada Ena Ta ravatu Lau Haniai Vadaen i 156 (Central-Mtn Koiari , Enivi l ogo ) Text 10: Gawada (Central-Koiari ) 159 Text 11: Gori Ta (Central-Barai ) 159 Text 12: lorna We lfe Klab (Northern-lorna) 160 Text 13: Lauegu Tubud ia Edesen i Idia Ma i Ena Kiki 160 (Northern-Yega , Cape Killerton) Text 14: Friz a Bisnis (Northern-Korafe , Tufi ) Text 15: Reke Hanamoa Gaukara (Northern-Maisin, 162 Collingwood Bay) Text 16: Lau Gaukara Mista Wulp Dekena (Milne Bay-Mi sima 164 Is. )

UN IT 12: SUPPLEMENTARY TE XTS FROM THE GULF AND WESTERN DISTRICTS 165 Text 1: Lauegu Gaukara (Gulf District-Toaripi) 165 Text 2: Sene Taudia Edia Ka ra (Gulf District-Kerema ) 166 Text 3: Boroma Labana (Gulf District-Orokoro ) 168 Text 4: Ekares Ena Gauka ra (Gulf District-Purari ) 169 Text 5: Gwarume Ab ia Daladia (Gulf District-Kikori ) 171 Text 6: Rabia Ab ia Dalana (Gulf District-Kikori) 172 vii

Page Text 7 : Re d i 0 Westen Distrik (Western District-Balimo ) 173 Text 8: Edena Bamona Lau Lao (Western District-Kiwai ) 175 Text 9 : Ostrel ia Vadivad i Lau Hen ia (Western District- 177 Lake Murray ) Text 10: Sene Kiki (Western District-Lake Murray ) 179 Text 11 : Ar i ha Bon a Go ru (Western District-Nomad) 182 Text 12 : Patro Kiki (We stern District-Kiunga) 1 84

A HIRI MOTU-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 187 AN ENGLISH-HIRI MOTU FINVER LIST 206 US EFUL WORV GROUPS 223 People and Family Relationship Terms 224 Body Parts and Physiological Terms 227 Clothing and Decoration 231 Household Utensils, Tools, Musical Instruments , Weapons 232 Prepared and Manufactured Foods 234 House and Garden 234 Diseases and Health Care : Medical Terms 235 Schoolroom Terms 239 Transport and Travel 244 Business, Trade , and Banking 245 Government and Law 246 Re ligion and Beliefs 249 Fauna 2 5 2 Flora 25 4 Nature and Landscape 2 56

A HIRI MOTU REAVING LIST 258 viii

AIM

As the title suggests Beginning Hi�i Mo�u is an introductory language-learning course in Hiri Motu , the principal linga franca of Papua . It is a revised version of a series of lessons developed and used for teaching the essential of the language to a group of anthrop ologists preparing to go to Papua in 1973 but also represents a revision and updating of S.A. Wurm's and J.B. Harris ' very popu lar Po�ice Mo�u : An In��oduc�ion �o �he T�ade Languag e 06 Papua (New Guinea ) 60� An�h�op o�ogi�� and o�he� Fie�dwo�ke�� ( Linguistic Circle of Canberra , 1963) which was also prepared by scholars at the Australian National University but which was not really designed for modern language-learning1 . As now prepared Beginning Hi�i Mo�u has been designed as a basic text or body of materials upon which courses can be based where there are competent instructors and modern language learning facilities available, although it can be, and has been used quite successfully for self-teaching purposes . The aim of the course is the development of conversational fluency in Hiri Motu , that is, the ability to converse freely and easily with Papuans and New Guineans about everyday events . This is felt to be important , as Hiri Motu is, after all, first and foremost a spoken language and only secondly a written one , although this latter aspect is now becoming increasingly important . Besides, learning to read and write Hiri Motu should not present any difficulties once the first few lessons of the course have been worked through and they can be practised privately once one knows how the language is pronounced and used . Thus the emphasis in the course is on listening to the language and on speaking it at normal speed, and all the exercises are designed to give the student as much practice as possible in these skills in the time available . There are no reading exercises ( except for those in which the student is asked to write down what the speaker is saying on the tape and in wh ich the emphasis is as much on sharpening up the student 's powers of discrimination as on giving the student practice in writing ) and the student is advised to resist the temptation to "get through" exercises and lessons with the least pain and effort by reading answers from the textbook . This is important because reading the answers

1 We should like to thank the Australian National Universi ty for its suppor t and funds in running this course. ix

not only destroys effort but ultimately slows down learning . However, most students will find it difficult to do without this crutch at first simply because most of us have become so dependent upon reading and so conditioned to learning through it. But on the other hand this does not mean that the textbook should not be consulted at all--obviously it must be , to understand and learn new vocabulary or structures; to clarify what is being said on the tape and/or to use for practice away from the laboratory after the lesson has first been heard on tape . However, as a general rule, all the learning shou ld be done from the tapes and the student shou ld make every effort to do this according to the general schema set out below in the section entitled "How to Use the Lessons" until he (or his instructor ) is satisfied that he has mastered the material presented . Yet mere working through the materials in the way indicated will in itself not be sufficient to ensure conversational fluency . The student must be prepared to go beyond that and to use what he knows as much as possible and to listen to the language as much as possible; there is no substitute for live practice with fellow learners , and especially with native speakers whenever and wherever possible .

THE LANGUAGE

Hiri Motu is the name currently used to refer to what used to be called "Police Motu " or "Pidgin Motu", a pidgined form of Motu , the Austronesian language spoken around Port Moresby. As already indicated , this language is the principal lingua franca of Papua which is today spoken throughout most of Papua and serves as the unofficial language of administration as well as the principal means of communication between Papuans (and to some extent New Guineans and Europeans) speaking mutually unintelligible languages1 . In recent years it has assumed an increasing importance in national politics in Papua New Guinea and is receiving increaSing attention by linguistis interested in the formation and devel opment of pidgin languages. Historically the origin of the language is unknown2 but judging by

1 According to the 1971 census Hiri Motu is spoken by approximately 150,000 persons in Papua New Guinea.

2 For a fuller discussion of the nature, origin and development of Hiri Motu see T.E. Dutton and H.A. Brown: "Hiri Motu -- The Language Itself" to appear in a volume Cu��ent T�end� �n the Languag e Sc�ence� : Cu��ent T� end� �n New Gu�nea A�ea Languag e� (The Hague: Mouton). x

sketchy recorded information that is available it is probab ly based on , if it is not derived from, one of the varieties of trading languages used by the Motu and their trading partners along the southern Papuan coast between the Gulf of Papua in the west and the Aroma coast just east of Hood Point in the east in pre-European times . All that is known for certain is that by 1904 some observers were complaining about the devel l opment of a "pidgin Motu" or "a kind of dog Motu -- hardly intelligible l to those who speak Motu as their nat ive language " in the Police Force of the time and which members of the force and others (e.g. , retired members and released prisoners ) used as a lingua franca amongst them selves and as a language of contact in new areas being opened up by the Government . This language soon became popularly known through its association with this force as "Police Motu " and continued as such until 1971 when there was general agreement amongst those interested in the language and its future that this name should be changed to Hiri Motu following recommendat ions made at a Conference on Police Motu convened by the Department of Information and Extension Services at Port Moresby in May of that year . This change of name associates Hiri Motu's origin with one specific variety of the trading languages already ment ioned , viz. that one used by the Motu on their hi ri or annual voyages to the Gulf of Papua to exchange clay pots and other items for sago and other Gulf products. Whether this is in fact so, is a matter for further investigation, but meanwhile it is important to note that through time and the interaction of this new pidgin language with "true Motu" which was widely used throughout Central Papua as a church language this language developed its own series of varieties (distinguishable chiefly by their sound systems and the pre sence or absence of certain lexical and grammatical forms ) representing varying degrees of difference within two dialects - a Central one spoken largely by Austronesian peoples of the central coast around Port Moresby but also by others who have been in contact with the peoples of Moresby area or under the influence of missions using this variety, and a Non-Central one which is spoken else where . The latter variant is much more widespread and several authors have advocated that it (or selected parts of it) should be regarded as the standard variety for purposes of general communicat ion throughout

1 The first was by F.R. Barton and the second by J.H.P. Murray in annual reports on British New Guinea and Papua for the years ending June, 1904 and 607 respectively. xi

Papua. It differs from the Central (or Austronesian ) variant in having a number of features that are not typical of that variety. For example , whereas the Central dialect generally follows the "true" Motu manner of indicating possession with parts of the body and kinship terms , as well as its manner of marking pronoun obj ects in the verb the Non-Central dialect does not . Generally too the phonology and grammar of the Central dialect is closer to "true" Motu . The reason for this lies in the linguistic similarity of the languages around Port Moresby. This area is occupied by Austrones ian speakers whose languages are very similar in structure to "true" Motu . It is therefore natural to expect that in using Hiri Motu they will use language forms that are already familiar to them from their own linguistic bac kgrounds unlike speakers of Non-Austronesian languages to whom these forms are strange . Not only that but as "true" Motu is used as a church language throughout much of Central Papua this also helps to keep speakers oriented towards the "purer" forms . However, because the Non-Central dialect forms and structures can generally be easily derived from the Central ones, and we expect most learners will be needing the language in Port Moresby and its environs where the Central dialect is used , we have chosen to base this course on the Central dialect and to leave it to the learner to adjust to the Non-Central forms by referring to appropriate footnotes where differences are discussed and by studying the texts given at the end of each of the units and in Unit 12 particularly. For this reason we have also adopted most of the spelling principles of "true" Motu except for the instances noted in the "Conventions" section below.

THE STRUCTURE OF THE COURSE

The basis of Beginning Hi�i Motu is the series of tape-recorded units, or lessons , corresponding to those contained in this volume . There are twelve such lessons , each approximately one hour in length. The first ten of these cover the main structures and vocabulary of the language while the eleventh and twelfth are special ones which are designed to give the learner some idea of the variat ions he is likely to encounter from speaker to speaker across Papua. Each of the first ten lessons introduces approximately the same amount of new material for the student to learn and use and all are similar in design . Each consists of the following sections recorded on tape : xii

1. A Conversation 2. Useful Expressions 3. Vocabulary Expansion Exercises 4. Grammar Drills 5. Text

These sections are separated by short excerpts of traditional and modern Papua New Guinea mu sic taken from recordings made by the authors at various times, and each unit ends with something similar . In the first lesson pronunciation is also introduced and drilled . Each of the tape-recorded sections of the lessons has the follow ing characteristics :

Conv e��atio n� : These are of the short question-and-answer type designed to be as natural and topical as possible while control ling the amount of new language material introduced . Each conversation is accompanied by explanatory social and/or linguistic notes . Students should aim at learning each conversat ion off by heart since each contains all the material upon which the subsequent drills are based . To assist him in this each conversation is presented in the following way on the acc om panying tapes :

1. Conversation for Listening All the student does is listen to the conversation spoken by the actors . 2. Conversatio n for Learning The sentences of the conversat ion are repeated slowly by the instructor so that the students can learn them . Short sentences are said straight through . Longer sentences are built up in sections . 3. Conversation for Fluency The sentences are again repeated but this time at normal speed so that the student can develop fluency of utterance . 4. Conversation for Comprehension The student again listens to the conversat ion spoken by the actors . xiii

Any section of a conversation can be replayed by the student for further practice and learning . All the conversations were recorded in studios of The National Broadcasting Commission , Port Moresby , by Mr . Tomas i Boko from Hanuabada village , Mr . Mairi Mehutu from Nafenanomu village , Rigo , and one of the authors .

U6e6ul Exp�e66ion6: This section contains expressions that are felt to be useful and relevant to the lesson at hand and for conversation generally, but which were otherwise difficult to incorporate into the Conversation .

Vocabula�y Expan6ion Exe�ci6e6 : These are designed to expand the student's vocabulary . New items are introduced into selected sentences from the conversation the student has already learned at the beginning of the unit . These selected sentences are referred to as "frames" in the drills. Two types of drills are used here and elsewhere--Simple Substitution and Progressive Sub stitution. In the former the student merely keeps repeating the same sentence material while substituting a new vocabulary item for one nominated in the frame . In the Progressive Substitution drill the student has to remember part of the last sentence he uttered while adding in the new piece given . This latter exercise calls for a greater effort from the student than the former . Each type of exercise is described again by the instructor on the accompanying tape for Unit 1 but the student is thereafter expected to recognize the nature of the drill from its name , which is always given where relevant .

G�amma� V�ill6 These are designed to drill particular grammatical structures already introduced in the conversations and to give flexibility to the student 's command of those structures . Many different types of drills are used including the simple and progressive substitution types just described . Each section is introduced with a short description of the grammatical point being drilled and concludes with an evaluation exer cise to test the student's control of those points. In general four grammatical points qre drilled in each unit . xiv

Text� These are typically short stories in the third person told by informants in actual field situations . Though not always easy to follow nor always on subj ects directly related to the conversations they are very good for giving students some idea of the way Hiri Motu is actually used in story telling and how it may vary from speaker to speaker and from that taught in this course . Translations follow the texts in the printed text book. These translations are fairly literal with more literal additions given in brackets to help the student see how the given translation was derived .

HOW TO USE THE LESSONS

Before beginning the actual learning programme , the student should first of all make sure that he has read through the preceding sections of this volume so that he has some idea of what is being attempted and how this is being attempted. Then when he is ready to begin he should do so by working through the Conversation from the tape in the manner indicated under the relevant heading in the section "The Structure of the Course" given above . Having done that he should then proceed im mediately to the Useful Expressions and the Vocabulary Expansion Exercises which he should work through several times remembering what has already been said in the "aims" section above about reading the answers from the text book. When he has been through these to his (and/or his instructor 's) satisfaction, he should go back to the Con versation and try making up one for himself using some of the new vocabulary he has just learned . Finally, he should make sure that at the very least he knows how to ask the questions and/or give the commands that have been introduced in the Conversation and the Useful Expressions . He should then be ready to proceed to the Grammar Drills . The Grammar sections contain no new material but merely give the student practice in manipulating what has already been learned . At the beginning of each such section the student should stop his machine and spend some time reading through the grammatical notes provided . These notes do not occur on tape and are not to be learned off by heart--they are there merely to help the student understand how the language "works" and to give him an idea of what aspects of it are being drilled in the exercises that follow . All the grammar sections can be gone through at once but at their completion the student should again return to the Conversation and seek out the structures that have been dril led in those sections . In this way he will begin to appreciate how the conversations xv

could be varied further, and hopefully, thereby improve his knowledge of the language and of the use of the materials. When the Text is reached it should be studied carefully--firstly, just by listening to it and seeing how much of it is immediately intel ligible, and subsequently, by either attempting to write it down in short bursts or by working through it from the text book . In doing this, however , the student should pay particular attent ion to how the texts are opened and closed and how sentences are joined together with items like vadaen i, vadan, or vada . When he is thoroughly acquainted with the text the student should then try retelling the story in his own words. The supplementary texts in Units 11 and 12 can be studied as time and incl ination allow and/or worked through with an instructor as relevant . In doing this we hope the vocabulary and index at the back of the volume will provide a quick and useful reference whenever the student needs to check the meanings of items or to locate where they have been discussed in the course . These lists provide the student with a basic vocabulary which he will find adequate for most situations . For those who wish to go beyond this and extend their vocabulary in specific fields, however, we have provided additional vocabulary in the special section entitled USEFUL WORV GROUPS . A short , but comprehensive reading list is also provided at the end of the volume for those interested in expanding their knowledge of the language in other directions or in locat ing some of the reading materials that are currently available.

CONVENTIONS

In transcribing Hiri Motu material we have, as already noted, generally followed the spelling conventions adopted and used in R. Lister-Turner and J.B. Clark : A V�ct�ona�y 06 the Motu Languag e 06 Papua (Sydney : Government Printer - 2nd and revised edition by P. Chatterton) and also in R. Brett , R. and R. Brown , and V. Foreman : A V�ct�o na�y 06 Pol�ce Motu (Port Moresby: The Summer Institute of Linguistics and the Department of Information and Extension Services, 1962) even though some forms may be pronounced differently (e.g. , gwauraia is often pronounced koraia, inai as inei) by Non-Central dialect speakers. However , there are some cases where there are variant forms which are so regularly used that we have decided to transcribe them as they are pronounced . These are (with the 'basic ' form given first ): xvi

vadaen i, vadan, vada completed action marker ; sentence connective or introducer . dohore , do future tense marker negana i, negana time clause marker dekena i, dekena , dekene at, to, from idiaedia, idiedia, idiena their iseda , iteda , itena our (incl.) aiem ai, aiemu our (excl .)

As Hiri Motu is a living language whose vocabulary is expanding to meet new social needs we were also faced with the task of dist in gu ishing recent borrowings from others which can now be regarded as part of the language . In general we have underlined all recent borrow ings and footnoted them where necessary . Excluded from this category , however , are geographical names (e.g. , towns , rivers, places) , names or titles assoc iated with the administration of the country (e.g., District Commissioner , Local Government Council), and anything else wh ich seemed to us to form part of the bac kground knowledge of the country brought into the discussion or description. In drawing up the vocabularies at the end of the volume too we have attempted to dist inguish between those items which are common to all dialects or varieties of the language and those restricted to the Central or Non-Central dialects. The former are unmarked but the latter two are dist inguished by the following abbreviations :

C Central Dialect only NC Non-Central Dialect only W Western District G Gulf District

When only Wand/or G are used , however , this does not mean that the forms so marked are only found in those areas -- it merely means that at this stage they have only been ob served or recorded in the Western and/or Gulf Districts and that further research is required to determine if they are more widely distributed . Finally in transcribing the texts a single dash (-) is used to

separate explanations by the speaker, two dashes ( -- ) are used to show

corrections , changes of mind etc ., two dots ( . . ) are used to show hesitations or longish pauses, and square brackets ([J) are used to enclose asides, editorial comment s, or background intrusions. Colons within or following words indicate lengthening or drawing out of the form by the speaker, a device often used to indicate continuation or action or emphasis. ACKNOWLEVGEMENTS

During the preparation and presentation of these materials we have been generously assisted by the fo llowing in different ways and whose assistance we should gratefu lly like to acknowledge : Professor S.A. Wurm, Department of Linguistics, The Australian National University; The Na tional Broadcasting Commission, Port Moresby; Mr . Tomasi Boko and Mr . Mairi Me hutu, news readers, The Na tional Broadcasting Commission, Port Moresby; Mr . J. Di llon and staff, Language Laboratory, The Australian National University; Ms . P. Griffith and Ms . S. Tys, typists, The Australian National University . To these and to those many informants who supplied texts and whose contribution is acknowledged in relevant places throughou t this vo lume our most sincere thanks.

T. E. Vu..t.ton

C.L. VooJtho e.ve.

Canberra September 1974

xvii Dutton, T.E. and Voorhoeve, C.L. Beginning Hiri Motu. D-24, xviii + 276 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1974. DOI:10.15144/PL-D24.cover ©1974 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. UNIT 1

INTRODUCTORY VOCAB ULARY AND PRONUNCIATION

Each unit in this course contains a conversation featuring the grammatical pOints which will be drilled. Usually the conversation come s at the beginning and the unit is then built up by expanding the vocabulary used in the conversat ion and by drilling the new points of grammar int roduced in it. In this unit, however, the conversation comes only after you have been introduced to its vocabulary and have been made aware of some difficulties in the pronunciation of Hiri Motu words . The instructor will now let you hear the words used in the coming conversat ion . He will repeat each word once , and give its meaning . Listen care fully to his pronunciation and note the me aning of the words .

tau a man, the man. Note that Hiri Motu has no article comparab le to English a or the . dala a/the road uma gabu a/the garden turana a/the fri end, his friend turagu my friend; friend! ( term of address) I au I oi you ( singular ) i a he/she/i t edesen i where ? namo good, we ll, all right raka to walk i ta i a to see lao to go. Note that this word sounds exactly the same as lau I, but it is spelled differently . dekenai to, on, at vadaeni then, all right bamah uta good-bye io yes Now repeat the words spoken by the instructor, mimicking his pronunciation carefully . Note that the vowels tend to be short and somewhat tense:

Dutton, T.E. and Voorhoeve, C.L. Beginning Hiri Motu. D-24, xviii + 276 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1974. DOI:10.15144/PL-D24.1 ©1974 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. 2 UNIT 1

namo uma gabu ia oi itaia dekenai tau

You may have noticed that the last word lacks the puff of air which always accompanies it in English at the beginning of a word, thus : tau, not thau. In English, p and k also have such a puff of air when they stand at the beginning of a word but in Hiri Motu p and k never have this puff of air, just like t. Thus , the English word paper will be pronounced as pepa, and the English word aake as keke. Now try to pronounce these words in the right way , mimicking the instructor: tau pepa keke

Now we come to a few words which present another difficulty : each one contains a flap , that is , a sound in which the tongue touches the roof of the mouth only once and very quickly , very much like the sound one uses in pronouncing Saturday quickly in English: raka turana turagu This sound is written as r in some words , as in others; this is purely a matter of spelling convention. 1 Another new sound is the sound written as v, which is the first consonant in the word vadaeni. In this sound, the air escapes with some friction between the upper and the lower lip . Listen carefully to the instructor, and mimick him as well as you can : vadaeni However, in the speech of many Motu speakers , the sound written as v is pronounced like the English w. Try both ways of pronouncing vadaeni, mimicking the instructor: vadaen i (1) vadaen i (2) Now the last word : bamahuta You can also leave the h out and say bamauta. This is because an h between two vowels tends to be dropped. Thus the word hahine, woman, is often pronounced hain e. Have anothe r try : bamahuta (1); bamahuta (2) hahine (1 ); hah ine (2) l This is not strictly true for there are some words , like lau I and dala road in which the I seems to be pronounced as I by all speakers. UNIT 1 3

Ex.eJtc.-t¢ e 1 Repeat each word after the instructor and say what it me ans . To allow you to check your answer, the instructor will give the meaning before proceeding to the next word. namo - edeseni - turana - turagu - raka - itaia - tau - dala - uma gabu - lau/lao - oi - ia - io - dekenai - vadaeni - bamahuta

CONVERSATION l Dala dekenai On the road 2 Tau i a raka da I a dekena i • A man is walking along the road. 3 Turana ia itaia He sees a friend. 4 5 A: Turagu , oi nam0 ? Friend, how are you? 6 B: 10, lau namo . I am fine. A: Edesen i oi lao? Wh ere are you going ? B: Lau lao uma gabu dekenai . I am going to the garden. 7 A: Vadaen i , namo oi lao. OK, that 's fine, off you go. 8 B: 10, lau lao. Bamahuta . Yes, good- bye. A: Bamahuta. Go od-bye . Vadaeni turana ia lao uma gabu His friend then goes on to the deke na i. garden. 9 [Mus ik ] l The form dekenai which is being drilled here is the form most commonly used in the central dialect of Hiri Motu. Elsewhere the forms dekena and dekene are more common. These forms have a wide range of meaning and can be rendered in English by various prepositions like: on, in, at, to, fr om, along, with, fo r, by . The use of dekenai (dekena, dekene) will be introduced progressively throughout this course. 2 Literally: man-he-walks . This construction will be discussed in section 1.3 below. As said before , Hiri Motu nouns are not accompanied by an ticar le ( as in English: the, a, an). Thus tau can mean the man as well as a man . 3 Literally: His friend-he-sees . In Hiri Motu sentences the ob ject (here: turana) generally precedes the subject (here: ia) and the verb ( here : itaia) . 4 turagu is the common tern of address between friends and acquaintances though it is also used as a friendly form of address between strangers . 5 0i namo? literally: you good/we ll? , is the common form of greeting. Notice that the answer is not just yes , but a rephrasing of the question, preceded by the affirmative io, yes . 6 1au namo literally: I - we ll. Hiri Motu lacks a copula corresponding to English be .

7vadaen i as a sentence introducer marks a new step , or a new turn, in the unfolding of the dialogue or narrative . In stories it can often be translated by then . Hiri Motu speakers very often shorten vadaen i to vadan , vaden , or even vada , but the full form vadaen i will be used in all the teaching units of this course. 4 UNIT 1

8 bamahuta is the common form of farewell. 9The traditional music heard throughout this unit comes from the Mountain Koiari village of Boridi in the mountains inland of Port Moresby . These songs are called xotava but nothing is known of their composition, content , or us e.

USEFUL EXPRESSIONS

Here are some more sentences you may find useful but which did not fit easily into the conversat ion: Oi diba7 Do you know ? Do you understand? 10, I au diba Yes, I know; I unders tand Lasi , I au diba I as i No, I don 't know; I don 't unders tand Oi hereva lou! Say it again Oi he reva Mo tu gado dekenai Say it in Mo tu Oi kamonai Listen! Oi toreisi Stand up !

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

In these exercises you are going to learn new vocabulary by changing old words for new ones given to you by the instructor 's voice on the tape . In these exercises the instructor will begin with a sentence which he has taken from the conversation you have just learned, and which he will call a frame . You will repeat this frame after the instructor and then listen to the new words to be given to you as cues . When you hear these cues, repeat the frame and add in the new words for the corres ponding ones given in the frame . For example, suppose the instructor begins with the frame lau lao uma gabu dekenai and then gives the cue hanua dekenai your answer should be lau lao hanua dekenai . Exercises of this kind are called simple substitution exercises . Slightly different ones called progressive substitution exercises will be introduced and explained below. Ready?

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub��u��on Frame : tau ia raka dala dekenai the man is wa lking along the stree t hah ine (the woman ) keken i (the girl) I---�

UN IT 1 5

mero raka dala dekenai. (the boy) boroma (the pig) 5 i 5 i a (the dog) turana (his fri end) ta u

E xeltc.L� e 2 : Simple S Ubll.t.Ltutio Yl Frame : I au lao uma 2 abu dekenai I am going to the ilarden ruma dekenai (to the house) hanua dekenai (to the vi Hage) taun i dekenai (to the town) dubu dekenai (to the ahurah) Mosb i dekenai (to Port Moresby) uma gab u dekenai

Frame : edeseni oi lao? Wh ere are you �? mahuta (s leeping) gini (s tanding) he I a i (s itting) hekure (lying) ma i (w here do you aome from?) noho (where are you stay ing; where are you?) lao

Exeltc.ill e 4: Simple SUbll�i�u�ioYl Frame : Turana ia lao uma 9abu dekenai The friend goe$< to the garden 1 ma i (aomes from) noho (is in) mah uta (s leep8 in) he I a i (si ts in) gin i (stands in) lao

l Note that amo is often used in the Central dialect of Hiri Motu for from ; e.g. Keken i ia ma i Mosbi amo. The girl is aoming/aame fr om Port Mo resby . 6 UNIT 1

Exe�ci¢e 5: Simple Sub¢��u�ion Frame : Turagu, oi namo? Friend, are you weH/how are you? gar i (afraid) badu (angry ) moa le (glad) gore re (siak) bogahisi ( sad) namo

Exe�ci¢e 6: Simple Sub¢�i�u�ion Frame : 10, lau namo . Yes, I'm fi ne . moa le ( glad) badu (angry) ga r i ( afraid) bogah isi ( sad) gore re (iH) namo

Exe�ci¢e 7: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and say what they mean in English .

Kek eni ia ma i uma gabu dekenai . The girl is aoming from the garden. Turagu, edeseni oi noho? Friend, where are you (staying) ? Lau noho Mosb i dekena i. I am staying in Moresby . Boroma lau itaia. I see a pig. la mah uta ruma dekenai . He is sleeping at the house. Motu gado oi diba? Do you know Mo tu ? Lasi, Motu gado lau diba lasi. No, I don 't know the Mo tu language .

In exercises of this kind each new sentence you make becomes a frame for the next substitution . That is, suppose the instructor begins with the frame lau lao uma gabu dekenai followed by the cue lau ma i your answer should be lau ma i uma gabu deke nai . This answer now becomes the frame and when the instructor gives the next cue you substitute th at into this new sentence. For example, suppose the instructor 's next cue was dubu dekenai your answer should be lau ma i dubu dekenai. Ready? Frame : Lau 1 ao uma ga bu dekenai I am going to the garden " " " ma i " (aoming from) " " " han ua (the vi Hage ) " " " noho " (staying in) " " " ruma (the house ) " " " he 1 a i (sitting in) " " dub u " (the ahurah) UNIT 1 7

Lau ------he lai dubu dekenai " " " " gin i ( standing in) " " " dala ( on the road) " " " hekure ( lying on) " " " uma gabu (in the garden) " " " " lao (going) (to the garden)

Exe�Qi� e 9: Close your book then go through the vocabulary expansion exercises again, and see if you now can understand the new words . Then go back to the conversation and try writing a new story using some of the vocabulary you have just learned.

INTONATION

You will have noticed that statements, questions , and orders have different intonation patterns . If, for instance, we ut ter the sentence oi lao, it will depend on the intonation we give it whether the heare r will interpret it as a statement, question , or order: oi lao Gradually falling pitch: statement ; you are going. oi lao Rising final pitch : question; are you going? oi lao Steeply falling final pitch: order; go ! Another example : ia mah uta he is as leep oi mahuta are you as leep ? oj mahuta go to sleep!

However, when a sentence contains a question word, such as edesen i where , the intonation pattern is that of a statement : edesen i i a noho Where is he?

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�Qi� e 1: Listen carefully to and then repeat the sentences spoken by the instructor and say of each sentence whether it is a statement , question, or order:

1.-3 . la lao hanua dekenai (statement , order , question) 4. la gorere (question) 5. Turana ia helai (statement ) 6. Oi noho Mosbi dekenai (question) 7. OJ lao uma gabu dekenai (order)

Exe�ci� e 2: Now, turn the sentences given by the instructor into a state ment , question, or order by changing the intonation , fol lowing the cues given :

1. la gari (question: ia gari7) 2. oj helai? (order: oj he l ai!) 3. Keken i ia moa le7 (statement : kekeni ia moa le) 4. Oi lao hanua dekenaj ! (question: oj lao hanua dekenaj7) 8 UN IT 1

GRAMMAR

1.1 PRONOUNS

The personal pronouns are :

H'<'�i Mo�u Re6eM to E�gU� h I au the speaker I oi the person spoken to you i a the person or thing spoken about he, she, it i ta the speaker and the person or we (inclusive ) pers ons spoken to a i the speaker and person(s) with we (exclusive ) him, but not including the person spoken to umui the persons spoken to you (pl) i d i a the persons spoken ab out they Note that Hiri Motu has no separate pronouns corresponding to English he, she, it. It is import ant in Hiri Motu when speaking ab out one 's self and one or more others , to indicate whether the person spoken to is included or not. To give an example: Two people , A, and B, meet a third person, C, on the road and C asks : edesen i umui lao? (Where are you going?) . A answers : ai lao uma dekenai We (A and B, but not C) are going to the garden. C then asks : lau danu lau lao I too, I (want to) go , and A replies : ia namo , ita lao it is an right, �et us (A,B, and C) go.

Practi ce Dri 11s

Exe�ci� e 1: Simple Sub��i�u�io� Substitute the new pronouns given for the pronoun in the frame sentence . Note that the verb does not change its form. This point will be discussed later in this unit . Re ady ? Frame : Lau lao uma gabu dekenai I am going to the garden a i (We are) i d i a (They are) oi (You (sg. ) are) umu i (You (pl.) are) ia (He is) ita (Let us go) I au

Frame: Edeseni oi ma i? Where do you come from ? i a (does he) umui (do you) i d i a (do they) oi UNIT 1 9

Exe��¢e 3: Re peat the following sentences and say what they mean in English : Ai raka da la dekenai We ( excl. ) are watking on the road Boroma umui itaia? Do you ( pl. ) see the pig? Idia lao dubu dekenai Th ey are going to the church Mero ia gore re , ia mah uta The boy is sick. he is steeping. I ta lao taun i dekena i . Let's go to town. Mo tu gado umui diba? Do you ( pl. ) know the Mo tu tanguage ? 10, Motu gado ai diba. Yes. we know Mo tu.

Exe��i� e 4: P�og�e¢¢i ve Sub¢�i�u�ion Alternately replace the first and the second word of the frame sentence by the new words given . When the first word is the pronoun oi. or umu i, give the sentence question intonation. Say what the sentences mean in English: Lau namo I am we H

01 a i (We ( excl. ) are) 01 gorere (sick)

01 umu i ? (Are you ( pl. » )

01 bogah isi? (sad?) i d i a 01 (They are ) 01 namo (we tt) Lau 01 (I am)

Exe��i¢e 5: Give answers to the following questions , using the Hiri Mo tu cues presented: 1. Edesen i 0 i lao? (ta un i) Where are you going? Lau lao tauni dekenai . I am going to the town.

2. Edesen i umui ma i? (Hosb i) Where do you come from? Ai ma i Mosbi dekenai . We are coming from Moresby .

3. Edeseni ia noho? (ruma) Where is he/she staying? I a noho ruma dekena i . He/she is at home .

4. Edeseni idia helai? (uma gabu) Where are they sitting? Idia helai uma gabu dekenai. They are sitting in the garden.

5. Edesen i ita lao? (hanua) Where are we going? Ita lao hanua dekenai . We ( incl. ) are going to the vittage .

1. 2 VERBS

There are two important differences between the verbs in Hiri Motu and those in English: 1. Verbs in Hiri Motu, as you already have seen, do not change form for di fferent persons. Thus , the same form lao go, is used for all persons , e.g. lau lao I go, ia lao he goes, idia lao they go. 10 UN IT 1

2. Verbs in Hiri Motu do not change form for different tenses. Thus , ia lao can me an he is going, or he went, or he will oome, depending on the context .

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�e�¢e 1: Say what the following sentences mean in English; give more than one answer wherev er necessary : 1. Ai raka dala dekenai We walked/are walking/shall walk on the road 2. Keken i ia hekure The girl was/is/wi ll be lying down. 3 · Boroma ia mahuta The pig slept/is sleeping/will sleep 4. Edeseni umui gini? Where did/do/wi ll you (pl.) stand 5. Lau noho Mosbi dekenai. I stayed/am staying/shall stay in Port Moresby .

Exe�e�¢e 2: Change the verb in the following sentences to those given in English as cues : 1- Ai mai Mosbi dekenai . We oome from Po rt Moresby . Ai noho Mosbi dekenai. (stay in)

2. Edeseni umu i lao? Where are you (pl. ) going? Edeseni umui he I a i ? (sitting)

3. I d i a raka da la dekena i. They are walking on/a long the road. I d i a gin i dala dekenai . (standing)

4. Umu i lao han ua dekena i ! You (pl. ) mus t go to the vi l lage ! Umu i mah uta hanua dekena i ! (sleep)

5. Ita lao! Le t's go! I t a hekure! (lie down)

Exe�e�h e 3: How do you say the following sentences in Hiri Motu:

1. He is living in Port Mo resby . I a noho Mosb i dekena i • 2. They were walking along the Idia raka dala dekenai. road. 3. We (but not you) have oome from Ai ma i dubu dekenai . the ohuroh. 4. Wh ere shall we (incl.) go? Edesen i ita lao? 5. The boy was as leep in the Me ro ia mahuta uma gabu dekenai. garden.

1.3 VERBS WITH NOUN SUBJECTS

We have now come to a point where another important difference between English and Hiri Motu has to be pointed out . This difference is, that in Hiri Motu a verb is alway s preceded by either ia (he, she, it) or idia (they ) when the subject of that verb is a noun . In English one can UNIT 1 11

say the girl walks, or she walks, but never the girl she walks; in Hiri Mo tu on the other hand one can say ia raka she walks, and keken i ia raka the girl-she -walks , but ne ver keken i raka the girl-walks . In the preceding we have already had several examples of this: tau i a raka the man-he-walks: the man walks turana ia ma i his friend-he-comes: His friend comes boroma ia mah uta the pig-it-sleeps: The pig sleeps etc. In all these examples the noun was singular , and the verb was preceded by the 3rd person singular pronoun ia. In the following examples the noun is plural, and now the verb is preceded by the 3rd person plural pronoun idia: keken i idia raka the girls-they-walk : Th e girls walk boroma idia ma i the pigs-they-come : Th e pigs are coming sisia idia mahuta the do gs-they-sleep: The dogs are sleeping The large maj ority of Hiri Motu nouns do not vary for number: e.g. keken i can mean girl as well as girls . Only a restricted number of nouns have a special plural form, and these will be introduced later in this course. Thus in many Hiri Motu sentences the use of ia or idia gi ves you the only clue as to the number of the noun-subject, as for examp le in boroma ia lao, boroma idia lao, in which ia indicates that boroma should be interpreted as a singular noun , and idia that boroma should be interpreted as a plural noun .

Practice Dri ll

Change the me aning of the noun-subject in the following sentences from singular to plural or vi ce versa by changing the pronoun ia-to idia or vice versa: l. Boroma i a hekure ruma dekenai. The pig lies at the house.

i d i a (The pigs lie __. )

2. Keken i i d i a noho uma gabu dekenai. The girs are in the garden. i a (The girl is ...)

3. Sisia ia mah uta dala dekenai . Th e dog is sleeping on the road. i d i a (The dogs are ...)

4. Ruma i a noho da la dekenai. Th e house is on/a t the road. i d i a (The houses are alon g the road)

1.4 ADJECTI VES (1)

You have learned a few words which in Engl ish can be rendered by an adjective : namo good, moa le glad etc., and a few sentences such as oi namo are you we ll?, and lau moa le I am glad. Now we are going to drill sentences such as the man is good, the men are good, etc. In Hiri Motu, these sentences resemb le closely those you have just learned : tau i a namo the man-he-well: The man is we ll. keken i i d i a namo the girls-they-weZZ: The girls are well. 12 UN IT 1

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�ci� e 1: Simple Sub� titution Frame : Ke keni idia namo The gi rls are we H/good/beautiful. boroma (The pigs) sisia (The dogs ) da la (The roads ) ruma (The houses) kekeni

Exe�ci� e 2: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and then change their meaning from singular to plural or vice versa by changing the pronoun from ia to idia or vice versa. 1. Sis i a i a ga r i . The dog is fri ghtened. i d i a 2. Hahine idia gore re . The women are ill. ia 3. Dala ia namo. The road is good. i d i a 4. Kekeni idia bogahisi. The girls are sad. ia 5. Boroma ia badu. The pig is angry . i d i a

1. 5 EVESENI : 'WHERE?'

So far, you have studied the use of edesen i where in sentences of the type edesen i + pronoun + verb ... such as edeseni ia lao? Now notice that in sentences containing a noun-s ubject, edesen i is placed between the noun and the pronoun : me ro edesen i ia lao where is the boy going? The noun-subject and edeseni can be separated from each other by other words , for examp le by be which will be introduced below, but no words can intervene between edeseni and the pronoun : edeseni always immediately precedes the pronoun. For �xample: Han ua edesen i i a noho Where is the vi l lage ? Sisia edeseni idia mahuta Where are the dogs sleeping?

Practic e Drill Exe!tci� e: P!tog�e� �ive S ub� titutio n Frame : Boroma edeseni i a lao Where is the Ei1L �? me ro " " " (boy) " " " he I a i (sitting) hah ine " " " (woman) " " " ma i (come from) boroma " " " (pig) " " " lao (going) UNIT 1 1 3

The next sentence type we are going to drill is very simple and consists only of a noun followed by edesen i: Hanua edeseni? Where is the vi L Lage ?

Practi ce Dri 11

Exe�ci� e: Simple Sub� titution Frame : Turagu, han ua edeseni? Friend, where is the viL Lage ? dala (road) dubu (church) uma gabu ( garden) boroma (pig) hanua

In the two new sentence types you have drilled, the noun-s ubject immediately preceded edesen i. Hiri Motu speakers however ve ry often insert a little word be between the noun and edesen i: Me ro be edesen i ia lao. Where is the boy going? Han ua be edesen i . Where is the viLLage ? The insertion of this be does not make any difference in the me aning of the sentence, except that it focusses the attention on the preceding noun - and therefore on that to which the noun re fers . We will call be a focus marker, and note that it always follows the subject. In verb less senten ces such as hanua edesen i, hanua be edesen i, the construction with be is the preferred one .

Practice Dri lls

Exe�ci� e 1: Change the following questions without be into questions with be; remember that be should be inserted between the noun-s ubject and edesen i. Also say what the sentences mean in English: 1- Turana edesen i i a noho? Where is his friend staying? Turana be edeseni ia noho?

2 . Dala edeseni i a lao? Where is the road Zeading to? Dala be edesen i i a lao?

3. Me ro, umagabu edesen i? Boy, where is the garden? Me ro, uma gabu be edeseni?

4. Hah ine edeseni idia ma i ? Where are the women coming from? Hah ine be edesen i i d i a ma i?

5. Turagu, ruma edesen i? Friend, where is the house? Turagu, ruma be edesen i? 14 UNIT 1

Exe�C�6e 2: Answer the following questions , using the cue words given in English: 1. Sisia be edeseni idia noho? Where are the dogs ? (Sisia) idia noho uma gabu dekenai. (in the garde n)

2 . Ruma be edesen i? Where is the house? (Ruma) ia noho hanua dekenai. (in the vi t lage)

3. Keken i edesen i i a 1 ao. Where is the girl going? (Keken i) ia lao Mosbi deke nai . (to Port Moresby)

4 . Turana be edeseni? Wh ere is his friend? (Turana) ia raka dala dekenai. (walking on the road)

5. Turagu, edeseni oi ma i? Friend, where do you come from? Lau ma i taun i dekena i. (from town)

F�na..e. exe�c�6 e: The following exercise is a variation on the conversation given earlie r in this unit. Suppose you have been walking along the road , and have met a friend of yours with whom you have had a short convers ation . Now you relate this event to someone else, with direct quotation of what you said and what your friend said. You tell the story in Hiri Motu. One possible version of this story follows here . The instructor will read it in English , sentence by sentence . After each sentence he will pause to give you time to trans late it into Hiri Motu, and then give the translation himself. Re ady ? I was walking on the road. Lau raka dala dekenai. I saw a fri end. Tu rana lau itaia. "Friend, how are you?" " Turagu, oi namo?" "I am fine ". " I 0, 1 au n ameli . "Where do you come from?" " Edeseni oi ma i?" "I come from Port Moresby; " Lau ma i Mosb i dekenai; I am going to the village ". lau lao hanua dekenai " . "We ll, that's fi ne, go ahead!" " Vadaeni , namo , oi lao" . "Yes, good-bye". "10, lau lao; bamah uta" . "Good-bye". " Bamahuta" . My fri end then went to the vi l lage . Vadaeni, turana ia lao hanua dekenai.

TEXT

Now listen to the following text and see how much of it you can trans cribe and/or trans late with the help of the supplementary vocabulary . The speaker is Uriseni from Komaovai vi llage south of Lake Murray in the Western District . His mother tongue is Zimakani . The text is part of a longer story ab out a man who goes hunting in the Lake Murray area. In this country the main me ans of transport is the dug-out canoe and it is taken for granted that the listener knows that one needs a canoe to go from the village to the hunting grounds . UN IT 1 15

Notice the differences between the standardized transcription and the speaker 's pronunciation . Uriseni speaks a variant of Hiri Motu which is slightly different from the Hiri Motu taught in this course.

Dina ta, tau ta be .. ia lao uda dekene. Ina i be I abana totona. Vadan , ia be hah ine danu sisia danu ia labana. Vanagi ia atoa , vadan sisia idia dih o - idia daekau tano dekenai , rna inai tauna danu diba peva ia ab ia vadan ia lao, dala dekena.

TRANSLATION: Once a man went to the fore st. This was [because he wanted] to go hunting. All right, he went hunting accompanied by his wife and his dogs . He moored the canoe, the dogs went down - they went up on to the land, and the man took his arrows and bow and also went on his way along the track.

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY dina day dina ta one day, once tau ta a man, a certain man uda forest ina i this labana hunting, the hunt toton a in order to danu also, toge ther with, accompanied by vanagi canoe atoa put down; moore (a canoe) diho go down daekau go up tano land, ground rna and ina i tauna this man diba arrow pe va bow ab ia take UNIT 2

CONVERSATION ... A u I nG• I ginI 1 The Thorn 2 Mero ia helai nadi dekenai . A boy is si tting on a stone . He 3 4 laena aena ia dogoatao ma is hoZding his foot and crying. ia tai . Turana ia ginidae A friend arrives and says: i a gwa u: 5 T: Turagu, dahaka badina oi tai ? Friend, why are you crying? M: Badina be lauegu aena ia Because my fo ot 's hurting. I stood hisihisi. Au rigina lau moi a on a thorn . 6 vadaeni au ginigini ese aena . la gwa d'ala. 7 8 T: Madi! Vadaeni, oiemu aena Oh de ar ! We ZZ Zet's see your foot. lau itaia. M: A! Dahaka oi kara i a? Ouch! What are you doing?

T: Au ginigini lau kokia. Vadaen i, I took the thorn out. At?.. right, oi toreisi. Aena ia namo? stand up . Is your fo ot aZ Z right? 9 M: Lasi, ia dika. No it's not. T: Vadaen i ita lao Rupa dekena i . We ZZ then Ze t's go to Rupa. He can Muramura ia atoa . put some medi cine on it. lO M: Rupa be da i ka? Who 's Rupa? T: 0 i d i b a 1 as i ? I abe me d i k 010 Don 't you know? He 's the medicaZ 11 tauna. as sistant. .. 12 4 . V a d aen l Inal. me ro b ona laena So the boy and his friend went to turana idia lao medikolo dekenai. the medi caZ assistant.

l au ginigini = lit. tree thorn . Note that one cannot Just sBlf ginigini for thorn as in English. One must indicate in Hiri Motu what kind of thorn it is. Similarly for au rigina (lit. tree branch ) introduced a little later in the conversation.

16 UNIT 2 17

2 Note that the translation on for dekenai here is suggested by the verb helai to sit, although there are other ways we could indicate this if it was likely to be amb iguous . Some of these are introduced later. 3 iaena = his . The possessive pronouns are discussed and drilled in section 2.1 below. 4 ma and bona (which occur in the last sentence of this conversation) both mean and but have different uses . These are discussed in section 2.4 below. 5 dahaka badina = why but is literally what basis/reason ? Other ways of asking the same question are discussed and drilled in section 2.3 below. 6 ese indicates that au ginigini is the sUbject . The use of this marker is discussed and drilled further in section 2.2.

7Note that in English when we say I stood on a thorn it could mean that we simply walked on it lying flat on the ground without suffering any injury. But more generally it me ans that it was upright and that we suffered some hurt . In Hiri Motu, however, this uncertainty does not arise because one has to spell out the events . Thus the Hiri Motu sentence au rigina lau mo ia vadaeni au ginigini ese aena ia gwadaia literally means tree-branch I stood upon it (and) tree-thorn foot it speared, that is, I stood on, a branch and a thorn pierced my foo t. Note here also the use of gwadaia to spear for to pierce . The same concept is used for stubbing one 's toe , e.g. , nadi ese aena ia gwada ia lit. , the stone speared my fo ot. 8 Madi is a common exclamation of pity. 9 dika = bad. Lasi, ia dika literally means No, it's bad. One could also say lasi , ia namo lasi no, it's not good. lO Note the order Rupa who ? which is the reverse of the English question Who is Rupa? ll med ikolo tauna medicaZ man . Tauna is used with an adjective to indicate occupation e.g. , haroro tauna pastor. This usage is discussed further in section 7.2. 12 inai mero literally means this boy . Inai (and also hari (lit. now ) and unai that} is used in Hiri Motu where in English we use the to refer to the one we are , or have just been , talking ab out . l�e songs heard throughout this unit are ones sung by the Beami people of the Papuan Plateau in the Western District. The leading singer acts as a medium through which messages are transmitted by spirits and this is why he sings in a falsetto voice. Singing sessions like these are used to obtain news from people back in the village or ab road via the spirits.

USEFUL EXPRESSIONS

Buka oi kehoa! Open the book! Buka oi koua! Shut the book! l Tepe rikoda oi kehoa! Swi tch on the taperecorder. Tepe rikoda oi koua! Swi tch off the taperecorder. Oiemu hereva be ia hegeregere lasi. What you say is not right. (lit. your speech is equaZ not) Oiemu ladana be da i ka7 Wh at 's your name ? (lit. Your name is who?) lkehoa and koua apply generally to switching things off and on. UN IT 2 1 8

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�ci6 e 1: Simple Sub6 titution Frame : la helai nadi dekenai He sat on ait he stone au (on a/the tree/wood) tano (on the ground) au rigina (on a/the branC!h) kopukopu ( on/in the mud) uma gabu (in the garden) sinava i (in the river) nadi (on a/the stone)

Exe�ci6 e 2: Simple Sub6tituti on Frame : Dahaka badina oi tai? Why are you C!rying? k i r i (laugh) toreisi (ge tting up) hekure (lying down) daekau (ascend, C!limb) he reva lou (speak again) tai (cry )

Exe�ci6 e 3: Simple Sub6 titution Frame : Lauegu aena ia hisihisi. My fo ot is paining imana (arm, hand) bogana (belly, stomach) kwarana (head) ma tana (eye ) isena (teeth) aena (foot, leg)

Exe�ci¢e 4: Simple Sub6 titution Frame : Au rigina lau mo i a. I stood on a branC!h utua ( c!ut) negea (throw away ) ab ia (get, take) ma i I a i a (bring) davaria ( fi nd) gabua (burn, roast) mo ia (stand on) UNIT 2 19

GRAMMAR

2. 1 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS

The possessive pronouns in Hiri Motu are : 1 lauegu « 1 au + egu) my oiemu « oi + emu) your . , lena ( < i a + ena) his, hers, its aiema i « a i + ema i) our (excL ) iseda « ita + eda) our (incL ) umuiemui « umui + emu i ) your (pI. )

idiedia ( < i d i a + e d i a) their

Note that these are formed from the subject pronouns (see section 1.1) in the way indicated but that those for his, hers, its, our (incl.), and their have special pronunciations . That is , ia + ena is pronounced iena (with stress placement indicated by the acute mark), ita + eda as iseda, and idia + edia as idiedia and this is the way they will be written in this course except where noted in Conventions subsection ab ove . Note also that the inclusive-exclusive distinction is also preserved in the first person plural form, e.g. : aiema i ruma our house, i.e., the house of the speaker and the person(s) with him, but not of the person spoken to iseda ruma our house, i.e., the house of the speaker and the pers on(s) with him, including the person spoken to Possessive pronouns always precede the possessed noun .

Practi ce Dri lls

Exenc�� e 1: S�mp!e Sub� ��u�on Frame : Lauegu tano i a namo 1 as i. (� land is not good. ) (oiemu, iena, aiemai , iseda, umuiem ui , idiedia, lauegu)

Exenc�� e 2: S�mp!e Sub� ��tut�on 2 Frame : Tau ese lauegu ruma ia karaia. (The man is bui lding � house. ) (aiemai , iena, idiedia, oiemu , iseda, lauegu)

Change the pronoun in the fol lowing sentences to those corresponding to the English ones gi ven by the instructor : Frame : Tau ese lauegu boroma ia gwadaia. (The man speared � pig. ) idiedia (their) aiema i (our, but not yours) oiemu (your (sg. )) iena (his, her)

I These are the pronouns used in the Central dialect. In other varieties three of these may also be heard as : aiemu our (excl. ) , itena our (incl.) , umui emu your (pl. ) and idiena their. 2 This sentence can also mean He is building a house for me. 20 UNIT 2

Tau ese iena boroma i a gwadaia. (his, her) iseda ( our, i. e. mine and yours) umuiemui (your (pl. )) lauegu (my)

Evaluati on Exerci se

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. He tur ned on my tapereaorder. Lauegu teperikoda ia kehoa.

2. Bring your book! Oiemu buka oi ma i laia!

3. Where are their wives s�eeping? Idiedia hahine be edeseni idia mahuta1

4. She aut her hand . lena imana ia utua.

5. Our fri end (i .e., yours and mine) is not siak; he 's a�� right. Iseda turana ia gorere lasij ia namo.

6. His head is paining. lena kwarana ia hisihisi.

2.2 TRANSITI VE VERBS

Verb s in Hiri Motu are of two general types : transitive and intrans itive . Transitive verb s are thos e which take objects, e.g. , all the verbs in the following sentences are transitive : au rigina lau mo ia (object : au rigina ) muramura i a atoa (object : muramu ra) oiemu aena idia itaia (obj ect : oiemu aena) Intransitive verbs do not take objects, e.g. , all the verbs in the following sentences are intransitive : lau lao ruma dekenai I went to the house oi toreisi! You get up ! keken i ia helai The gir� is sitting down Transitive verb s can usually be distinguished from intransitive ones in that they generally (but not always ) end in a or ia (e.g. , moia, atoa , itaia, gabua , ab ia) . The import of this will be discussed further in section 5.3 below. More important here, however, is to note that there are two types of sentences containing transitive verbs - those which have nouns as subjects and those which do not . Let 's take these in turn: UNIT 2 21

(1) Sentences with Noun Subjects l In these the subject noun always comes before the Object (whether this is a noun or a pronoun ) and is marked by ese, e.g. : sisi a ese boroma i a itaia the dog sees/saw the pig (Subject) (Ob ject) (Verb ) (Sub j ect ) (Verb) (Object ) Thus the order is: Subject + e s e - Ob ject - Verb . Note, however, that just as in the case of intransitive verbs the subject noun always has a pronoun subject preceding the verb , which will be ia for singular nouns and idia for plural ones . Consider the following examples : sisia ese boroma ia itaia the dog saw the pig sisi a ese boroma i d i a itaia the dogs saw the pig boroma e s e sisia ia itaia the pig saw the dog boroma ese 1 au i a itaia the pig saw me boroma e s e 1 au i d i a itaia the pigs saw me

(2) Sente nces without Noun Subjects In these sentences the object will naturally occur first and precede the pronoun subject which comes immediately before the verb as in the previous case. For example : boroma lau itaia I saw the pig(s) boroma oi itaia You saw the pig(s) or See the pig(s) boroma idia itaia Th ey saw the pig(s) Finally note that when the ob ject is a third person pronoun (e.g. ia or idia) this is usually unexpressed and the ese is then "dropped" also. Thus instead of saying boroma ese ia ia itaia the pig saw him/it, one simply says boroma ia itaia. Consequent ly when there is no obj ect expressed the sentence may some times be ambiguous . Thus , for example , boroma ia itaia may be interpreted as he saw the pig or as the pig saw him, though normally the first interpretation would be the one that comes to mind initially.

Pract ice Dri 11s

Exe.ttc.i.6e. 1 : Pttogtte.Mive. S u.b.6 titu.ti 0 I't Frame : Tau ese au ia utua. The man aut the wood/tree. " me ro ese " " (boy ) " gabua (burnt) kekeni ese " " (girZ) " " " ma i 1 a i a (brought) " hah ine e s e " (woman) " " " " davaria ( fo und) " " tau e s e " (man) " " " " utua (aut)

�xcept for stylistic reasons and the case noted later, but these will not be drilled in this course. 22 UNIT 2

E xe.ltc.-il.l e. 2 : Pltoglte./.)/.)-ive. Sub/.).U.tu.t-io n Frame : Tau ese nadi i a ab i a. Th e man f12.! the stone . " " au rigina " (branch) " " " " dogoatao (heLd) " " muramura " " (medicine) " " " " ma i I a i a (brought) 01 " " buka 01 (book) 01 " 01 01 i ta i a ( saw) 01 01 " 01 n ad i (s tone) 01 01 01 abia ( got)

Exe.ltc.-i/.)e. 3: Pltoglte./.)/.)-ive. Sub/.).t-i.tution Frame : Hah ine ese I au ia ita i a. The woman saw me 01 01 tau ese 01 (man) 01 " oi 01 01 (you) 01 turana ese " 01 ( friend) 01 01 ita 01 01 (us (incl.)) 01 01 01 me ro ese (boy ) 01 01 umu i 01 01 (you (pl. ))

01 " 01 hah ine ese (woman) 01 01 " 01 I au (me)

2.3 QUESTIONS : VAHAKA, VAIKA, VAHAKA SAVINA

In the conversat ion three new question forms were introduced: dahaka what, daika who, and dahaka badina why . Because the why question form is derived from the what question form let us begin by looking at the what and who forms .

2.3. 1 VahaRa and Va-iRa These can be used either as the subj ect of a sentence, as in: Dahaka ia ma i7 What is coming? Da i ka i a ma i 7 Who is coming? Or as object, as in: ? l Dahaka oi hereva7 Wha t d';dv you say. Daika oi itaia7 Whom did you see? Or as predicate, as in: Inai be dahaka7 What is this? 2 Oi (be) daika7 Who are you?

l Note the difference in meaning between : Dahaka oi hereva7 What do/did you say?, and Oiemu he reva be dahaka What do/did you have to say ( lit. your speech/taLk is/was what?) .

�en asking for someone 's name one says in Hiri Motu: oi be daika or oi daika or oiemu ladana (be) dai ka ( lit. your name is o? wh ). One never says oiemu ladana (be) dahaka7 UNIT 2 23

Note, however, that when dahaka or dai ka is used as a subject, the verb must be preceded by ia or idia just as when the subject is a noun .

Practi ce Drills

Exe�c�� e 1: Repeat the following sentences, substituting dahaka for daika and vice versa: 1. Dahaka oi itaia ? (What di d/do you see?) Dai ka oi itai a ?

2. Keken i ese daika i a utua? (Whom did the girl cut?) Ke ken i ese dahaka i a utua?

3. Medikolo tauna be dahaka? (What's medical assistant?) Medikolo tauna be dai ka?

4. Dahaka i a gin i dala deke nai? (What is standing on the road?) Dai ka ia gini dala dekenai?

5. Daika i a ma i? (Who is coming?) Dahaka i a ma i?

Exe�ci� e 2: Give answers to the following questions, using the cue words given by the instructor. 1. Daika i a gore re? (kekeni) (Who is sick?) Kek en i i a gorere.

2. o ah a k a ia hekure? (sisia) (What is lying down ?) Sisia i a hekure.

3. Daika ia mahuta? (Rupa) (Who is sleeping?) Rupa i a mah uta.

4. Daika i a ginidae? (oiemu hahine) (Who is arriving?) Oiemu hahi ne ia ginidae .

5. Tau ese dahaka ia negea? (nadi) (What di d the man throw away ?) Nadi ia negea.

6. Dai ka lauegu teperikoda ia (Who stood on my taperecorder?) mo i a? (keken i) Kekeni ese oiemu teperikoda ia mo ia.

7. Dahaka ia karaia ? (dub u) (What 's he making?) Dubu ia kar aia.

8. Hahine ese daika ia dogoatao? (me ro) (Whom is the woman holding?) (Hahine ese) me ro ia dogoatao. 24 UNIT 2

Ex.elLc..{.6 e 3: How would you ask some one the following questions in Hiri Motu? 1- What is this ? I n a i be dahaka? 2. Who are you (sg. )? Oi be dai ka? or Oi daika? 3 · What is your name ? Oiemu ladana ( be) dai ka? 4. Where is your (pl . ) vi l- l-age ? Umuiemui han ua be edesen i? 5. Who is the medical- assistant? Med ikol0 taun a be daika? 6. Wha t are you doing? Dahaka oi/umui karaia?

Ex.eILC�6 e 4: Substitute the new vocabulary items given by the instructor in English for the objects in the following sentences . Be careful of the third person object which is not expressed in Hiri Motu. Ready ? Frame : T u rana e s e 1 au i a ita i a. My fr iend saw me . au (the tree) a i (us, but not you) buka (the book) (i t) medikol0 tauna (the medical- assis tant) ita (us, you and me ) (them) 1 au (me)

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready ? 1. I fo und a branch . Au rigina lau davaria.

2. He threw away the stone . Nadi i a negea.

3. The medical- assistant threw away the medicine . Medikolo tauna ese muramu ra ia negea.

4. He threw it away . la negea.

5. We (but not you) saw the vi l- l-age . Hanua ai itaia.

6. Did you see it? Oi itaia ?

7. I did not see it. Lau itaia lasi. UNIT 2 25

8. The woman burns the wood. Hahine ese au ia gabua .

9. The man removed the stone . Tau ese nadi ia kokia.

10 . Di d the man remove the stone ? Tau ese nadi ia kok ia?

11. No, the gir�s removed it. Lasi, keken i idia kokia.

12 . Where did you see the pig? Boroma be edesen i oi itaia? 13. I{ saw it on the road. Dala dekenai lau itaia. Lau itaia dala dekenai.

14. Why are you frigh tened? Dahaka badina oi gari ?

15. I'm not frightened, I'm sick . Lau gari lasi, lau gorere .

All right now let us return to the why questions . Open your books and read what is written there in sub section 2.3.2 before beginning the following exercises .

2. 3 .2 Vaha�a Bad� na and O�h e� 'Why ' Que� ��on�

There are three ways of asking someone for the cause or reason for something, all of which are based on the question form dahaka what. These are: dahaka badina (lit. what basis/reas on ) dahaka dainai (lit. what on account of) dahaka totona (lit . what for/in order to do ) All three of these are very common but becaus e totona (which occurs in the last expansion) will be introduced and drilled later (in section 6.1) we shall leave the treatment of dahaka totona till then also. With respect to dahaka badina and dahaka dainai then note that the answers to these questions contain the forms badina and daina respectively and that dainai comes at the end of the reason gi ven and not at the beginning as badina (be) does . The following examples illustrate : Dahaka badina oi ma i? Why did you come ? Badina be lau gorere. Because I am sick. Dahaka da inai oi ma i? Why di d you come ? Lau go rere dainai. Because I am sick. Note , however, that answers to dahaka dainai questions may contain badina also. For example: Dahaka dainai oi ma i? Why di d you come ? Badina be lau gore re da inai . Be cause I am sick. 26 UN IT 2

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�cih e 1: Simple Subh�i�u�ion Frame : Dahaka badina oiemu aena ia hisihisi7 (kwarana, matana , isena, bogana, imana, aena)

Exe�cih e 2: Give answers to the following quest ions using the cues provided by the instructor . All your answers will begin with badina be. For example , suppose the instructor gives the question Dahaka badina oi tai7, and the cue aena ia dika your answer should be Badina be aena ia dika. Re ady? 1. Dahaka bad i na i a badu7 (iena sisia lau gwadaia) Badina be iena sisia lau gwadaia.

2. Dahaka badina ia lao Mosbi dekenai7 (ia noho Mosb i dekena i) Badina be ia noho Mosbi dekenai.

3 · Dahaka badina au umu i utua7 (au ia dika) Badina be au i a dika.

4. Dahaka badina oi ga r i 7 (boroma ia ma il Badina be boroma i a rna i .

5. Dahaka badina i d i a k i r i 7 (oie mu tau ia mahuta) Badina be oiemu tau ia mahuta.

Exe�c�h e 3: S�mple Subh ��tu�on Frame : Dahaka dainai me ro ia tai ? (ki ri , hereva , badu, moa Je, bogahisi , gorere , tail

Exe�c�h e 4: Give answers to the following questions using the cues provided by the instructor. All of your answers should contain dainai but you are free to use badina be as well. Ready ? 1. Dahaka{ dainai oi tai7 (Jau gorere ) Lau gorere da inai . Badina be Jau gorere da inai . 2. Dahaka{ dainai idia gari 7 (ruma ia dika) Ruma ia dika da inai. Badina be ruma ia dika dainai . 3. Dahaka{ dainai umui ma i7 (daJa idia koua) DaJa idia koua dainai . Badina be daJa idia koua dainai . 4. Dahaka{ dainai au idia daekau? (idia gari ) Idia gari dainai . Badina be idia gari da inai . UNIT 2 27

5. Dahaka{ dainai sisia ia hekure? ( iena aena idia dika ) lena aena idia dika dainai . Badina be iena aena idia dika dainai .

Exe�ci6 e 5: How would you ask the following questions in Hiri Motu? 1. What is your name ? ( oiemu ladana ( be) da ika? Oi da i ka? l Oi be da i ka?

2. Wh at are you doing in Port Moresby ? Dahaka oi karaia Mosbi dekenai?

3. Where is your vi l lage ? Oiemu hanua be edesen i?

4. What did you say? Dahaka oi hereva?

5. Why are you sad? J Dahaka dainai oi bogahisi? l Dahaka badina oi bogahisi?

6. Who is happy ? Daika i a moa le? 7. Why{ did he say "goodbye"? Dahaka dainai ia gwau 'bamahuta' ? Dahaka badina ia gwau 'bamahuta'? or the same sentences using hereva instead of gwau.

8. Where is their garden ? Idiedia uma gabu be edesen i?

9. Wh o threw away my paper? Dai ka ese lauegu pepa ia negea?

10 . Why are they pulling down the church? { Dahaka dainai dubu idia kok ia? Dahaka badina dubu idia kok ia?

2.4 CONJUNCTIONS: MA ANV BONA

Ma and bona both correspond to and in Engli sh but they are generally used in different contexts . Thus : (1) ma is generally used to co nnect clauses ( that is, parts of 28 UNIT 2 sentences each containing a subject and a predicate ),l e.g. : iena aena ia dogoatao rna ia tai he held his food and cried. Note, however, that rna is neutral as to the time relat ion between the action expressed in the first clause Ciena aena ia dogoatao) and that expressed in the second Cia tai ). Thus the sentence as it stands is not clear as to whether it means that he held his fo ot and cried at the same time or whether it me ans that he held his fo ot and then cri ed. However, if one wants to indicate these relationships then one can do so by using danu also, too or gabeai later, afterwards with rna as illustrated in the following examples : iena aena ia dogoatao rna ia tai danu he held his foot and cried (at the same time) iena aena ia dogoatao rna gabeai ia tai he he ld his foot and then cried. Further practice in the use of rna... danu and ma gabeai will be given in section 7.4 below but to further complicate the issue at this point, however, note that ma Cor rna gabeai) is often left out when the second claus e contains the verb gwau to say, e.g. : ia ginidae ia gwau . .. he arrived and said, ...

Practice Dri 11s

E XI!.Il.C.-i.6I!. 1: PIl.OgIl.1!.66-i.VI!. SUb6 :tLtu.:Uon Frame : Tau bona hah ine i d i a rnai . The man and the woman came . " " " " me ro (boy) " " keken i " " (girl) " " bororna" " (pig) " " " 5 isi a " (dog) tau " " " " (man) " " hahine " " (woman)

EXI!.Il.C.-i.6I!. 2: PIl.OgIl.1!.66-i.VI!. SUb6 .:U:tu:t-i.oYl

Frame : Ke ken i i a ---hekure ma ia t a i . The girl was lying down and was crying. " " helai " " " (sitting) " " " " " hereva (ta lking) " " ma i " " " (coming) " " " " " gwau (saying) " " lao " " " ( going) " " " " " tai (cry ing) " " hekure " " " ( lying down)

l In the Western District variant of the Non-Central dialect many speakers use bona to connect clauses almost to the exclusion of ma o UNIT 2 2 9

Exe�eih e 3: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and then say what they mean in English: 1- Mero i a tai rna keken i i a k i r i . The boy is crying and the girl is laughing.

2. Tau bona iena hahine i d i a bogahisi. The man and his wife are sad.

3. Au ia daekau rna ia rnahuta. He climb ed the tree and then slept.

4. Bororna bona sisia idia gari . Th e pig and the dog are afraid.

5. Bororna ia hekure kopukopu dekenai rna sisia ia he lai nadi dekenai. The pig is lying in the mud and the dog is si tting on the stone .

6. Tau ia gwau: " Vadaen i. oi lao rned ikolo tauna dekenai rna rnurarnura oi ab ia." The man said, "A ll righ t go to the medi cal assistant and get some medicine . "

Exe�eih e 4: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. My arm and leg are bad. ( Lauegu irnana bona lauegu aena idia dika. � Lauegu irnana ia dika rna lauegu aena ia dika.

2. His teeth and head are hurting. lena isena bona iena kwarana idia hisihisi. { lena isena ia hisihisi rna iena kwarana ia hisihisi.

3. He laughed and went. I a k i r i rna i a 1 ao.

4. Take a branch and a stone ! Au ri gina bona nadi oi /urnui ab ia!

5. The boy cut the girl and she cri ed. Mero ese keken i ia utua rna keken i ia tai.

TEXT

Listen to the following text and see how much of it you can trans cribe and/or translate with the help of the supplementary vocabulary . It is part of an interview with Mau Ilave , a young man from Auma village near Iho patrol post in the Gulf District . Mau's own language is Orokoro. The topic is the knowledge of Pidgin in Mau's home village . 30 UN IT 2

l eLY : Taun iman ima momo idia diba Pid gin - Pidgin gado idia diba 0 lasi7 2 MI : A, ina i be. .. h aid a - taun i man i m a h aidab e m aid i a 1 a 0 i died i a 3 4 turad ia danu, Niu Gini kahanai idia noho, sedira hege regere •• 5 2 eLY : plentesin gaukara ... MI : th ree ... th ree or four mon ths idiedia turadia danu idia noho ma idia gi roa ma i be idia g- - idia hevaseha 6 bamona idia ka r aia. Inai Pidgin be idia... idia hereva do idia kamonai , to ... Mo tu be idia laloa be, inai be aiema i gado momokan i. Badina taunimanima ibounai be inai hanua dekenai oi hereva be Mo tu gado dekena idia gi roa. To Pidgin be ... sedi r a hari Pidgin be ai taun iman ima matamatadia..• ai hereva sisina sibona, to ... momo lasi.

TRANSLATION : eLY : Are there many people who know Pidgin or not? MI : Ah, this ... some

_ if some peop le go away, with the ir friends, and they and their friends stay fo r about . .. eLY : working on the plantations ? MI : ... thre e ... three or four months on the New Guinea side, and they come back, [then] they use it to make fun. They speak Pi dgin and they will understand it, but they think that Mo tu is our true language . Because all the people you talk to in this vi llage, they switch to Mo tu. But Pidgin ... we , the younger generation, perhaps speak it a little, but not much .

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY taun i man ima people momo many o or haida some bema if tura dia friends (plural of turana) dan u also, together with kahanai (the other) side ; area, district sedi ra perhaps, maybe hege regere equal to l taun iman ima is often shortened to tauman ima, or even to taunima. 2 The speaker actually says edidia.

3Niu Gini: the former trust territory of New Guinea where the lingua franca is Pidgin. 4 sedi ra hege r ege re = literally , maybe equal to. 5Hiri Motu speakers often use English or Pidgin loan words when they ment ion dates , time , or numbers . Proper Hiri Motu would be: hua toi 0 hani. 6 hevaseha bamona idia karaia literally jokes as-it-were they make , i.e. they are using Pidgin only for fun , to make jokes. UN IT 2 31

plentes in plan tation gaukara work; to work gi roa ma i turn-come , i.e. come back hevaseha joke, fun hevaseha karaia make jokes, have fun do marker of future action (see section 3.1) bamona like, simi lar to 1 a 1 oa think momokan i real, true badina cause, reason. In this context : because .. ibounai all giroa to turn (something, oneself) . In this context : to switch (from one 's own language) to (Motu) . to but h a r i now, nowadays matam atadia new, young (plural of matamata) 5 i 5 ina a li ttle bit sisina sibona on ly a li ttle bit UNIT 3

CONVERSATION

Kuk i Gauka ra Tauna The Cook Boy Ki la ese kuk i gaukara ia ab ia Ki Za has taken a job as a cookboy l taubada ta dekenai. Dabua ia with a white man . He washes cZothes, huria, an iani ia nadua , rna rurna cooks fo od and Zooks after the house bona urna gabu ia naria. and the garden. Hari dina dabua ia huria vadaen i Today he has finished washing the rna ia sipeli sisina. Kuku ia cZothes and he takes a short res t. 2 lokua rna kuku ia ania. He roZZs a cigarette and smokes. Taubada ia henanada ia: The whi te man asks him: T: Ki la, dabua oi huria vadaeni Ki Za, have you washed the cZothes ? 3 o ... K: 10, lau huria vadaen i. Yes, I have washed them. T: To , idia kaukau vadaen i? But are they dry yet? K: Lasi , haid a be idia kaukau, No, some are dry but some are not. haida be lasi. T: Edana negai oi huria1 When did you wash them ? K: H a r i h a r i sibon a I au h uri a , I washed them jus t now and I am vadaeni lau sipel i sisina taking a bit of a rest because I am 4 5 badina kop ina ia rnetau tired. . . 4 d a I na I • T: Vadaen i, dabua idia kaukau AZZ right, when the cZothes are dry neganai oi ab ia lao atoa rurna take them to the hous e and put them 6 dekenai, an i? inside, ok? K: 10, dohore I au atoa pata Yes, I'ZZ put them on the tab Ze . dekenai.

l ta means one, a certain, or another as for example in tau ta ia rna i, tau ta ia lao one man cama (and) another wen t away. Often ta can be rendered in EngliHh by the indefinite article a, an.

32 UNIT 3 33

2 Note the special meaning of an ia to eat when its ob ject is kuku: kuku an ia to smoke .

�ot said but implied is: . .. lasi. Yes-or-no questions us ually end in 0 lasi or not as for example in boroma oi itaia 0 lasi7 Did you see the pig or not? Often however , Hiri Motu speakers omi t lasi: boroma oi itaia 0 •••7 4 A good example of badina and dainai in the same sentence . See section 2.3.2 . 5 Kop ina ia metau literally me ans : (my) skin is heavy . 6 an i will be di scussed and drilled further in section 10.1 below. An i indicates that the speaker expects the answer to be yes.

7 The traditional mus ic heard throu ghout this unit is that of the bamboo jew' s harp or bibo in Hi ri Motu, which is used both as a serenading and fun instrument and some times as an instrument to play off st range spirits when the owner walks into unfamiliar territory.

USEFUL EXPRESSIONS

Umui haorea vadaeni 7 Have you fi nished (the exeraise) ? Vadaeni, hari be ita sipel i All right, let 's take a bit of a res t. sisina. Kop i ita inua . Let's drink aoffee. Sto ri/kiki umui duah ia. Read the story .

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exenc�� e 1: S�mple Sub� ��u��o n Frame : Dabua ia huria vadaen i. He has washed the ££o thes pir ipou (trousers) sieti (shirt) me leki (p late) kapus i (aup) 5 i pun u (spoon) kaia (knife) dabua

Exenc�� e 2: S�mple Sub��u�on Frame : Kuki ese aniani ia nadua . Th e aookboy aooks/boi ls the fo od. ra i 5 i (riae) vamu (meat) gatoi (eggs) kokoroku (ahiaken) gwar ume (fish) kokokoko (aassowary) an iani 34 UN IT 3

Exe�c�� e 3: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Kuki ese kuku ia ania. The cookboy is smoking. l oku (eating a pawpaw) biku (banana) n i u ( coconut) siporo (lemon) kaema (sweet potato) rab ia (eating sago) kuku ( smoking)

Exe�c�� e 4: S�mple Sub��u��on Frame : Hai da be idia kaukau, haida be lasi. Some are dry, some not. bada (big) ma rag i (sman) me tau (heavy) lata nong, tan) mase ( dead) kaukau

Exe� c�� e 5: S�mple Sub��u��on Frame : Dabua oi atoa ea ta dekena i. Put the clothes on the tab le. pata henunai (under) pata latanai (on top of) pata vai ranai (in front of) pata murinai (behind) ruma lalonai (inside the house) iniseni (here ) pata dekenai

GRAMMAR

3. 1 VOHORE, VAVAENl: FUTURE TENSE ANV COMPLETEV PAST

We have seen that verbs in Hiri Motu do not change for tense, so that a verb may refer to past, present , or future without change of form. However, there are two particles which serve to indicate tense, viz . dohore which refers to the future , and vadaeni which refers to a completed past . Dohore always immediately precedes the pronoun subject and is generally pronounced dore or even} do: Au dohore lau utua I shall fe ll the tree. Au do lau utua UN IT 3 35 } Dohore ia kaUkaU It wi ll be dry Do ia kaukau } Tau ese/be dohore ia ma i hanua dekena i Th e man wi �� aome from the Tau ese/be do ia ma i hanua dekenai village .

Vadaen i always follows the predicate (and as already noted may be pronounced simp ly as vadan): Au I au utua vadaen i. I have a�ready fe ��ed the tree . la kaukau vadaeni. It is a�ready dry . Tau ia ma i vadaen i hanua dekenai. The man has a�ready aome from the vi l lage.

Practi ce Dri 11s

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub� t�tut�on Frame : Rabia dohore lau ania. I sha�� eat the sago. gabua (ro as t) abia lao (take away ) naria (keep an eye on) atoa (put down) kokia (remove) ania

Exe�c�� e 2 : P�og�e��ve Sub�t�tution

Frame : Me ro i a bada vadaen i • The £21L is a�ready big/(i.e. grown up ) biku " " " (banana) " " dika " (bad/no good) me leki " " " (p�ate) " kaukau " (dry ) s i e t i " " " (shirt) " " namo " ( good) boroma " " " (pig) " " bada " me ro " " "

Exe�c�� e 3: Substitute vadaeni for dohore in the following sentences ; remember that vadaeni always comes after the predicate. 1. Dabua dohore lau huria. I sha�� wash the a�othes . Dabua lau huria vadaen i. I have washed the a�othes .

2. Biku dohore ia dika. The banana wi�� be no good. Biku ia dika vadaeni. The banana has beaome bad.

3. Sisia dohore ia mase. The dog wi�� die . Sisia ia �ase vadaen i. The dog is a�re ady dead. 36 UN IT 3

4. Medikolo ese rnurarnura doho re The medical assistant will put i a atoa. medi cine on it. Medikolo ese rnurarnura ia atoa The medical assistan t has already vadaen i . put medi cine on it.

5. Haida be do hore idia kaukau . Some win be dry (presently) . Hai da be idia kaukau vadaeni. Some are already dry .

Exe�� e 4: Substitute dohore for vadaeni in the following sentences; remember to place dohore before the pronoun subject . 1. Siporo ai ab ia vadaeni. We have taken the lemon (s) . Siporo dohore ai ab ia. We shall take the lemon(s).

2. Sieti bona pi r ipou idia kaukau The shirt and the trousers are already vadaen i dry . Sieti bona pi r ipou dohore The shirt and the trousers will be idia kaukau dry (presently) .

3. Iseda ru rna ia dika vadaeni. Our (incl. ) house is bad already . Iseda rurna dohore ia dika. Our (incl.) hous e wi ll be bad.

4. Kuku lau lokua vadaen i. I have already ro lled a cigarette. Kuku dohore lau lokua. I shall roll a cigarette.

5. Kuki gaukara ia ab ia vadaen i He has already taken a job as a cook taubada dekena i. boy with a whi te man. Kuk i gauka ra doho re i a ab i a He will take a job as a cookboy with taubada dekenai . a white man .

E xe�c..[�e 5: Say what the fol lowing sentences mean in English : 1. Sieti bona pi ripou lau huria vadaeni. I have washed the shirt and the trousers .

2. Me leki bona kapus i dohore lau atoa pata latanai. I shall put the plate and the cup on the table.

3. Kokoroku ia rna i rna gatoi ia atoa vadaen i. The chicken has come and laid an egg.

4. Kuki ese gwarurne bona ra isi dohore ia rna ilaia. The cookboy wi ll fe tch fi sh and ri ce .

5. Dahaka badina loku oi negea vadaen i? Why have you thrown away the pawpaw ?

6. Badina be ia dik a vadaeni. Because it is already rotten.

7. Harihari au ia rnar agi , dohore ia lata. Now the tree is small, (later) it win be ta lL UNIT 3 37

3. 2 VIRECTIONAL VERBS

Directional verbs are verbs which denote a movement in a certain direction. In Hiri Motu they are : lao go (movement away from the speaker) ma i come (movement toward the speaker) diho go down (movement downwards) daekau go up (movement upwards ) loaloa go around (perambulating; movement around in no fixed direction)

These verbs have the peculiarity that they can be added to other verbs to specify the direction in whi ch an action takes place relative to the speaker. They also have a restricted in te rnal comb inability : lao and ma i can be added to diho and daekau, but not vice versa. Here are some common combinations : diho ma i to come from above, descend ( towards the speaker) diho lao to go away downwards (e. g. down the slope of a hin) daekau ma i to come from be low, ascend ( towards the speaker) daekau lao to go away upwards (e. g. up the slope of a hin) ab ia lao to take away ab ia rnai to take tCMards the speaker, bring abia diho to take down abia daekau to take up heau ma i to come running bub ua diho to pour out Hiri Motu speakers much more frequently specify the direction of an action than English speakers do; for instance when we say: take it to the river they will say : oi ab ia lao sinavai dekenai. or oi abia diho lao sinava i dekenai emphasizing the moveme nt away from the speaker, or the movement down to the river. Daekau and diho also serve to indi cate movement from and to the sea, or to and from the mountains , or up and down the river respectively . Daekau is further used to indicate move ment toward a village or station. This use originates from the fact that villages and stations traditionally are situated on elevated spots such as hill tops, ridges , or, in swampy areas , on somewhat higher and drier grounds .

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�cih e 1: Say what the following sentences mean in English. 1. Tau ese ia diho ma io A man come s down (towards the speaker) .

2. Kek en i idia heau ma io The girls come running (towards the speaker) .

3 . Kaema dohore ai ab ia lao ruma dekenai. We shall take the sweet potatoes to the house. 38 UN IT 3

4. Niu oi ab ia daekau hanua dekenai! Take the coconut up to the vi l lage .

5. Kop i lau bubua diho vadaen i. I have already poured out the coffe e (e. g. into the sink)

6. Idia diho lao sinava i dekenai. They went down to the river.

7. Ruma umui daekau ma i ! Enter the house! (i.e. ascend the house towards the speaker)

Exe�c�� e 2: In the following sentences, substitute new directional verbs for the original ones , using the cues given in English . For example: Sisia ia heau ma i Cue : away answer : Sisia ia heau lao Ready?

1- Umu i diho lao sinavai dekenai ! Go down towards the river! Umu i diho ma i sinavai dekena i ! (Come towards the speaker)

2. Hah ine ese rab i a i a ab ia diho. Th e woman takes the sago down . Hah ine ese rabia ia ab ia daekau. (Up to the vi nage)

3. Tau ese dohore i a heau rnai . The man wi n come running (towards the speaker) Tau ese dohore i a heau 1 ao. (away from the speaker)

4. Gwarume umu i ab ia diho rnai ! You ( pl. ) bring down the fish! Gwa rume umu i ab ia daekau rnai ! (upwards)

Exe�c�� e 3: How would you express the following sentences in Hiri Motu: 1. A man has come from the vi llage . Tau ia diho ma i vadaen i hanua dekenai .

2. The girls will go away to the river. Kek en i dohore idia diho lao sinavai dekenai.

3. The dog has come into the house. Sisia ia daekau ma i vadaen i ruma lalon ai .

4. Bring a knife and a spoon. Ka ia bona sipunu oi ab ia ma i o

5. The chicken has fl own away . Kokoroku i a daekau 1 ao vadaen i.

6. Take the clothes to the house.

Dab ua 0 i ab i a 1 ao/ma i ruma dekena i • UNIT 3 39

3. 3 EVANA NEGAI: 'WHEN? '

Edana negai when like the interrogatives edesen i, dahaka badina, and dahaka dainai, introduces a clause : Edana negai i a mase? Wh en did he die? Edana negai tau ia ginidaia? Wh en did the man arrive? Edan a negai dabua dohore oi huria? Wh en wi H you wash the clothes?

Practice Dri lls

Exe4C�6 e 1: Transform the following sentences into questions by adding edana nega i in the proper place. 1. Kuk i gaukara ia ab ia. He took a job as a cookboy . Edana negai ...

2. Kokokoko dohore ita an ia. We ( incl. ) shall eat cassowary . Edana negai ...

3. Oiemu sisia ia mase. Your dog died. Edana nega i ...

4. Dohore ai ginidae hanua dekenai. We ( excl. ) shall arrive at the Edana negai ... vil lage .

5. An iani ia nadua. He cooked the food. Edana negai ...

Exe4C�6 e 2: Trans late the following sentences into Hiri Motu: 1. When were you sick? Edana negai oi (be) gore re?

2. When did the thorn prick your fo ot? Edana negai au ginigini ese oiemu aena ia gwadaia7

3. When did he find the egg? Edana negai gatoi ia davaria 7

4. Wh en will we go to the rive r? Edana nega i doho re ita d i ho s i nava i dekena i?

5. When will you roast our ( incl. ) sago? Edana nega i i seda rab i a dohore oi gabua?

3. 4 TIME AVVERBS

Time adverbs are words like hari dina today and harihari now in the conversation ab ove , which specify the time setting of the predicate . Here is a sample of time adverb s in Hiri Motu: 40 UNIT 3

dabai in the morning adorah i in the afternoon hanuaboi at night hari dina today harihari now harihari sibona just now ke rukeru tomorrow varan i yes terday guna fi rs t; long ago gabeai later hari dabai this morning hari adorah i this afternoon hari hanuaboi tonight varan i dabai yesterday morning nega ta some time/another time nega haida sometimes

The preferred placement of the time adverb is at the beginning of the sentence, l this means that it can occur in other places within the sentence as well, but never between the tense markers dohore or vadaeni and the predicate : l. Varan i kuki ese r a i 5 i i a nadua vadaen i . Yes terday the cookboy boiled . the rice . 2 Kuki ese ----va ran i ra isi i a nadua vadaen i . 3. Kuk i ese ra is i varan i ia n ad ua vadaen i .

5 4. Kuki ese ra i i i a nan ua vadaen i , ----varani . These four sentences are all possible , but the firs t one conforms to the common , or preferred use of the time verb . Definitely unacceptab le are sentences such as : 5. *Kuki ese ra isi ia nadua va ran i vadaeni. and 6. *Kuki ese dohore ke rukeru raisi ia nadua . in which the time adverb is put between the tense marker and the predicate.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�c�� e 7: S�mple Sub��u� on Frame : Dabai ai lao Mosb i dekenai. In the morning we went to Port Mo resby. varan i (yesterday ) adorahi (in the afternoon)

IAn exception to this rule is guna me aning fi rs t, which follows the verb : lau rna i guna, rna gabeai turana ia rna i I came fi rst, and my fri end came later. UN IT 3 41

Adorah i ai lao Mosbi dekenai. hanua boi (in the night) guna (long ago) nega haida (some times) dabai

Exe�ci6 e 2: Simple Sub6 �i�u�ion Frame : Ke rukeru dohore lau lao. Tomorrow I shall go. hari dina (today ) gabeai (later) nega ta (another time) hari hanuaboi ( tonigh t) ke ruke ru

Exe�ci6 e 3: Answer the following quest ions in Hiri Motu, using the cues provided. For example: Question: edana negai umui ginidae? When did you (pl.) arrive ? Cue : hari dabai Answer: hari dabai ai ginidae We arrived this morning. Re ady?

1. Edana negai oiemu sisia ia mase? When did your dog die? a. Va ran i lauegu sisia ia mase. ( varani : yesterday ) b. Varani ia mase.

2. Edana negai au ginigini oi mo ia? When di d you step on the thorn? Hari adorah i au ginigini lau ( hari adorahi: this afternoon) moi a.

3. Edana negai tau ese hah ine ia When did the man see the woman ? itaia? Guna tau ese hah ine ia itaia. ( guna: long ago )

4. Edana negai kuki ese dabua When will the cookboy wash the dohore ia huria? clothes? Ke ruke ru dabai kuk i ese dabua ( ke rukeru dabai : tomorrow morning) dohore ia huria.

5. Edana negai dohore ita diho lao When shall we go down to the river? sinavai dekenai7 Gabea i dohore ita d i ho lao. ( gabeai: later)

Exe�ci6 e 4: How would you express the follow ing sentences in Hiri Motu? Put the time adverb in its preferred place . 1. The boy will eat rice and fish today . Hari dina me ro ese rai si bona gwarume dohore ia an ia. 42 UN IT 3

2. The man came to the vi � �age �ong ago. Guna tau ia ma i hanua dekenai.

3. Some times the woman cr ies . Nega haida hah ine ia tai .

4. Last night we ate a cassowary . Varan i hanuaboi kokokoko ai an ia.

5. The boy came fi rs t, the gir� came �ater. Me ro ia ma i guna, (ma) gabeai keken i ia ma io

6. What are you cooking now? Harihari dahaka oi nadua?

3. 5 NEGANAI : 'WHEN '

A further way of specifying the time setting of the predicate is by l means of neganai at the time that : Boroma ia heau ma i neganai, ia gari . When the pig came running towards him, he was fri ghtened.

The part of the sentence ending in neganai we call the time clause. Time clauses in Hiri Motu: (a) always end in neganai, (b ) have a rising intonation at the end , (c) never contain the tense markers dohore or vadaen i. Examples : Tau ia ginidae neganai , iena ruma When the man arrived he sat down lalonai ia helai . in his house. Oi emu mat ana oi kehoa negana i , Wh en you open your eyes you wi �� aiemai hanua dohore oi itaia. see our (excl.) vi� �age .

Practice Dri lls

Exe�ci� e 1: Say what the following sentences mean in English : 1. Sisia ia mase neganai, kekeni ia tai. When the dog died, the gir� cried.

2. Me leki ia kaukau neganai, pata dekenai oi atoa. When the p�ate is dry , put it on the tab le.

3. Kokokoko ia an ia neganai, bogana ia hisihisi . When he had eaten the cassowary meat, he got a stomach ache .

l Many speakers , especially of th e Non-Central dialect , us e negana instead of neganai . UN IT 3 43

4. Me ro be kopina ia me tau neganai, ia helai rna ia sipel i. When the boy became tired he sat down and rested.

5. Te perikoda umui koua neganai , buka umu i kehoa . When you (pl. ) have switched off the recorders , you must open your books.

Exe.Itc..t-6 e. 2: How do you say these things in Hiri Motu: 1. When I am sick I stay home . Lau gore re neganai, lau noho ruma dekenai.

2. Who was crying when I wen t away ? Lau lao neganai daika ia tai1

3. When I gave him clothes he was glad. Dabua lau hen ia neganai, ia moale.

4. When I ge t a tooth ache, I'll go to the medical assistant. Lauegu isena ia hisihisi neganai, dohore lau lao med ikolo dekenai .

5 . When I went to the garden I saw a cassowary . Uma gabu dekenai lau lao neganai , kokokoko lau itaia.

TEXT

Listen to the following excerpt from an interview in which Gerald ATOTA tells ab out how he became a cook and then see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate . Gerald comes from laudari vil lage near lorna Patrol Post in the Northern District of Papua and speaks Binandere as his mother tongue . Here is the excerpt : l GA: I a namo . Inai be dohore lau kiki lau - edena bamona inai kuk de kena lau gaukara ab ia gauna rna inai kuk - kuki dekena lau gaukara gauna rna 2 dohore lau kiki. Guna be lau be me ro ma ragi noho hanua. Ma gabeai lauegu tamana ia mase vadan inai - lau skul dekena noho rna gabeai lauegu tamana ia mase vadaen i inai tamana totona sku 1 lau rakatan ia. Vadan lau noho hanua. 3 Vadan gabeai inai PWD taubada ta - e - biaguna ta inai Mista Ki tna inai ia ma i vadan ia be -- danu -- inai gaukara taudia be momo - momo bona idia be kuk lasi. Kuk tamona sibona inai dekena vadan unai tau ta inai Makam 4 tauna ese i a ab i a 1 au vadan a i ruaos i gauka ra i a noho vadan gabea i ina i tauna be ia transpe daekau5 mai inai ste sin dekene vadan lau sibona noho inai dahaka - estrip dekene. Vadan unuseni gau - daika - biaguna - lauegu biaguna be ibounai foa . Inai dekena lau sibona lau gaukaraia noho rna 6 inai dahaka - 1959 dekene . Vadan lau gaukara ia lao ia lao: lau daekau ma i iniseni inai stes in dekene vadan ha ri be lau noho inai kuk dekena. 7 I - lau noho rna lau headava. Vadan hari be inai bamona (1) noho in - [footnotes overleaf] 4 4 UNIT 3

8 inai kuk deke nai . Vadan inai bamon a lau karaia ma lau natud ia be fo. Vadan hari be lau kuki lau rakatan ia lasi inai patr ol ofi sas ibounai idia ma i negana idia boiboi lau lau daekau ma i lau gaukaraia inai bamona n oh 0 h a ri b e . Vadan inai bamon a noho inai 1959 dekena lau gaukara ab ia gauna be hari noho vadan hari inai 1974 inai . Inai sibona lauegu kiki be lata lasi, inai sibona. Tenkiu. TED: Namo herea. To oi diba inai - bema sipsip 0 bulmakau idia hoi a negana be oi om - gabua diba ma nadua diba danu inai diba danu oi ab ia vadaen i? GA : 10, inai ibounai be lau diba vadaeni. Bred kara ia 0 skons 0 dahaka - bred rol 0 ibounai aniani dahaka - dahaka lau hereva inai pistri ah - pe istri bona inai mi t pai , inai ibounai be lau diba haorea vad an. To momokani an iani - tau kurokuro ena an iani haida be ia noho inai be dohore lau diba lasi. Danu inai be lau lao taun dekena gaukara negana be inai aniani gau hai da be dohore lau diba. To inai be uda dekene lau noho dekena hari inai gau haida be dohore lau diba haorea vadan. TED: To buk danu oi duah ia diba ma oi itaia ma oi diba vadaeni? GA : 10, inai be sisina sisina mo lau duah ia ma inai gauna 0 inai be dohore inai bamona lau karaia. Inau bamona dohore lau karaia inai bamona inai buk dekena idia torea ia noho gauna lau itaia vadan inai bamona lau ka r aia. TE D: Ah 1 a i i a ma i ina i .

�otice that be is sometimes pronounced me by this speaker. This is because in Binandere sounds like b, d, g, are said with m, n, and ng preceding them. 2This is quite a complex sentence whose structure will only become clearer when you have studied nominals in section 7 .2 below. 3 e_ is a self-questioning form corresponding approximately to I beg your pardon or What am I saying - that's wrong! 4 Notice that this informant has made a transitive verb gaukaraia out of the intransitive one gaukara corresponding to karai a to make or do which would be the more usual form. The same form is used several times later on . 5Gerald is here referring to the making of the airstrip at Ioma Patrol Post which is about three miles away from the rest of the station . This also explains why in the following sentences he talks ab out transferring up to the station . 6Notice that one can indicate that an action is repeated for an indefinite period by using the verb lao to go. The same effect can be achieved by repeating the main verb e.g., Gerald could have just as well said lau gaukara gaukara gaukara.

7Notice that Gerald pronounces this as hedava . This is quite common amongst speakers of Non-Austronesian languages. 8 inai . See section 7.3 for a discussion of this useage . UNIT 3 4 5

TRANSLATION

GA : That 's all right. I'll talk about this - how I got work with this cook and - I'll talk about (how) I worked with this cook. Before I was a small boy staying in the vi l lage. And then my father died - I was at school when my fa ther died and because of my fa ther(s death) I left school. And (then I) stayed in the vi llage. After then this PWD (Pub lic Works Department) Europ ean man - I beg your pardon - overseer, Mi ster Kitchner (?), came and he - what is it? - there were a lot of workers - and they had no cook . There was on ly one cook and so this Markham chap (came and) got me and we (2) were doing it (i.e. the cooking) , and after that this chap transferred up to the station here and I stayed - what is it? - at the airs trip by myself. There the - what is it? - the overseer - I had four overseers (to cook for) . Consequently I was working on my own and what is it? - in 1959 . I kept on working and (eventually) came up to the station here and now I am still a cook. I - during this time (lit. I stayed) I got married. And I am still doing the same thing - being a cook. I am still doing the same things and have four chi ldren. I've never stopped being a cook. When patrol offi cers come they call out for me and I come up and work fo r them and I have done so right up till now . I have done so since 1959 when I took up the work until now, 1974. That 's all (I have to say} . My story is not long, (it's) just like that. Thank you.

TED: Ve ry good. But do you know this - if they buy lamb/mu tton or beef do you - know how to gri ll it and boil it too - do you know these things too?

GA : Yes, I know all those things . (I know how to) make bread or scones or what is it? - bread rolls or all foods what is it? - what did I say pis try ah - pastry and meat pies - I know how to make those things . But it is true that food - there are some European foods that I don 't know about. What is it? - (if) I went to town to work I would know, but because I am in the bush I wi ll know all about (only) these few things.

TED: But can you read (cook) books and see and know (how to cook) ?

GA : Yes, I (can) read (recipes) but only a little and I (can) do thos e things like that if I read what is written and see it.

TED : Ah, the wind is coming up . 46 UN IT 3

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCAB ULARY edena bamona how gau, gauna thing mase vadaen i/vadan to be dead, to die totona on account of, for skul , sikulu school rakatania to leave biaguna boss, person in ch arge , owner dan u also, too, but often used as a hesitation or self questioning form what is it? or what was I going to say? inai dekenai /dekena consequently, because of that Makam Markham River ruaos i together (for two persons) gaukara ia to do some thing (rare form) transpe daekau to transfer up (to a place) stesin Government station, patrol post ibounai all headava to marry inai bamona like this natu, natuna child patrol of is as patrol offi cers bo i bo i to call out n amo he re a ve ry good bema if sips i p mutton, sheep bulmakau cows, beef hoi a to buy b re d bread o or skons scones bred ro l bread rolls an ian i food pe s t r i pas try mit pa i meat pies momokan i true, proper tau kurokuro European (lit. man white) mo on ly torea to wri te, tattoo I ai wind UNIT 4

CONVERSAT ION .1 Digu N egana l Bathing Time 2 3 Tau ta i a ura lao digu, iena A man wan ts to go and bathe, but his 5 turana ia ma i ia boi ria: friend comes and ca lls him: A: Turagu, edeseni oi lao? Friend, where are you going? 6 B: A, lau lao digu gwaura ia. Ah, I was jus t going to go and have a bath. A: To oiemu sopu bona taul i be But where is your soap and towel? 7 edesen i7 8 B: Lasi, lau ab ia ma i lasi. Lau Nowhere, I didn 't bring them. I 9 ura be digu kava sinavai just wanted to have a swim in the dekena i . river without washing with soap . A: Oi diho sinavai lasi! Huala Don 't go down to the river! There ia noho. are crocodi les there . B: Hida idia noho? How many are there ? . 0 11 A: Sed lra,1 tamon a bamon a. I don 't know, perhaps one . 12 B: 0, 9 au t a I as i , I a u I a 0 Oh, that 's nothing to worry about; digu. I'm going. Vadaen i ia raka diho sinavai And 80 he goes down to the river. dekenai .

l digu neganai lit. bathe time-at , i.e. when bathing. See section 3.5 ab ove . 2 ura = to want. See section 4.1 below. 3 lao digu = lit. go bathe . Notice that several verbs may be placed together without any connectives to indicate sequence of action. This is discussed and drilled. further below in section 4.3. 4 to = but . It is used just as in English.

47 48 UNIT 4

5 boi ria = to call somebody . Many speakers use boi boi to cal l out instead. 6 gwauraia lit. to speak about, but when used after a verb indicates that an action is ab out to take place. This is di scussed and drilled in section 4.2 below.

7Notice that this sentence could have been said as To oiemu sopu bona taul i be edeseni ia/idia noho? 8 Note the speaker's use of lasi here as an answer to indicate nowhere . This is common as there is no word in Hiri Motu for nowhere, nothing et c. 9 kava (lit. mad, crazy ) is used with verbs to indicate that an action is done without reason or in vain. This usage is drilled further in Unit 8 . lO sedira = perhaps, I don 't know, could be, I guess. This is a very common expression in Hiri Motu and is used if the speaker does not want to commit himself to accepting the truth or falsity of what is being said. ll bamona = like. l2 gau ta lasi (lit. thing-another-not ) is an expression of reassurance: it's nothing to worry about or it's something nothing. l3The music heard throughout this unit is a selection of church hymns from two areas of Central Papua. The first is sung by the Seventh Day Adventist choir at Bodinumu in the mountains inland of Port Moresby and the second and third are sung by members of the former London Missionary Society (now the United Church) at Barakau just east of Port Mo resby.

USEFUL EXPRESSIONS

Davana (be) hi da7 How much does it cost? Din a gauna (be) hida7 What 's the time ? (lit. sun- thing how much?) Gaukara ia ore. The work 's finished.

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�ci� e 1: Simpie Sub��tution Frame : lena turana ia ma io His fr iend came . nat una ( chi ld) tamana (father) sinana (mo the r) l tadina (younger brother/sister) l kakana (elder brother/sister) 2 taihuna (elder sister/brother) turana lThese are used by siblings of the same sex. For example a boy will call his younger brother tadina and a girl will call her younger sister the same. Similarly for kakana. 2 Ta ihuna is used to refer to siblings of the opposite sex irrespective of the relative ages of speaker and person referred to. UNIT 4 4 9

Frame : Huala i a noho. There 's a crocodi Le there . gaigai (snake) bita (rat) taubada (Europ ean man) sinabada (European woman) gwarume (fish) kokokoko (cassowary) huala

Exe�c�� e 3: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Oiemu � be edeseni? Where 's your soap? i d ua r i (comb) ga 1 as i (mirror) i ra (axe ) maua (box, sui tcase) s i h i (maLe LoincLoth) piripou (trousers) rami (dress, Lap Lap) davana (money ) sopu

Exe�c�� e 4: S�mple Sub��u��on Fr arne : Va d a e n i i a d i h 0 sina v ai d eke n a i . And so he went down to the river. uda (bush) kone (beach) iena gabu (his pLace) ororo (hiLL, mountain) davara ( sea) idiedia kahana (the ir side) sinava i

Exe�c�� e 5: S�mple Sub��u�on Frame : Umuiemui ga do lao diba. I know your Langu age . kara (cus tom, way ) n i u (coconut, coconut tree) gavmani (Government) sivarai (story , news) hanua (vi l Lage) gada 50 UN IT 4

Exe�ci6 e 6: Simple SUb6�i�u�ion Frame : Lau lao � gwaura ia. I'm ab out to go and have a bath. rne arnea karaia (work magi a) loaloa (wander ab out, walk about) sopu ab ia (get soap ) niu kakas ia (sarape aoaonut for adding to riae) sinava i hanaia (aross over the river) digu

Frame : Hida idia noho? How many are there ? rnah uta (s leep) huaia (aarry on shoulder) a I a i a (kill, slaughter) botaia (hit) rnoru (fa ll) noho

GRAMMAR

4. 1 VERB + GWAURAIA: 1 , ABOUT TO (VO SOMETHING) '

Actions which are ab out to take place or are on the verge of taking place are expressed in Hiri Motu by placing gwauraia immediately after the verb , e.g. Lau he lai gwaura ia. I'm ab out to sit down or I am going to sit down or I intend to sit down. Note that lasi not comes after gwaura ia: lau he lai gwaura ia lasi. I'm not ab out to sit down . Note the difference in meaning also between the following two sentences taken from the conversation ab ove : tau ia ura lao digu the man wan ts to go and have a bath tau ia lao digu gwauraia the man is ab out to go and have a bath

1 9w aura ia is often shortened to goraia or gore , especially in the Non-Central dialect of Hiri Motu. UNIT 4 51

Practi ce Dri lls

Frame : Maua ia huaia gwauraia. He 's about to carry the --box (on his shoutder) " boroma " " (pig) " " alaia " (ki zt) kokokoko" " " (cass owary ) " " gabua " (cook, burn) uma gabu" " " ( garden) " " " hanaia (cross) " sinavai " " (river) " " ita i a " (took at) maua " " " " " h ua i a "

Exe�� e Z: Repeat the following sentences after the ins tructor and say what they mean in English. Ready? 1. Tau ta ia meamea karaia gwauraia oi dekenai. A man/s ome one is about to work magic agains t you.

2. Sinana bona tamana idia lao gwauraia taun i dekenai . Mo ther and father are ab out to go to town.

3. Lau lao digu gwaura ia to taul i lau ma ilaia lasi. I was about to go and have a bath but I did not bring my towe l,.

4. Oi lao gwaura ia neganai. aniani lau henia oi dekenai. When you are about to go 1'1,1, give you some food.

5. Idia gi roa lao gwauraia idiedia gabu dekenai. They are ab out to go back to their (own) place .

4.2 URA + VERB: 'TO WANT TO (VO SOMETHING)'

Verbs preceded by ura indicate actions which the subject wants, wishes , or desires to perform: l Lau ura karaia. I wan t to do it. Sopu lau ura hoia. I want to buy soap. Note, however, that ura can be used on its own as the verb to want (some thing) or to tike (some thing) or as a noun meaning want, wish, de sire .

l It is possible , though not common usage to repeat the pronoun after ura, e.g. , lau ura lau kiki I want to te tl a story . 52 UN IT 4

For example : Lau ura raisi. I want ri ce. or I Zike rice . 1 Lau ura raisi as i. or Lau ura 1 as i ra isi . } I don 't wan t rice. I don 't Zike rice. Oiemu ura be dahaka7 Wh at is it that you wan t? or What 's your wish/desire. Lau ura be oi noho. My wi sh is that you stay . or I want you to stay .

Pra ctic e Dri lls

Exe�Qi� e 7: Simple Sub��u�ion Frame : Taubada ia ura The European man wants to lao sinava i dekenai . flo to the river. loaloa uda lalonai (walk around in the bush) dig u davara dekenai (bathe in the sea) mahuta hanua dekenai (s leep in the vil lage) noho taun i dekenai (stay in the town) hekure ruma lalonai (lie down in the room) lao sinava i dekenai

Exe�Qi� e 2: Simple Sub��i�u�ion Frame : Lau ura rai si . I want rice . ( rabia haida, maua ta, oiemu iduari , gwa rume ta, iena ira, rai s i ) .

Exe�Qi� e 3: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and say what they mean in English. Ready? 1. Sihi idia ura karaia7 Do they want to make a loincloth ?

2. Kek en i be gaigai ia ura itaia. The girl wants/wanted to see the snake.

3. Kuku oi ura an ia7 Do you wan t to smoke ?

4. Umu iemui gado lau ura kamonai . I want to hear your (pl. ) language .

5. Sinabada be sinava i ia ura hanaia. The Europ ean woman wants to cross the rive r/creek. UN IT 4 5 3

Exe�ci¢ e 4: Answer the following questions using the cues provided. Ready? 1. Dahaka 0 i ura nadua? (gwarume) Gwar ume lau ura nadua. 2. Ra{ isi be edesen i taubada ia ura atoa? (maua lalonai) Rai si be taubada ia ura atoa maua lalon ai . Rai si be maua lalonai taubada ia ura atoa .

3. Dahaka umui ura hoi a? (iduari tal Iduari ta ai ura hoi a.

4. Da ika ese au ia ura gabua? ( I au) Au lau ura gabua.

5. Edana negai oi ura lao Mosb i dekenai? (keruke ru dabai ) Ke rukeru dabai lau ura lao Mosbi dekenai.

Evaluati on Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu: 1. What do you want/Zike? Dahaka oi ura?

2. Where do you wan t to go? Edeseni oi ura lao?

3. I want to go to the bush. Lau ura lao uda dekenai .

4. The Government wants to remove this vi Z Zage . Gavman i ese inai hanua idia ura kokia.

5. When do you want to go to the viZZage? Edana negai oi ura lao hanua deke nai?

4.3 URA + VERB + GWA URAI A

A verb can also be combined with both ura and gwaura ia, to express the idea of to want to (do something) , to intend to (do something) , thus tau ese boroma ia ura alaia gwauraia. and tau ese boroma ia ura alaia both mean the man wants/intends to kiZZ the/a pig.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�ci¢ e 1: Form new sentences from the ones given by the instructor by adding 1) ura. or 2) ura and gwauraia in their appropriate places . Ready? 1. Lau lao digu. Lau ura lao (gwauraia) . 54 UNIT 4

2. Hero ese sopu ia ab ia. Hero ese sopu ia ura ab ia (gwauraia) .

3. Dahaka urnui karaia7 Dahaka urnu i ura karaia (gwauraia)?

4. Tau bona hahine sinavai idia hanaia. Tau bona hah ine sinava i idia ura hanaia (gwauraia) .

5. Kuku ai lokua. Kuku ai ura lokua (gwauraia) .

Eval uation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready ? 1. I want to sleep . Lau ura rnahuta (gwauraia) .

2. I am ab out to sleep . Lau rnahuta gwauraia.

3. Heh. look. you are about to step on a snake! E, oi itaia, gaigai oi rno ia gwauraia.

4. I want to buy a shirt. S i e ti l au u r a hoi a (gw au r a i a) .

5. I intend to buy a shirt. Sieti lau hoia gw auraia.

6. I want to go down to the beach. Lau ura diho lao (gwaura ia) kone dekenai.

7. Dh. that 's nothing to worry about. let 's kill it. 0, gau ta lasi, ita alaia.

8. The snake is ab ou t to ge t the fow l. Gaigai ese kokoroku ia ab ia gwaura ia.

4. 4 VERB SEQUENCES

You have already learnt that if a sentence contains two (or more ) clauses. these can be connected by the conjunction rna and : Idia rna i rna lau lao. They came and I went away. Lau rnai rna lau helai. I came and sat down . However, if the two clauses cont ain the same information except for the verb (that is, if the subject, or subject and obj ect , of the two clauses are the same ) then rna and everything else that is the same can be left out , leaving only the verb , e.g. : UNIT 4 55

la ma i ma ia boi ria. He came and called him. la ma i ia boi ria. He came and ca l'led him. la ma i boi ri a . He came and ca 'l'led him. Kokokoko oi huaia mai laia an ia. Carry the cassowary on your shou'lder, bring it here and eat it./Bring the cassowary here on your shoulder and eat it.

Note that this reduction of the second clause is not possible if the two clauses have different objects, or if one has an obj ect, the other not , although ma itself may be left out : Hero ese biku ia ab ia ( ma) taitu ia negea. Tau ia badu ( ma) sisia ia botaia.

Practice Drills

Exe�c�� e 7: The following sentences all contain two clauses linked by ma o Repeat these sentences and say whether or not ma can be left out and the second clause shortened: 1. Lau mai ma lau helai . (yes ) 2. Bo roma ia ma i ma lau heau. (no) 3. Hah ine ia mase ma tau ia tai. (no) 4. Tau ese me leki ia abia ma me leki ia negea. (yes ) 5. Tamana ia hekure ma ia mahuta. (yes ) 6. Niu ia mo ru ma sisia ia botaia. (no, only ma can be left out)

Exe�c�� e 2: Now repeat the fo llowing sentences from exercise I and then reduce them, firstly by leaving out ma and then by leaving out ma and those part s of the second clause which repeat information given in the first one . Ready? 1. Lau ma i ma 1 au he 1 a i . Lau ma i 1 au he 1 a i . Lau ma i he 1 a i . 2. Tau ese me leki ia abia ma me leki i a negea. Tau ese me leki i a abia me leki i a negea. Tau ese me leki i a ab ia negea. I 3. Tamana i a hekure ma ia mahuf a. Tamana ia hekure i a mah uta. Tamana ia hekure mahuta. I

4. 5 NEGATION

Negative sentences can be derived from positive ones by adding lasi to the predicate :

lA special type of verb sequence in which the second verb modifie� the first one has already been drilled in section 3.2: directional verbs. 56 UNIT 4

Oi l ao. Oi l ao I as i !

Dabua idia kaukau. Dabua idia kaukau lasi.

Tau ese au ia utua. Tau ese au ia utua lasi.

Lau ura rai si. La u u r a I as ira i s i. or La u u r a r a i s i I as i .

Lau lao hanua dekenai. 1 Lau lao lasi hanua dekenai .

Lau namo lasi. Biku ia dika lasi. ia namo.

Practice Dri lls

Exeltc.-i.l>e 1: Change the following positive sentences into negative ones. Ready? 1. la loaloa kone dekena i. (He 's wande ring about the beach. ) la loaloa lasi kone dekenai.

2. Davara dekena i oi digu! (Bathe in the sea!) Davara dekenai oi digu lasi!

3. Hanuaboi be ai mahuta. (We (excl.) sleep in the night.) Hanuaboi be ai mahuta lasi.

4. Oi ma i neganai ai moa le. (When you come we (excl.) are happy .) Oi ma i lasi neganai ai moale lasi !

5. Lau ura gwarume . (I wan t fi sh.) Lau ura I as i gwa rume . or Lau ura gwarume lasi.

6. Dohore umui kamonai ! (You (pl.) will understand. } Dohore umu i karnon ai lasi !

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Re ady ? 1. He is not sick. la (be) gore re lasi.

2. Don 't beat the dog. Sisia oi botaia lasi!

3. Why didn 't you wash the clothes?

{ Dahaka badina dabua oi huria lasi? Dahaka dainai dabua oi huria lasi?

20r: Hanua dekenai lau lao lasi. UNIT 4 57

4. You{ did not give (me ) my wages. Lauegu davana oi hen ia lasi. Lau dekenai davana oi henia lasi. Davana oi henia lasi. lau dekenai .

5. I do not know the Mo tu Language . Motu gado lau diba lasi.

4.6 HIVA: 'HOW MANY '. ANV HIRI MOTU NUMERALS

Questions involving hida ask for the number of things or the quantity of a substance. Note, however, that hid a follows the noun it questions when it occurs . Examples : Gatoi hida idia noho? How many eggs are there ? Hida idia noho? How many are there ? Hida ia noho? How much is there?

Hida of course may be used by itself when the rest of the sentence is unders tood: Hida? How many ? or How much ? Answers to hida questions usually involve a numeral of the following kind: 1 ta one, another rua two toi .. three han i fo ur ima five tauratoi six hitu seven taurahani eight taurahani-ta nine gwauta ten gwauta-ta eLeven gwauta-rua twe Lve etc. ruahui twenty momo many, a Lot hai da some ibounai aH i doin a i the whoLe ta ta a few tamona onLy one l Many speakers use the English names for the numbers , and the Pidgin English ones for fi rs t, second, third , etc. 58 UNIT 4

taina a litHe ginigunana/namba wan fi rs t iha ruana/n amba tu second ihatoi na/n amba tri third

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�cih e 1: Repeat the following Hiri Motu numbers 1 to 20 after the instructor and then try counting for yourself. Ready? 1- ta 11 . gwauta-ta 2. rua 12 . gwauta-rua 3. toi 13. gwa u ta-toi 4. han i 14 . gwauta-hani 5. ima 1 5 . gwauta- ima 6. tauratoi 16 . gwauta-tauratoi 7 . hitu 17· gwauta-hitu 8. taurahan i 18. gwauta-taurahan i 9 . taurahan i-ta 19 . gwauta-taurahan i-ta 10 . gwauta 20. ruahui

Exe�cih e 2: Give the English for the following phrases containing some of the numb ers you have just learned. Ready? hanua toi three viHages ruma gwauta ten houses sisia ruahui twenty dogs tauni ima fi ve towns uma rua two gardens maua taurahani eight boxes au hitu seven trees gatoi hani fo ur eggs gaigai taurahani-ta nine snakes bita gwauta-ima fi fteen rats

Exe�cih e 3: Repeat the following numerals after the instructor and then study them before trying the next exercise. Ready ? momo many haida some ibounai all ta ta a few tamona only one ma ta another ta ina a little idoinai the whole ginigunana/namb a wan fi rs t iha ruana/n amba tu second ihatoina/namba tri third UNIT 4 59

Exe�Qi� e 4: Give the English for the following phrases containing some of the words you have just learned. Re ady ? maua namba tu the seoond box kokokoko momo many oassowaries nad i i bouna i a"l"l the stones sinabada tamona on"ly one Europ ean woman tanG idoinai the who"le "land ranu ta ina a "litt"le water ira ginigunana the fi rs t axe huala ta ta a few orooodi "les kaia iha ruana the seoond knife

Exe�Qi� e 5: Give the equivalent Hiri Motu forms for the following questions and their answers . Ready ? 1. How many gir"ls are there ? Kek en i hida idia noho? Answer : Seven gir"ls. Keken i hitu.

2. How many rats have you ki "l"led? Bita hida oi alaia vadaen i? Answer: Nine teen rats . Bit a gwauta-taurahan i-ta.

3. How muoh sago did you eat? Rabia hida oi an ia? Answer: A "litt"le bit of sago . Rab ia taina.

4. How many rivers wi "l"l we oro ss? Sinava i hida dohore ita hanaia? Answer: Many rivers . Sinava i momo.

5. How many p"laoes have you seen? Gabu hida oi itaia vadaeni? Answer: The who"le "land. Tano idoinai .

4. 7 BE: FOCUS MARKER

Be was introduced in Unit 1 as a fo cus marker following the subject in questions with edesen i, and was also used after badina in answers to questions with dahaka badina. The actual use of be, however, is much wider than that as you have probably noticed from other examples, but 60 UNIT 4

whenever it is used its function seems to be to focus attention on those parts of the sentence that may precede it, notab ly subjects , objects, various sorts of adverbs, and certain verbs. The following examples will illustrate:

After the subject: 1. Tau be ia diba to lau be The man knows it, but I don 't. lau diba lasi. 2. Tamana be kuku ia an ia lasi. Father doesn 't smoke. 3. Bibo be edeseni? Where is Bibo ? or Where are the Bibo peop le? 4. Inai be kara lasi. This is no (good) custom.

Note that in the sentences with verbs the personal pronoun subject is repeated after be (example 1) , and that the subject marker ese is replaced by be (example 2) . In verbless sentences as in examp les 3 and 4, be may or may not be used although it ge nerally seems to be so.

After the ob ject : Idiedia vai rana be ai diba. We know them (lit . we know their faces)

After the time adverb: Gavman i gunaguna be inai gabu Formerly the governme nt did not look idia naria lasi . after this area.

After the place adverb : Siu kahana dekenai be Gebus i Are there Gebusi people on the Siu o 1 as i ? Ri ver side or not?

After certain verbs : Be appears to come after verbs like speak, think, know in contexts whi ch can be translated into English as : say that ..., think that ..., know tha t ... , e.g. : Ai diba be tau toi . We know that there are three men (involved) . la mase negana idia laloa be tau When he died, they though t tha t the buruka ese me amea ia kar aia. old man had worked magic. la hereva be iena natuna rua He said that they intended to eat idia ania gwaura ia. his two chi ldre n.

Practice Drills

Exe�ci¢ e /: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and add in be after the subject . Ready ? 1. Hanua edeseni? (Where is the vi l lage ?) Hanua be edesen i?

2. Oi daika? (Who are you?) Oi be daika?

3. Lau diba lasi. (I don 't know. ) Lau be lau diba lasi. UNIT 4 61

4. Med ikolo ia namo lasi. (The mediaaZ orderZy is not good. ) Med ikolo be ia namo lasi.

5. Kuk i ese dabua ia kokia! (The aookboy has to take away the Kuk i be dabua ia kokia! aZothes ! )

Exe�e�¢ e 2: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and add be after the obj ect. Re ady? 1. lena natuna dohore ai alaia. (We 'H ki H his ahiZd. ) lena natuna be dohore ai alaia.

2. Han ua idia gabua vadaeni. (They have burned the viZ Zage.) Hanua be idia gabua vadaen i.

3. Kuki ese dabua ia kok ia. (The aookboy removed the aZothes.) Kuk i ese dabua be ia kokia.

Exe�e�¢ e 3: Re peat the following sentences after the instructor and add be after the time adverb . Re ady ? 1. Guna Motu gado lau diba lasi. (FormerZy I didn 't know Mo tu. ) Guna be Motu gado lau dib a lasi.

2. Idau negai dohore lau ma io (I 'ZZ aome another time.) Idau negai be dohore lau ma i.

3. Kerukeru sinavai ita hanaia! (Let 's aross the river tomorrow!) Ke rukeru be sinavai ita hanaia!

Exe�e�¢ e 4: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and add be after the place adverb . Ready? 1. S i u kahana dekena i Geb us i 0 1 as i 7 (Are there Gebusi peopZe on the other side of the Siu river?) Siu kahana dekenai be Gebus i 0 lasi7

2. Ruma henunai ia mahuta. (He sZept unde r the house.) Ruma henunai be ia mahuta.

3. Au badinai maua lau atoa. (I put the box at the foot of the tree.) Au badinai be maua lau atoa.

Evaluatio n Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready? 1. The Europ ean woman wants to sarape the aoaonut. Sinabada be niu ia ura kakas ia.

2. They said that my father was iZZ. Idia hereva be lauegu tamana ia gorer e . 62 UNIT 4

3. His wish is that you boi � some sago. lena ura be rabia oi nadua.

4. I thought that he had made magic. Lau laoloa be meamea ia karaia.

5. Where is your mother going? Oiemu sinana be edeseni ia lao?

6. I know that cassowaries �ive in Papua New Guinea. La u diba be kokokoko i d i a noho Papua Niu Gini dekena i .

7. Come and take this axe and give it to the European man . Oi ma i rna inai i ra oi ab ia lao henia taubada dekena i . 8. {I know that you do not �ike bananas . Lau diba be biku oi ura lasi. Lau diba be oi ura biku lasi . 9. {Why did the chicken cross the creek? Dahaka badina kokoroku be sinavai ia hanaia? Kokoroku be dahaka badina sinavai ia hanaia? 10 . {What are they saying? Idia be dahaka idia hereva? Dahaka idia hereva?

TEXT

Now listen to the following text and see how much of it you can trans cribe and/or translate with the help of the supplementary vocabul ary . The speaker is Soba Samai , a young man from Mati village , north of Kikori in the Gulf District , who speaks Kairi as his mother tongue . Soba tells ab out the type of environment found in the Kikori Sub-District . l SS : Kikori Sub-District inai Gu lf District lalonai be , taun iman ima momo 2 idia gwau be ... Kikori Sub -Distric t medu momo gabuna. Inai da inai be , nega ibounai - nega momo Kikori Sub -District lalonai be me du momo ia 3 . 4 5 4 d'hI 0 hanal 'h anal' , U nal. d'alnal , b ema 01, I ao K'I korl ' negana, d 0 01' l Notice that Soba actually says taune momo ,

2An error ; what Soba means to say is : badina be." this is because . . .

3Soba says hahanai; this form is common in the Gulf and Western Districts. 4 bema oi lao Kikori negana; if you go to Kikori . Theconstr uct ion bema ... negana(i) will be drilled in sect ion 8. 1. 5 0i , i.e. the interviewer, who had to ld Soba that he was going to visit Kikori Station . UNIT 4 63

1 itaia nega ibounai be medu ia diho. Bona abata danu ia diho ma i, 2 Kik ori sinavai dorina amo. Bona unuseni noho taudia oi itaia negana be , nega ibounai vanag i idia - vanag i dekenai idia loaloa. Badina inai be sinava i momo gabuna. CLV: Lau diba. SS : Inai dainai be vanagi sibona ... to inai gabu itaia be aena - aena dekene idia raka loaloa. Badina be sinavai lasi , mi ri dekene idia lao edia turadia dekena hanua ta tao To ai Kikori dekenai be inai bamona

lasi. Bema ura .•. hanua ta dekenai oi lao gwaura ia negana, vadaen i inai

be .•. vanagi dohore - vanagi dekenai dohore oi lao.

TRANSLATION: SS: The Kikori Sub-District lies wi thin the Gu lf Dis trict; many people say that the Kikori Sub-District is a place where it rains much . For this reason, all the time - often it rains heavily for days on end in the Kikori Sub-District. Therefore, if you go to Kikori you wi ll see that it rains all the time . And there is also [often] a flood coming down from the upper reaches of the Kikori Ri ver. And when you see the peop le who are living there, [you wi ll see that] they always go by canoe, because it is an area with many rivers . CLV: I know that. SS : Therefore [they use] only canoes ... but if you look at this place : they walk about on foot. This is because there are no rivers; they go along the beach to their fri ends in other villages. But with us in Kikori it's not like this. If you want to go to another village , you 'll [have to] go by canoe.

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY

me du rain med u i a d i ho it rains gabu place me du gabuna a place where it rains abata flood abata ia diho ma i a flood comes down (from the headwa ters ) do rina source, headwaters inai dainai for this reason unai dainai for that reason

l Soba uses the form habada , common in the Gul f and Western Districts.

2Notice that Soba uses the central dialect form amofrom after dorina, though what can be heard is only dorinam. 64 UN IT 4

hanaihanai always, every day nega i bouna i all the time un usen i there loaloa move about, walk ab out, wander raka loaloa walk about m i r i sand, beach ta ta other, several inai bamona like this, in this way . UN IT 5

CONVERSATION

Hanua dekenai To the village Kaunisolo ta ia loaloa hanua ta ta A counci llor makes a trip to several 1 dekenai . Adorah i kahanai ia villages. Towards the afternoon 2 ginidae hanua ta dekenai . Tau he arrives in a certain vil lage . buruka ta ia itaia: He sees an old man: c: Tau buruka, han ua taudia be Old man, where are the vi l lage edesen i i d i a la07 peop le? 2 TB : 0 turagu, i d i a lao gabu ta They have gone elsewhere, my friend. dekena i . 3 c: Hah ine taudia danu nega Did the women gD with them too? 4 tamona7 TB : 10, hah ine taudia, tatau, Yes, the women, men, boys and girls , meme ro, kekeni taud ia - they have all gone. ibounai idia lao vadaen i. 5 c: To oi be edana bamona7 But what about you? TB : 0 t u rag u I a u e 9 u a e n a i a d i k a My legs have become weak, my fri end; vadaen i . Lau raka I am not able to walk. 6 hegeregere lasi. c: o ma di, to, hari dina lau Oh sorry; but I have been walking raka sipeli lasi . Vadaen i , today without rest, and I am tired. kopina ia me tau. Lau ura I wan t to sleep; is there a guest mahuta. Ba r i k i ia noho house? o ...7 TB : Las i . Oi mahuta lauegu No . You can sleep in my son 's 7 natuna ena ruma I a I on a i . house. c: Namo , to iena ruma oi Good! But you have to show me his 8 hadibagu. house. TB : Gauna inai . 9 That 's the one ! [footnotes overleaf)

65 66 UN IT 5

c: Namo. Dohore davana sisina Good; I'll gi ve you some payment 10 lau karaia ia namo? for it, all right? TB : Namo h erea. Very good! Vadaeni, kaunisolo be ruma dekenai The counci llor then goes to the ia lao, vareai mah uta. hous e, enters it and goes to sleep. ll [Mus i k J

l adorahi kahanai : notice the way of saying towards such-and-such a time with the help of kahanai on the side (of) : dabai kahanai, adorah i kahanai , hanuaboi kahanai . 2 ta can also mean a certain and another; thus , hanua ta can mean a vi l lage, a certain vi llage, another vi llage . Note also: inai be ta (with emph asis on tal : this is some thing else.

�ote that danu also also means toge ther with ; an example of this we already found in the text of unit 1: ia be hahine danu, sisia danu ia labana. When added to a verb , danu can indicate simultaneous action , as for instance : ia mai tai danu he came whi le crying. 4 nega tamona literally time-one only = at the same time, together. 5 edana bamona literally which-like = how. Constructions with edana bamona will be discussed and drilled in sect ion 5.4 below. 6 hegerege re adequate, equal; wh en following a ve rb , hege rege re indicates ab ility to perform the act ion denoted by the ve rb . Th is construction will be di scussed and drilled in sect ion 5.5 below . 7 lauegu natuna en a ruma my chi ld 's house; this possessive construction will be di scussed and drilled in secti on 5.2 below. 8 hadi bagu show me, inform me of ..•, let me know is a so-called 'causative ' verb containing an ob ject suffix -gu me . The object suffixes will be discussed and drilled in section 5.3 below. Causative verbs will be discussed and drilled in section 10.3. 9 Gauna inai literally thing- this , is a very common expres sion used to point out things , or even persons , or the way in wh ich something is done : Medikolo oi hadibagu (Show me the medical assistant) - Gauna inai ! (That 's him!) . Edana bamona oi kara ia? (How do you make it?) - Gauna inai (In this way .).

10 Note the expression davana karaia, literally payment-make = pay for service rendered, but al so to equalize a deb t. ll Aw in or Aekyom people The songs heard throughout this unit are traditional ones of the anying instruments are who live in the north-west of the Western District . The accomp These songs are s·imilar drum and rattle the last one made of the pincers of crayfish. of wh ich you will hear to the ones sun� in the Nomad area furthe r east , some examples in Unit 7. UNIT 5 67

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�c�¢ e 1: S�mpfe Sub¢t�tu�on Frame : Oi mah uta lauegu natuna ena ruma dekenai. ravana (father-in- law) adavana (husband/wife) nakimi (brother or sister-in- law) tubuna (grandfa ther/grandchild) vavana (mother's brother/sister 's child) nat una

Exe�c�¢ e 2: S�mpfe Sub¢�tu�on

Frame : Bar i k i ia n oh 0 0 •..7 t raka (truck) mot uka (car) pol isiman i (poZiceman) 5 i k u I u (schoo l) d i b a (arrow) peva (bow) diba peva (bow and arrows ) varo (string, rope) peva varo (bows tring) bariki

ExeAc�¢ e 3: S�mpfe Sub¢t�tut�on Frame : Meme ro ibounai idia lao. labana (go hunting, hunt) gadara (p lay ) mavaru (dance) boio (be lost) r aka daudau (walked far away ) mo ru (faZZ) hitolo (hungry ) lao

Exe�c�¢ e 4: S�mpfe Sub¢�tu�on Frame : Kaun isolo ese boroma ia alaia. The councillor kills the pig. kwatua (ties up) I u I ua (chases) 68 UNIT 5

Ka u nisol0 ese boroma ia lulua. ivaia (cuts up ) guia (trusses up, ties up by hands and fe et) l alaia

GRAMMAR

5. 1 SINGULAR ANV PLURAL NUMBER IN NOUNS

Most nouns in Hiri Motu do not show a distinction between singular and plural forms , as you have learnt in Unit 1. Only a very small number show this distinction . Since they form a restricted set you just have to learn them all. Therefore re ad carefully through the following description before going on to the practice drills . Ready? The nouns which have a separate form in the plural fall into two groups: the firs t group consists almost solely of kinship terms ; its members have a singular form ending in -na and a plural form ending in -dia. They are : Singular Plural 2 adavana adavadia husband/wife sinana sinadia mother tamana tamadia father taihuna taihudia sib�ing of opposite sex of the speaker kakana kakadia o�der sib�ing of the same sex as the speaker tadina tadidia younger sib �ing of the same sex as the speaker natuna natudia chi �d turana turadia friend ravana ravadia fa ther-in- �aw tub una tubudia grandparent, ancestor 3 vavana vavadia mother 's broth er/sister's chi �d

Note that all of these have an addition a 'vocative ' form used as a term of address . The vocative form is marked by -gu: adavagu, sinagu, tama gu, taihugu, kakagu , tadig u, turagu: husband! , wife!, fa ther! , etc. The term turagu was introduced in Unit 1. The second group consists of five nouns : gau thing , gabu p�ace , nega time, tau man, person, and me r o boy. These also have a singular form ending in -na and a plural form in -dia but only when they come at the end of a construction which as a whole functions as a noun . These constructions will be more fully introduced in section 7.2 under the heading 'nominals '. In the conversation above we already have had several , nominals ' :

1 9uia can also me an: to arrest somebody , or to board (a p�ane) .

2This term is a reciprocal one , that is , husband and wi fe refer to each other by thi s term.

3Reciprocal term: a man and his sister' s child both us e the term vavana when referring to each other, and vavagu when addressing each other . UN IT 5 69

hanua taudia vi l lage peop le hah ine taudia womenfo lk. the women l keken i taudia the girls Others are : mahuta gab una sleeping place. bed henaoa tauna thief hera gauna ornament hoi hoi negana shopping time

Two of the members of this group have in addition a reduplicated plural form which is used in other constructions than the 'nominal' one ; they are : tau plural: tat au " me re meme ro For example: Ta tau idia daekau; meme ro idia diho. Thus : non-nominal nominal

sg. pI. sg. pI.

gabI u gab una gabudia gau gauna gaudia nega negana negadia tau tatau tauna taudia me re meme ro me ron a me rod ia I Practi ce Drills

Exe�c�� e 1: Change the nouns in the following sentences from singular to plural by substituting the appropriate form, if any . Don't forget to change the corresponding pronoun subjects to plural . Ready? 1. Tau i a rnai . (The man is coming.) Ta tau i d i a rnai .

2. Lauegu kakana ia digu. (My elde r brother/sister is bathing. ) Lauegu kakadia idia digu.

3. Tubuna ia mase. (The grandfather/mother is dying.) Tubudia idia mase .

4. Mero, edesen i oi lao? (Boy. where are you going?) Meme ro , edeseni umui lao?

5. Pol isiman i ese henaoa tauna (The poli ceman arrested the thief. ) i a gu i a. Pol isiman i ese henaoa taudia idia gui a. l Note that hahine taudia, and keken i taudia refer to women, and girls, in general. One cannot say: hahine taudia rua two women, but one has to say hahine rua etc. though one can say hahine taudia momo/ibounai etc., using an indefinite numeral . 7 0 UNIT 5

6. Natuna ia gadara kopukopu dekenai . (The child played in the mud. ) Natudia idia gadara kopukopu dekenai.

7. Mero ia boi o; iena tamana ia lao (The boy is lost; his father goes tahua . out to look for him. ) Meme ro idia boio; idiedia tamadia idia lao tahua.

8. Mahuta gauna oi kokia! (Remove the bed/bed clothes !) Mahuta gau dia umui kokia!

Exe�ei� e 2: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu: 1. Fa ther- in- law, where is my wife? Ravagu, lauegu adavana be edesen i?

2. All the vi l lage peop le went elsewhere . Hanua taudia ibounai idia lao gabu ta dekenai .

3. His chi ldren go to the school. lena natud ia idia lao sikulu dekenai .

4. My fathers, and mo ther 's brothers all dance. Lauegu tamadia bona vavadia ibounai idia mavaru.

5. Sis ter, I am hungry , give me some rice. Ta ihugu, lau be hitolo, rai si taina oi henia lau. (male speaking) Kakagu/Tadigu, lau be hi tolo, etc. (female speaking)

6. The men and the boys went hunting . Tatau bona meme ro idia lao labana.

5. 2 POSSESSIVE PHRASES: NOUN + ENA + NOUN

You have learned that iena his, her, its is a shortened form of ia-ena. The particle ena we also find in constructions in which two nouns , or dai ka + noun, stand in a possessor-possessed relationship , for instan ce : tau ena natuna the man 's chi ld dai ke ena ruma whose house in which tau and daika refer to the possessor, and natuna and ruma to the possessed. Ena is used when the possessor-noun is singular; when it is plural, edia is used: tau ena ruma the man 's house tatau edi a ruma the men 's house (s} UNIT 5

Practice Dri lls

Exe�Qi� e 1: Change the possessor-noun in the following sentences from singular to plural or vice vers a by giving it the appro priate form, if any , and/or by changing ena to edia or vice versa. Re ady ? 1. Lauegu vavana ena diba pewa I am Looking for my maternaL uncLe 's lau tahua. bow and arrows .

Lauegu vavadia edia diba pewa ..•

2. Kaun isolo edia kopina ia me tau The counciLLors are aLready tired. vadaen i.

Kaun isolo ena kopina .••

3. Lauegu nakimi edia uma gabu ia My brother-in- Law 's garden is far daudau. away .

Lauegu nakimi ena uma gabu••.

4. lena tubuna ena ruma ia gabua The house of his gran dfa ther has vadaen i . burnt down .

lena tubudia edia ruma •..

5 . Oiemu kakana ena natudia idia Are the chi Zdren of your eLder gorere 0 •••7 bro ther/sis ter sick (or not) ? Oiemu kakadia edia natudia...

6. Kokoroku ed ia gatoi idia dika The eggs of the chickens are no vadaen i . good. Koko rok u ena gatoi ...

Exe�Qi� e 2: Say what the following sentences mean in English: 1. Gebus i taudia ed ia hanua be edeseni7 Where is/are the viLZage/vi ZZages of the Gebusi peopLe?

2. Tau buruka ena natu na dohore ai alai a! We shaZL kiLL the chi Ld of the oLd man!

3. Vavana ena boroma idia mah uta ruma henu nai . The pigs of my mother 's brother/sister 's chi Ld are sLeeping under the house.

4. Gaigai ena gatoi idia davaria nadi mur inai . They fo und eggs of a snake behind a stone .

5. Tamana ena diba peva idia boio. Father 's bow and arrows have disappeared/are Lost!

Exe�Qi� e 3: How would you say the fo llowing things in Hiti Motu: 1. My fa ther 's garden is far away . Lauegu tamana ena uma gabu be ia daudau. 72 UNIT 5

2 . My wife 's elder sis ter will come tomorrow . Ke rukeru lauegu adavana/hah ine ena kakana dohore ia ma i.

3. I gave the chickens ' (pl.) eggs to my sister (male speaking) . Kokoroku edia gatoi lau hen ia lauegu taihuna dekenai.

4. A man stole the shirt of our cookboy . Tau ta ese aiemai kuki ena sieti ia henaoa .

5. The house of the old man is bad, some time it wi ll co llapse. Tau buruka ena ruma ia dika; nega ta be dohore ia mo ru.

5. 3 OBJECT PRONOUN SUFFI XES

In section 2.2 you saw that in sentences with pronoun objects these follow the subject + ese: Tau ese lau ia i taia. The man saw me . It is also true , however , that for reasons that are not fully unders tood (though probab ly having to do with emphasis and the area from which the speaker comes) pronoun objects may sometimes occur after the ve rb , e.g. , Tau ese ia itaia lau. The man saw me . Moreover , in the Central Dialect many speakers use special forms for these ob jects and at tach them to the verb as suffixes . As you will see from the following listing these suffixe s are simi lar to the possessive pronouns you are already fami liar with:

Object Pronoun Suffixes Possessive Pronoun

I -gu me lau-egu my 2 -mu you (sg. ) oi -emu your 3 -a him, her, it ia-ena his, her, its I incl. -da us (incI.) ita-eda our I excl. - rnai us (excl. ) ai-ema i our 2 -mu i you (pI. ) umui-emui your 3 -dia them idia-edia theirs

Examples : La u itamu I see/saw you Lau itaia I see/saw it, him, her Lau itadia I saw them Lau itamu i I saw you (pI. ) la itagu He saw me la itada He saw us (incI . ) la itamai He saw us (excl. ) This system is very regular except that for a him, her, it an i is added to make it ia when it occurs after verb stems ending in a. For example : utu + a becomes utua cu t it ita + a become s ita i a see it and kara + a become s karaia do, make it UN IT 5 73

As said ab ove , the full range of the se object suffixes is only used in the Central dialect of Hiri Motu. In non-central Hiri Motu the only distinction made is between singular ob ject (verbs in -a) and plural object (verbs in -dia), and even these are not consistent ly used: often speakers use only the -a form. This is especially the case in outlying areas such as the interior of the Gulf and Western Districts . Moreover in Non-Central Hiri Mo tu speakers tend to treat all verbs in a as consisting of ve rb stem + a; thus , while utua is correctly interpreted as utu-a, with a plural-object form utu-dia, verbs such as karaia (from kara), itaia (from i ta-), and hadibaia (from diba) are treated as if they consisted of karai + a, itai + a, and hadibai + a re spectively , and one will hear the plural-object forms karaidia, itaidia, hadibaidia instead of the 'correct ' forms karadia, itadia, and hadibadia.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : I a ita i �. rnu a da rnai rnui dia gu

Exe�c�� e 2 : P�og�e��ve Sub��tut�on. Give the meaning of each sentence that you form after making each s ub stitution .

Frame : Doho re lau botairnu. I shaZZ beat you (sg. ). " " " i a (he wiZZ) " " " gu (me ) " " " oi (you) " " " ma i (us (excl.») " " " i d i a (th ey ) " " " da (us (incl . ») " " " ia (he) " " " a (him) " " " a i (we shaZ Z) " " " mu i (you (pl. ») " " " 1 au (I) " " " mu (you (sg. ») 74 UNIT 5

Exe�ci6 e 3: The fo llowing sentences all contain an ob ject pronoun . NOw, for each sentence, give the alternative way of saying the same thing by using an ob ject pronoun suffix. 1. Sisia ese ia koria lau. (The dog bit me .) Sisia ia kori gu.

2. Tau ta ia boi ria umui . (A man ca��ed you (pl. ).) Tau ta ia boi rimui .

3. Ke rukeru davana dohore lau henia oi . (Tomorrow I sha�� give you the Ke rukeru davana dohore lau hen imu. payment. )

4. Nakimi , oi ma i itaia lau! (Brother-in-�aw, come and �ook at me !) Nakimi , oi ma i itaigu!

5. Hanua taudia ese ita dohore idia (The vi��age p eop�e wi�� ge t ho�d guia! of us (incl. ) . ) Hanua taudia dohore idia guida!

6. Boroma ta ia lulua ai! (There is a pig chas ing us (excl. ).) Boroma ta ia lulumai !

Exe�ci6 e 4: Answer the questions , using the cues provided: 1. Daika oi itaia ? (Who do you see?) Lau itaidia. (them)

2. Po1 is i man i ese daika ia guia? (Who was arres ted by the poUceman ?) la gui gu! (me)

3. Inai tau ese daika ia boi ria? (Who is this man ca�Ung?) I a boi rimui . (you (pl. ))

4 . Boroma ta i a lulumui ? (Is the pig chasing you (pl.)?) 10, ia 1 uluma i . (yes)

5. Tau ese dai ka i a naria ? (Who is the man watching?) la narimu. (you (sg. ))

Exe�ci6 e 5: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu: 1. Did the dog see you (sg. )? Sisia ia itaimu?

2 . Give me some tobacco. Kuku taina oi henigu.

3. Give us (excl. ) some tobacco . Kuku taina oi hen imai . UN IT 5 75

4. Gi ve them some tobacco . Kuku ta ina oi hen idia.

5. Did the pig chase you (pl.) when you were hunting? Umu i labana neganai, boroma ia lulumui7

5.4 EDANA BAMONA: 'LIKE WHAT , HOW? '

How questions in Hiri Mo tu always are introduced by ed na bamona. The answer may contain inai bamona like this or unai bamona like that. Edana bamona oi 1 ao taun i dekena i? How did you go to town? - Motuka dekenai. By car. - Traka dekenai. By truck.

Eda na bamona inai gau oi ka r aia7 How do you make this thing? - Inai bamona lau karaia. I do it like this. - Unai bamona. Like that.

o i be edana bamona? What about you?

Practi ce Drills

Exe�Qi¢ e 1: Say what the following sentences me an in English: 1. Edana bamona oi ma i inisen i7 How did you come here ? lb . Ororo dekenai lau hanai a, inai bamon a lau mai o I crossed over the mountains, this is how I came .

2. Edana bamona boroma oi ivaia gwaurai a? How do you intend to cut up the pig?

2b . Bo roma dohore lau ivaia kaia dekenai! I shall cut it up with a knife.

3. Edana bamona peva varo oi kwatua7 How do you fa sten the bows tring?

3b . La u hadibaimu: peva varo ina i bamona 1 au kwatua . I'll show you: in this way I fas ten the bowstring.

4. Edana bamona boroma umu i 9 u i a 7 How do you truss up the pig ?

4b . Boroma ai guia varo dekenai. We truss the pig up with a rope. 76 UN IT 5

Exe�ei� e 2: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu: 1. How do you know it? Edana bamona oi di ba7

2. My elde r brother taught me . Lauegu kakana ia hadibaigu.

3. How will they go to Po rt Moresby ? Edana bamona dohore idia lao Mosbi dekenai?

4. They will go by truck. (Dohore) i d i a lao t raka dekena i .

5. But what about you? To oi be eda na bamona?

6. I am staying here. Lau noho inise ni .

5. 5 VERB + HEGEREGERE : 'ABI LITY (TO VO SOMETHI NG) '

Most often, hegerege re means sufficient, proper enough, in the right way, adequate, satisfactory ; in some contexts however its meaning extends to being physically ab le to. Examples : Rai si oi henia hege regere lasi. You didn 't give enough rice . Inai be hegeregere. This is sufficient. la (be) hege regere lau deke nai . It is all right with me . l Hegeregere lasi lau digu. I am not ab le to swim. Lau raka hegeregere lasi. I am not ab le to walk.

Practice Drill

Exe�ei� e: Give the English for the following sentences . Ready ?

1. Bo roma oi ivaia hegerege re lasi ! You did not cut the pig up properly .

2. Inai kara be hegeregere lasi. This is not the right way of doing it.

3. Taubada, hegeregere lau sipeli 0 •••7

Mas ter, is it all right if I take a rest 01' ••• (not) ?

4. Lauegu aena i a d i ka, hege rege re I as i I au heau. My leg is bad, I am not ab le to run .

l This can also mean: I am not allowed to swim , or it is not right for me to swim; It then means the same as : namo lasi lau digu. UNIT 5 77

5. Oiemu ae na ia namo vadaen i? Hege regere oi digu? Is your leg we ll again? Are you ab le to swim?/Are you allowed to swim?

6. 10, hege regere lau digu. Yes, I am ab le to swim. /I am allowed to swim.

TEXT

Listen to the following text and see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate with the help of the supplementary vocabulary . The speaker is Dama , councillor of Tminmesuk vi llage near Kiunga Station in the Western District . Dama speaks the Awin language as his mother tongue . Tminmesuk and Kiunga are connected by a dirt road which is pas sable by tractors with or without trailers . Mid-way there is a young rubber plantation which is owned by the people of Tminmesuk . Its exploitation will eventually provide the people of the village with a source of income . Dama tells in this story how this was accomp lished under his leadership .

Lauegu ladana be .. , Dama. Lauegu tamana ladana be ... Ka ripnae . Vadan, " l .. 2. Inal - guna "bInal ga u b e ... T'mlnmesu k . Vd a an , Inal mamus la noh 0, 3 Kien, ia be ia noho. Vadan taun i man ima ia hakaua, smeki ia ma i vadan 4 ia hamaoroa: "Hari be oi sib ona noho be hege rege re lasi. Hari hanua 4 5 ibounai oi ab ia, oi hanua oi kar aia, bisinsi da la umui tahua , Vada taun iman ima ibounai idia ma i unusen i bona da la idia kar aia". Ak rekals taubada i a rnai vadan i a hamaoroa: " Umu i noho uda kahana i, da I a I as i umu i noho be dohore bisinsi dala dohore umu i itaia lasi . Umu i noho inai bamona sibona" . Vadan , lau sibona lau goada karaia! Taun iman ima lau 6 ab idia, hanua ai.,. karaia ia ore, vadan dala ai karaia. Dala ai karaia 7 lao, inai da la badana ai ab ia. Vadan gabeai akrekals taubada ia ma i, 8 bisinis ia hamatama ia. la hamatama ia, hari . . . e . . . inai lagani be . .. 66 , 9 kauns il ai haginidia. Kaunsi l ai haginidia, ai noho , ai gaukara, bloke idia atodia, bloke ibounai be ... 22 bloks idia henidia. Vadan ai noho. . 10 Ai noho ela bona - gavman ese gauk ara I'b ounal 'd'I la h a d'b I al 'd' la , b ona . . · · ll . .. taravatu h'al d a al k arala: �k �, 1 2.sisia ruru, taun lman lma ta k eS .I 1 3 karaia, atodia, rna inai takesi dekenai rna idia ab ia giroa bisinis haida 14 15 ai ab idia, pisinit, taneka ... gau haida be ... redios, ai ab idia. Inai hanua lalonai be bisnisi, momo ai karaia lasi hari be raba gaukara 16 . . , . sibona, to hari Mandi ia, dina vadan, harl b e taunlmanlma h'al d a I d'la I ao , 17 tauniman ima siks idia lao Oriomo dekenai rna raba susu ab ia da l ana idia d i b a, i d i a I oa I oa . Hari - hari inai lagani . .. 70 ... CLV : 73. .. D: 73 dekenai, idia diho, hari be raba dala ivaia dal a idia tahua loaloa. Daru ataia Oriomo dekene .

l Tminmesuk was the name of the original settlement on the place of the present village . The Aw in people formerly lived in isolated one-hous e settlements . These have now been grouped together into villages by the government . Thus in this text hanua fi rst refers to the original Awin settlements, and later to the new village of Tminme suk. 7 8 UN IT 5

2 mamus chief, headman : this term, current in the Western Distri ct , was borrowed from Torres Straits Pidgin. Originally it is a Miriam word. 3 smeki: it is not clear what kind of person is meant by this word. 4 hanua : see note 1. 5 bisinsi dala: the way/means of doing business. dala has in addi tion to its concrete me aning road , the ab stract meaning of way/means of doing something, method. See also below: rabia susu ab ia dalana the way to obtain rubber sap , ivaia dala the way to incise [rubber trees ]. 6 hanua ai karaia ia ore literally : viLLage we make it, it fi nished = we finished bui Uiing the vi LLage . The construction verb + ia ore , indicating a completed action , will be drilled further in section 9·3. 7 ai karaia lao: we worked for a Long time, we worked and worked ... Lao to go , can be used to indicate that an action takes a long time . Construct ions with ia (e.g. ai karaia ia lao) , and without ia (as ab ove ) are both possible .

8The speaker actually says hamataia. 9 bloke , bloks bLock of Land (sub -divisions of the rubb er plantation ). lO Notice that the speaker uses the form hadibaidia instead of hadibadia, cf. 5.3.

11 . . . pi k I = p1-g. 12 ruru = ruLe . 13 takes i = counci L tax. 14 . " plSl" nlt = f1-S" h"1-ng ne t . 15 taneka = water tank : 1 ,OOO-gallon tank made of corrugated iron , used to collect rain water for drinking purpos es . 16 hari Mandi ia dina . . . this passage is not clear; the speaker possibly refers to the previous Monday as the day on which the six people left for the Oriomo . 17 0riomo the rubb er plantations in the Oriomo River area on the mainland north of Daru , Western District .

TRANSLATION : My name is Dama . My fa ther 's name is Karipnae . ALL right, this - fo rmer Ly this was the pLace of Tm inmesuk . [At that time ] there was this headman here, Kien. He was the Leader of the peop Le, and then came a smeki (?) and toLd him: "It 's not right that you shouLd stay on your own now. Bring together alL the settLements, bui Ld a viL Lage, and Look fo r ways to estab Lish businesses. ALL the peopLe mus t come here and bui Ld a road". Then came the European AgriculturaL Officer and he toLd us : "You are living out in the bush; without a road you wiLL find no ways to estab lish businesses . You ' n jus t stay Like this forever ". Then it was UN IT 5 79

I who took action! I brought the peop le toge ther, and when we had finished bui lding the vi Hage, we bui Zt the road. We worked on it for a long time, and we fi nished up with this big one . After that the Agricu ltural Offi cer came [againJ, and started the ent erprise. He started it, and now ... eh ... that year ... 1966, we established the counci ls . After we had done that, then as time went on we worked, they put th e blocks in - twenty-two blocks they gave us . This went on ti ll - the government taught us all that had to be done, and we made some regulations, rules concerning pigs, ru les concerning dogs, we estab lished taxes for the peop le and impose� them, and with the tax money they brought back we took up some more projects: we bought fi shnets, water tan ks . .. and some more things. .. [such as J radios. In this vi l lage we do not conduct much business; at present there is on ly the work in the rubber [plantationJ. But last Monday (?) some peop le have gone away, six people went to the Oriomo and there they go around and learn how to collect the sap of the rubber trees. In this year, 1973, they went away, and now they trave l about learning how to cut the rubber trees. In the Oriomo, above Daru.

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY guna formerly, previous ly mamus chief, headman (used in the Western District) hakaua to lead hamaoroa to te ll, inform (often pronounced hamo roa . or hama roa) bisinsi .bisn isi . business b i 5 i n is bisinsi dala ways of conducting business unuseni there akrekals agri cu ltural uda bush, forest kahanai (the other) side ; area uda kahanai (way out) in the bush goada strong, active ore to be fi nished ab ia take; in this context : bring toge ther hamatama ia to begin lagani year kauns il Local Government Counci l haginia to erect, establish e 1 a bon a unti l hadibaia to teach 80 UNIT 5

taravatu "law, regu"lation haida some, some more redios radi os raba rubber h a r i now, at present sus u sap, juice tah ua "look fo r, seek ataia above , in"land from UNIT 6

CONVERSATION

Huala Pidia Neganai Shooting Crocodi les Me ro rua idia hedava ri rna idia Two youths met and talked: 1 hereva hereva: A: Hanuaboi lau tahua oi - oi be Last night I was looking for you - edesen i oi noh07 where were you? 2 B: Huala pidia toton a lau lao I went to the Wanigela River to 3 Wan igela sinava i dekenai. shoo t crocodi les . A: Oi sibona oi lao 07 Did you go alone or (not) ? 4 5 B: Lasi, kakana danu lau lao. No, I went with my elde r brother. 6 A: Huala ta urnui davaria? Did you ge t any ? 7 B: 10, badadia toi ai pididia. Yes, we shot three big ones. Come o i rna i i tai di a. Kakana be and see them. (Elder) brother is . 8 9 k·op lna la k 0 k'la noh o. skinning them. 10 .. 11 A'. B e. I o ·le se 01 pi d la' 7 Wow ! Di d � (emphasis) shoot them? 12 B: Lasi, lau pidia diba lasi. No, I don 't know how to shoot. Kakana ese ia pidia. Lau be (Elder) brother shot them . I tos i sibona lau dogoatao. (emphasis) only he ld the torch . 13 A: Vadaen i. Ita lao itaia. Okay, let's go and have a look. Vadaen i nega tarnona idia lao And so they went together to where . 14 h ua 1 a k op ·ln a I d la' k 0 k'la gab una the croc�di les were being skinned. dekena i .

�ote the difference between hereva to speak and hereva hereva to converse as in ia hereva lau dekenai he spoke to me and ita hereva he reva we chatted, conversed. One cannot say '� ia hereva hereva lau dekenai for he spoke to me nor for he conversed with me, though it could be interpreted as he talked and talked to me . 2 Totona for, in order to was mentioned in section 2.3 (why questions ) but. will be discussed and drilled in section 6 .1 below.

81 82 UNIT 6

3wan igela sinavai Wanigela or Kemp Welch River in the Rigo subdistrict just east of Port Moresby. 4 Kakana is the kinship term for a sibling of the same sex as the speaker but older. Thus if a male is speaker then kakana will refer to his elder brother but if a female is speaking kakana will refer to her elder sister. 5 Note that Hiri Motu uses danu (lit. also) to express accompaniment . 6 Lit. crocodi le one you found it? 7 The -dia on badadia is a plural marker used with some adjectives - see section 6.2 below. Note that this is the same suffix as that used with transitive verbs to indicate third person plural objects . 8 Kokia is a general word for taking off, pee ling off. Isia is a special one for peeling or husking coconuts, and will be drilled later. 9 Noho (lit. stay)here indicates that the action is still going on. See section 6.5 below for further details. lONote that ese is used here with the subject pronoun for emphasis. This is discussed and drilled further in section 6.4 below. l �ote that pidia here is used instead of pididia. As already indicated (section 5 . 3) the third singular object pronoun suffix -a is often used instead of the plural one -dia. 12 0iba ( lit . know) is used after verbs to indicate know how to (do something) . This is discussed and drilled further in section 6.3 below. 13 Note that this sentence is amb iguous . It could mean either let 's go and see him (working) or le t's go and see it (the crocodile).

1 . 4 Hua I a kop ·l na I d ·la kokia gabuna. Literally this means (the) crocodi le 's skin they take it off place. This kind of structure will be discussed and drilled in section 7.2 below. 15The mus ic heard throughout this unit represents modern developments . The first selection comes from the sophisticated Calypso String Band of Kapakapa, the second and third from a spontaneous Awin string band at Kiunga in the Western District who use the ukelele for accompaniment , and the fourth , a modern country and western song in English from Rigo with guitar accompaniment .

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�Qi� e 1: Simple Sub�titution Frame : Me ro rua idia hedavari rna idia hereva hereva. he lai ( sit) gada ra (p lay ) nih i (dream) 9 i roa rna i (return) hera karaia (put on orname nts) hevaseha (joke, chaff) lao labana (go to hun t) hedavari UNIT 6 83

Exe�Qi� e 2: Simple Sub�tituti on Frame : Huala pidia totona lau lao Wanigela dekenai. vaura (possum, cuscus) manu (bird) kepoka (bush fow l) lokoh u (Bird of Paradise) uda boroma (bush pig) magan i (wallaby) mariboi (flying fox) boboro (hornbi ll) huala

Exe�Qi� e 3: Simple Sub�titution Frame : Huala ta umu i davaria v adaen i? gwadaia (spear) tarakia (shoot with arrow) hamasea (kill) rosia (seize, embrace) rea ia (shot at but missed) pidia (shoot with gun) davaria

Exe�Qi� e 4: Simple Sub�titution Frame : Kakana be kopina ia kokia noho. hamudoa (cooking in ground oven) lokua (roll up ) kwatua (tie up ) dogoatao (hold) h uri a (wash) kakasia (scrape, scratch) kokia

Frame : Badadia to i a i pi didi a. latadia ( long) ma ragidia (small) namod ia (good) dikadia (bad) kwadogi dia (short) badadia 84 UN IT 6

Exe�C�6 e 6: S�mple SUb6 ��u��on Frame : Kakana danu lau lao. I went with my (e lder) brother. tamana (father) taihuna (younger sister) tadina (younger brother) l nakimi (friend) kakana

GRAMMAR

6. 1 TOTONA : 'IN OR'DER TO, SO THAT'

In Hiri Motu in order to (do something) or so that (one mi ght do some thing) is expressed by placing totona at the end of the claus e to which it re fers . Examples: Huala pidia totona lau lao I went to the Wanige la River in order Wan igela sinavai dekenai. to (so that I migh t) shoot crocodi les. Kuku ab ia totona idia ma i. They came to get tobacco. Tahua oi totona ai mai . We (excl.) came to look for you. Gado abia totona idia hadibaigu. They are teaching me so that I migh t learn (their) language . Gado abia totona taubada idia They are teaching the European man hadibaia. so that he might learn (their) language .

Note that the clause expressing in order to comes at the beginning of the sentence and that no subject is expressed in the in orde r to clause if it is the same as that of the rest of the sentence or if it is expressed as the object of the second claus e.

Practice Drills

Exe�C�6 e 1: S�mple SUb6 ��u��on Frame : Kuku abia totona idia ma io (gatoi , muramura, kai a, niu, tosi, kuku) .

Frame : He reva kamona i totona I au he I a i Boroma an ia totona " " " " " taman a i a torei 5 i " " Vaura ita i a totona " " ai raka ma i Hereva kamonai toton a " " " " " " I au he lai

IStrictly speaking this is the term used for in-laws of the same generation as the speaker (i.e. brother-in-law, sister-in-law) but it is also used as a general word for close friends without kinship ties . UN IT 6 85

Exe�ci� e 3: Repeat the following sentences after the instructor and then say what they mean in English. Ready ? 1. Nihi totona lau mahuta. I go to sleep to dream.

2. Gado ab ia totona idia hadi baigu. They are teaching me so that I might learn (their) language.

3. Q: Dahaka totona oi gi roa ma i 7 A: Tos i abi a totona. Q: Why did you come back? A: To get a torch.

4. Lokoh u tara kia totona idia lao uda dekenai. They went into the bush to shoot Bird of Paradise (with bows and arrows) .

5. Magan i hamudoa totona nadi idia ab ia. They go t stones to cook the wal laby in a mumu or ground oven.

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready? 1. All the vi l lage peop le went to put on decorations. He ra karaia totona hanua taudia ibounai idia lao.

2. Why are you (pl. ) going hunting? (use totona in your answer! ) Dahaka totona umu i I ao I abana7

3. He is holding the torch to spear fi sh. Gwa rume gwadaia totona tos i ia dogoatao.

4. I came to you (pl. ) to te ach you (pl. ) games. Gada ra hadibaimui totona lau ma i umui dekenai.

5. The Europ ean man is standing up so as to see the wallaby . Magan i itaia totona taubada ia gini .

6.2 ADJECTI VES (2)

In section 1.4 you were introduced to Hiri Motu adj ectives or words which describe the quality, nature , or numb er of things (or nouns ) being talked about. For example, in tau namona ta a good man both namona good and ta one are adjectives which tell us what kind of and how many tau men are being talked ab out respectively . Here are some very common Hiri Motu adjectives presented in me aning groups . Some you will already be fami liar with, others not : namo (na) good dika (na) bad bada (na) big ma ragi (na) small 86 UN IT 6

lata (na) long kwadog i (na) short maoromaoro straight gageva crooked momokani rea l korikori true koi koi fa lse, untrue matamata new, young guna (na) old, former (not for sense old person which is buruka) buruka old (of living things ) goada strong auka hard, difficult, tight manoka soft, weak siahu hot (for both temperature and taste) ke r uma cold (of liquids) keru co ld (of persons , things ) paripari wet kaukau dry (not of creeks , rivers ) kurokuro whi te koremakorema black kakakaka red laboral abora yellow Note there are several points to note ab out the form and use of adjectives in Hiri Motu: l (1) adj ectives come after the nouns . For example: me re ma ragi small boy ranu siahu hot water au lata long tree dabua pari pari we t cloth (es) tau kurokuro whi te man hanua gunana old (=fo rmer) vi l lage (2) if there is more than one adj ective numerals come last. For example: ruma matamata ibounai all the new hous es hahi ne buruka toi three old women boboro kurokuro tamona only one white hornbi ll

(3) a few Hiri Motu adj ectives 'take ' the suffixes -na and -dia to indicate that the nouns to which they re fer are singular or plural provided they come after the noun and are not fol lowed by he rea, horohoro or masemase very. ruma namona good house ruma namod ia good houses dala dikana bad road daka dikadia bad roads ruma namo herea very good house/s dala dika horohoro very bad road/s tanG auka masema se very hard ground ruma i a namon a the house is a good one ruma idia namod ia the houses are good ones

�xcept in special constructions involving tauna, gauna, negai which will be presented in section 7.2 later. UNIT 6 87

Those adjectives which normally behave in this way are indicated in the ab ove set by showing na in brackets after each , though not all speakers may agree on some of these, especially the less frequently used ones like auka and manoka for example . Finally remember that some nouns have a special form in the plural, e.g. tau, me ro - see section 5.1.

Pract; ce Dr; 115

Exe�ci� e 1: Open your book and repeat the following phrases after the instructor and then study them before passing on to the next exercise. Re ady ? dala maoromaoro straight road dala gageva crooked road

mon i momokan i real money mon i koi koi fa lse money

tanG auka hard ground tanG manoka soft ground

ranu siahu ho t water ran u keruma eold water

dabua paripari wet elo thes dab ua kaukau dry elothes

kopina kurokuro white skin kopina koremakorema blaek skin kopina kakakaka red skin kopina labora l abora ye l low skin

Exe�ci� e 2: Close your book and say what the following phrases mean in English. Ready ? au gageva crooked tree an iani manoka soft food rata siahu hot mi lk kuku auka hard tobacco uma gabu momokan i rea l garden huala koi koi imitation crocodi le

Exe�c.{.� e 3: Repeat the fo llowing frame substitut1ng the adj ective given as cue for namona given in the frame . In each case na must be added to agree with the noun uda boroma which is taken to be singular. Ready? Frame : Uda boroma namona ta lau itaia. ( dika, bada , maragi , lata, kwadogi, namo) . 88 UNIT 6

Exe4ei� e 4: Now repeat the following frame substituting the adj ective given as cue for badad ia given in the frame . In each case dia must be added to agree with the noun magan i which is taken to be plural . Ready? Frame : Magan i badadia momo ita hamased ia. (mara gi , namo , lata, dika, bada)

Exe4ei� e 5: Change the following sentences from singular to plural and vice versa by changing the form of nouns , adj ectives and verbs as necessary . Ready? 1- Tatau badadia i d i a gadara hanua dekena i . Tau badana i a gadara hanua dekenai.

2. Me ro ma ragina ia raka dala dekenai. Meme ro ma ragidia i d i a raka dala deke nai .

3. Hahine buruka i d i a lao t a un i dekenai . Hah ine buruka ia lao taun i dekena i .

4. Huala dikana ia hunia sinava i dekenai . Huala dikadia idia hunia sinava i dekenai .

5. Manu koremakorema ia helai au latanai . Manu koremakorema idia helai au latanai .

Exe4ei� e 6: Give the Hiri Motu for the following sentences : 1. They came to get a little hot water. Ranu siahu taina ab ia totona idia ma i.

2. Don 't roll up the trousers! Piripou oi lokua lasi!

3. The rat went down inside this soft earth. Bita ia diho lao inai tano manoka lalon ai .

4. When the new European arrives let 's go! Taubada matamata ia gini dae neganai ita lao.

5. These boys are ab out to eat (the) cold food. Inai meme ro ese an iani ke r uma idia an ia gwauraia.

6. I shot at the possum but missed. Vaura lau pidia to lau reaia.

7. Las t night I shot a very large rat. Varan i hanuaboi bit a bada herea ta lau pidia. UN IT 6 89

6.3 VERB + VISA: 'COMPETENCE (KNOW HOW TO) '

Competence in performing an action 1s expressed in Hiri Motu by placing diba immediately after the verb . For example : Lau pidia diba lasi. I don 't know how to shoot (with a gun) . Inai taudia be idia nahu diba Th ese peop le (do not) know how to ( I as i ) . swim.

Practi ce Dri 11s

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub� t�tut�on Frame : Daika ese boroma ia ros ia diba? (ivaia, pidia, tara kia, tahua , rosia) .

Exe�c�� e 2: Add diba to the following sentences so as to indicate that the subject has competence (or no competence for sentences containing lasi no t) to perform the action denoted by the verb . Re ady ? 1. Inai taudia be Inglis gada idia kamon ai (diba) lasi. 2. Dabua oi kwatua (diba) 0 lasi? 3. Nadi idia kokia (diba) lasi. 4. Inai me ro maragina ese Motu gada ia hereva (diba) . 5. Boboro lau alaia (diba) lasi .

Evaluati on Exercises

Exe�c�� e 1: Now give the Eng lish for the sentences you just composed in the previous exercise. Here they are again. Re ady ? 1. Inai hanua taudia be Inglis gado idia kamonai diba lasi. These vi l lagers can 't unders tand Eng lish.

2. Dabua oi kwatua diba 0 lasi? Do you know how to put on clothes or not ? (lit. fas ten clothes )

3. Nadi idia kokia diba lasi. They don 't know how to take the stone off (or, move it awa y).

4. Inai me ro ma r agina ese Mo tu gada ia hereva diba. This small boy knows how to speak Mo tu.

5. Boboro lau alaia diba lasi. I do n't know how to kill (the) hornbi ll(s) .

Exe�c�� e 2: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready? 1. Do you know how to open this box? Inai maua oi kehoa diba? 90 UN IT 6

2. Your wife knows how to make dresses. Oi emu adavana ese rami ia karaia diba.

3. This otd man knows how to mumu ftying-fox. Inai tau buruka ese ma riboi ia hamudoa diba.

4. I don 't know how to speak true Mo tu. Motu korikori lau hereva diba lasi.

5. The European man doesn't know how to ctimb coconut trees. Taubada be niu ia daekau diba lasi.

6.4 EMPHATIC PRON OUNS (ESE, SIBONA, TAMONA)

In Hiri Motu one may emphasize the fact that one (or some one else) performed an action on one 's (or his) own by placing ese, sibona , or tamona after the pronoun representing the person or persons involved , e. g. , l Lau ese huala ta lau itaia. I (emphasis) saw a crocodi te. Lau sibona huala ta lau itaia. I (mysetf on ty) saw a crocodi te . Lau tamona huala ta lau itaia. I (atone) saw a crocodi te .

Idia ese au idia utua vadaen i. They (emphasis) cut the tree down. Idia sibona au idia utua vadaen i. They (atone, themse tves) cut the tree down .

Lau sibona i a ita i a. He/She/It saw me (atone, on ty) . Lau tamona i a ita i a. He/She/It saw me (atone, onty) .

la itaia 1 au sibon a. He/She/It saw me (atone, onty) . la itaia 1 au tamona. He/She/It saw me (atone, onty ) . Note, however that (i) a subject pronoun must occur before the verb as usual; (ii) each of the se has a slight ly different meaning corresponding approximately to the English meanings given respectively though sibona and tamona are very much interchangeab le except that tamona can naturally only be used with the singular pronouns lau, oi , ia; (iii) pronouns + ese cannot occur as obj ects . For example , one cannot say la itaia lau ese for He/She/It saw me (emphasis) !; (iv) ese is often shortened to se in normal conversation .

Practice Dri 115

Exe�ei� e 1: Simple Sub� �i �ution Frame : Lau ese lau itaimu. (I (emp hasis) saw you. ) ( idia ese , ia tamona, ai ese , ita sibona , lau tamona, idia sibona, lau ese) .

�ote that those parallel ese with noun subjects (see section 2.2) but that the meaning expressed is different , e.g. tau ese huala ta ia itaia (A/The) man saw a crocodi le. UNIT 6 91

E x.ettc..{.,!, e 2: Repeat the following sentences emphasizing that the subject performed the action by adding in the relevant form of the pronoun indicated by the cues given by the instructor . Re ady ? 1. Maga n i i a ros i a vadaen i . (tamona) Ia tamona magani ia ros ia vadaen i. {Magan i i a tamona i a ros i a vadaen i . 2. le{ na sisia lau gwadaia vadaen i. (sibona) lena sisia lau sibona lau gwadaia vadaen i. Lau sibona iena sisia lau gwadaia vadaen i.

3. Dohore umu i mahuta inai bariki dekenai 0 lasi? (ese) Umu i ese dohore umui mah uta inai bariki dekenai 0 lasi? 4. Kuku{ oi ura an i a7 (es e) KUkU oi ese oi ura an ia? Oi ese kuku oi ura ania7

5. Umu i naria! (sibona) Umu i sibona umui naria!

Eval uation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. Wh o is chatting? She is! Daika ia he revahereva7 la ese . (or I a s i bona, or I a tamona) .

2. On ly he knows how to carve up the flying-fox. la sibona (or tamona) mariboi ia ivaia diba.

3. He (emphasis) is washing your car. la ese oiemu motuka ia huria.

4. We (ourselves (excl. )) intend to go and see the European . Ai sibona ai lao taubada itaia gwauraia.

5. You (pl. ) go ! I (alone ) am looking after the vi l lage . umu i lao. Lau sibona (or lau tamona) hanua lau naria. { Umui lao. Hanua lau sibona (or lau tamona) lau naria.

6. 5 VERB + NOHO: CONTINUOUS ACTION

Noho following a verb indicates that an action is still in progress or is continuing at the time re ferred to,l or that the action occurs over a period of time: l Time is , as already discussed, expressed in Hiri Motu by adverbs like hari dina, keruke ru etc. ( see sections 1.2 and 3 .4) or forms like dohore ('future marker' - see section 3.1). 92 UNIT 6

Examples : Hua toi idia raka ma i noho. They wa lked for three months . Lauegu kakana be kopina ia My elde r brother is sti n sk-inning kokia noho. them/i t. lena nakimi idia hunia noho. Hi s in- laws are still hiding .

Finally noho may be used with non-verb al pr edicates to indicate that some state is still continuing. For example, if asked a question like Oiemu kakan a be dahaka ia karaia noho? Wh at 's your elder brother doing? one might answer la tisa noho He 's still (being) a teacher.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�ci� e 1: Simple Sub��i�u�ion Frame : Ai he kure noho. (helai , koikoi , hereva he reva, gari , gadara , hekure)

Exe�ci� e 2: Answer the following questions using the cues provided. 1. Daika ia mahuta noho? (sinabada tal Sinabada ta ia mahuta noho.

2. Dahaka idia karaia noho ruma henunai? (hera karaia) Idia hera karaia noho ruma hen u nai .

3. Me ro be edesen i ia hekure noho? (unai au badana murinai ) Me ro be unai au badana murinai ia hekure noho.

4. Dahaka umu i tahua no ho? (kaia ma rag ina tal Ka ia ma ragina ta ai tahua no ho.

5. Dai ka ena an iani oi gabua noho? (inai tauna ena taihuna ena) Inai tauna ena taihuna ena an iani lau gabua noho.

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. All the girls are still chatting in the church . Ke ken i ibounai idia he reva hereva noho dubu lalonai .

2. Is your brother-in- law still a teacher or not? Oiemu nakimi ia tisa noho 0 lasi?

3. Why are the boys still playing? Dahaka dainai meme ro idia gadar a noho?

4. Your mo ther is still thrashing your younger brother. Oiemu sinana ese oiemu tadina ia botaia noho.

5. Are you all right? No, I am still sick. o i namo ? Las i, 1 au gore re noho. UNIT 6 9 3

TEXT

Listen to the following short account of how the crocodile 's skull and accompany ing poem came to be nailed over the door of the office at Ioma Patrol Post in the Northern Distri ct and then see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate . This story is told by Taiga HAUNO , interpreter at Ioma Patrol Post who comes from Yema village in the Upper Waria Census Division of the Morobe District . Here is the story:

Guna lau be lasi to lauegu tamana be matamata momokani ia join pol i sman dekena ma Mosb i dekena i a - i a noho ma i a t ranspe i a ma i loma dekena ma dibura bona leibes taudia danu nega tamona au idia huaia idia lao inai Bava s i nava i dekene. Hari be huala lasi to guna be momo herea inai dainai vadan idia lao au idia utua ma idia ve ri a. Vadan huala ta idia davaria Bava sinava i dekena i, ma idia alaia. Va dan idia ma ilaia, ma idia ivaia vadan dibura bona leibes idia ania. Ma ena kwarana be hari inai aiemu taubada ta ese ena sivarai ia torea ma ia atoa inai opis iduara l dekene ia noho. Inai be huala ba: :da herea momokan i idia alaia gauna vadaeni hari lau hamao roa ma umui kamonai inai . Vadan . lThere are two poems - one in Pidgin and one in English - written by Patrol Officers stationed at lorna at di fferent times. The Pidgin one goes: We t pastaim na sanap lukluk Lukim mi draipelo pukpuk Bin 01 i-sutim mi bifoa Na hangamap im-mi long doa Nau mi save was long man Mi mi olsem tambaran Yu kam hia long bringim kot Ti ngtink gut pastaim na lukluk Lukim mi draipelo pukpuk Toktok tru na toktok stret Olsem bai yu noken pret Sapos yu save toktok tru Mi no inap long raunim yu Tasol sapos yu gaman man Sori lukaut long tambaran Yu laik hamb ag yu lukaut Bai mi kai kai yu nabaut Be l bi long mi bai hat i stap Na sikin bi long yu ba i bagarap Bai 01 i-kisim het bi long yu Na hangamapim olsem tu andthe English one as follows: You 'll have noticed I'm supe That I'm missing a jaw And my skull is fpactured and old As you pass underneath You 'll see I've no teeth They fe ll from their sookets I'm told. There 's a moral old ohap Attaohed to this opap As I should have exp lained you before Fop pi ty 's sake Fped Mind me bloody old head When you oome through this bloody old doop. 94 UN IT 6

TRANSLATION :

Long ago when I was not yet in exis tence and my fa ther had just joined the Po lice Force and was at Port Moresby - and had transferred to Ioma, the prisoners and labourers were carrying poles toge ther and went to Bava Creek. There are no crocodi les there now but long ago there were a lot and as a re sult when they, the prisoners and labourers, went and cut down trees and were hauling them (back to the station) they saw (lit. discovered) a crocodi le in Bava Creek and killed it. Then they brought it back, cut it up and the prisoners and labourers ate it. And one of our patrol offi cers wrote a poem about its skull and put it (the skull and the poem) over the offi ce door where it still is. It was a huge crocodi le that they killed and now I'm te lling you about it so that you wi ll unders tand. That 's all.

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY matamata momokan i jus t (lit. new true ) joi n to join di bura (tauna) prisoner (lit. (in) darkness person) leibes taudia laboure rs momo herea very many inai da inai on account of this/that, becaus e of this/that ve ria to pul l torea to wri te, tattoo op is iduara office door hamaoroa to tell, inform UN IT 7

CONVERSATION 1 2 Traka naria gabuna dekenai At the Passenger Truck Stop Taun iman ima haida ese traka idia Some peop le are waiting for the naria noho. Traka ia ma i neganai passenger truck. When the truck 3 tau ta ia boiboi inai bamona: comes some one calls out thus: A: Traka i a ma i ina i o! Umu i The truck is coming! You people ma i haraga! come quickly ! Traka ia ginidae neganai tar i a When the truck arrives, the dri ver tauna i a hamaoroa: speaks to them: TT : V a d a e n i u m u i 9 u i a ! Ok, get in! A: To hoihoi gaudia be edana But what about the goods for sale ? bamona7 TT : V a d a e n i, u m u i u d a i a dan u . Pu t those in too ! A: Namo . Fine! TT : V a d a e n i 7 Ready ? A: Las i 0, tau rua idia ma i No, two chaps are still coming. noho. Naria sisina! Wait a little. 4 TT : Umu i ruaos i heau ma i ! Hurry up you two ! Vadaen i inai murinai idia mai Wh en these late-comers have boarded, taudia idia guia neganai, traka the truck goes on ot 's way . 5 ia heau.

I There is a variety of vehicles in New Guinea licensed to carry passengers (pasindia) . These include taxis (taksi ), ordinary buses (bas), minibuses (bas ma ragi ) and generally open trucks of various sizes with wooden benches as seats for passengers , which are collectively referred to as traka. These latter normally operate on roads out of main centres and carry cargo ( garden produce, personal luggage ) as well , for a fee. All such vehicles display P.M.V. (piemvi) identification notices. 2 Literally: truck-wai t for-p lace . Note that naria which was introduced in unit 3 with the meaning to look after, watch, guard , can also mean to wai t for.

95 96 UNIT 7

3 Boi boi and bo i ria overlap semantically. Both mean to call, beckon , but boi boi also means to call out . In the Gulf and Western Districts boiboi is used to the exclusion of boi ri a. 4 The written form ruaos i ( from pure Motu rua-os i two+dual marker) is pronounced in Hiri Motu either as ruosi or ruas i. The last form is prevalent in the Western District. 5 Heau to run is also used to refer to the speedy motion of vehicles , vessels, and planes . 6 Throug!1out this unit you will hear traditional songs of the Sarno people living near Nomad Patrol Post in the north of the Western District. These songs are sung by women as accompaniment to the dancing of a young man during the initiation period. During this dance , called habora , the dancer is elaborately and colourfully decorated and beats a drum. Crayfish pincer rattles which also form part of the decoration add to the music.

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Fr arne : U m u i m a i h a rag a . lou ( again) me tai rametai ra (s low ly) namon amo (carefully) 5 i 5 ina (a li ttle bit) haraga

Exe�c�� e 2: S�mple Sub��u��on Frame : Tauni man ima haida ese idia naria noho. ane ab ia noho (are singing) durua noho (are he lping) heai noho (are fi ghting) han amoa noho (are busy fi xing it up ) haboua noho ( al'e busy piling it up ) naria noho

Exe�c�� e 3: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Vadaeni, hoihoi gaudia umui udaia. ab i a isi (lift up ) guri a (bury ) hadikaia (spoi l) kumi a (bundle up ) 5 i a i a ( send) hoi a (se ll, buy) udai a UN IT 7 97

Exe�c�� e 4: S�mple Sub��u��on l Frame : Traka idia naria noho. They are watching the truck. me du (rain) ran u (water) 1 ah i (fire) kwa lahu (smoke) traka

Exe�c�� e 5: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Tau rua idia mai inai o! Th ere are two chaps coming! dibura taudia (prisoners ) henaoa taudia (thieves) kavakava taudia (fooZs, idiots ) kare taudia (carriers) tuari taudia (warriors ) uhau taudia (youths ) gunika taudia (peop Ze from the interior) tau

GRAMMAR

7. 1 PRONOUNS : DUAL FORMS

Whenever there are two persons involved in an action it is customary in Hiri Mo tu to indicate this by the special form ruaos i after the pro nouns ai , ita, umui , and idia. For example: Ai ruaos i ai he lai . We (2) (excl.) are sitting down. Taubada ese umu i ruaos i i a 1 u 1 ua. The European chased you (2) . Idia ruaos i idia tai noho. Those two are still crying.

Ruaos i is only used with pronouns ; the normal form for two , viz. rua 1s used after nouns , as you learned in section 4.5, e.g. boroma rua idia ma i two pigs came . Note that the pronoun , if it 1s the subject of the sentence, 1s repeated before the verb , just as when the pronoun-subject 1s followed by ese , sibona, or tamona: lau tamona lau helai only I was sitting a i ese ai helai we were sitting a i sibona a i he 1 a i we onZy were si tting ai ruaosi a i he 1 a i we (2) were sitting

l Remember nari a looking after, watching over, waiting fo r. 98 UNIT 7

Practi ce Drills

E x.eltc.-i..6e 1: Pltoglte.6.6-i.ve S ub.6-tL tu-t-i.0 rt Frame : I d i a ruaos i i d i a tai noho. Th ey (2) are still cr!ii nfI.. " " Ai ruaos i (We (2, excl . }) " " " " k i r i (laughing) " Umu i ruaos i (You (2)) " " " " gadara (playing) " " I t a ruaos i (We ( 2, incl. }) " " " " gorere (sick) " " I d i a ruaos i (They (2 )) " " " tai "

Ex.eltc.-i..6 e 2: Change the sUbject-pronouns in the following sentences into ones indicating that two persons are involved in the ac tion. Be ready for changes from lau to ita or ai , oi to umui , and ia to idia. Ready? l. Ane umui ab ia! You (pl.) must sing!

Umu i ruaosi ane umu i ab ia! You (2) ..•

2. T raka badana ta i d i a naria. They are wai ting for a big truck. Traka badana ta i d i a ruaos i They (2) ... i d i a naria.

3. Kaema 1 au haboua pata latanai. I piled the sweet potatoes up on the tab le.

Ita/ai ruaos i kaema ita/a i We (2) •.• haboua pata 1 atana i.

4. Motuka guia totona ia ma io He came to get into the car. Motuka guia totona idia ruaos i They (2) came ... i d i a rna i .

5. Ita sipeli sisina. Let's have a bi t of a res t. Ita ruaos i ita sipeli sisina. Let 's both have ...

Eval uatio n Exercise

Give the English for the following Hiri Motu sentences: 1. Ita ruaos i taun i man ima ita boi ri a vadaen i. We (2, incl.) caZled the peop le.

2. Dahaka dainai umui ruaos i be inai ta una ena ruma umu i hadikaia7 Why did you (2) spoi l this man 's house?

3. Idia ruaos i be davana idia karaia lau dekenai. Those (2) paid me my wages. UNI T 7 99

4. Edana bamona ai ruaos i maua ai kehoa? How are we going to open the suitcase?

5. Dohore idia ruaos i idia digu sinava i dekena i. Those (2) will bathe in the river.

7. 2 NOMINALS

In section 5.1 you le arned that a noun can come at the end of a construction whi ch as a whole functions as a noun, and that such cons tructions are called 'nominals'. You also learned that a few nouns take the ending -na (singular) or -dia (plural) when th ey come at the end of a nominal , that is, wh en they function as the 'head ' of a nominal : hanua taudia villagers he ra gauna ornament mahuta gab una sleeping place, bed. In this section we shall discuss nominals in more detail and give you a wider range of examples. Very common in Hiri Motu are nominals ending in tauna/taudia (person/ persons ) or gauna/gaudia (thing/thi ngs ). Here is a list of some of them: kavakava tauna madman, fool kavakava mad diba tauna knowledgeab le diba to know person goada tauna strong person goad a strong hanua taudia vi llagers hanua village hereva tauna talker hereva to say hadibai a tauna teacher hadibaia to teach Mo tu tauna Motuan Motu Mo tu hereva gauna subject of hereva to say convers ation dina gauna watch, clock dina sun hadibaia gauna teaching aid hadibaia to teach hoihoi gaudia trade goods hoihoi to trade boroma alaia gauna instrument to boroma alaia to kill a pig kill a pig

Perhaps less co mmon, but still frequently used, are nominals in gab una place , and negana time , and those nouns which do not take -na or -dia as for example : lahi gabuna firep lace hoihoi negana shopping time uda boroma wild pig, bush pig hanua pol isiman i vil lage cons tab le The nominals listed ab ove label a person or ob ject by a general character istic; this is especially clear in the following example: badu tauna a (by nature) bad- temp ered person 100 UN IT 7

when compared with the re verse sequence , noun + adjective : tau badu an angry man (pa�sing emotion)

Not all nominals have such a general meanIng; compare for instance : boroma alaia gauna instrument to ki ll pigs boroma alaia tauna a pig-killer (lit. a person who regularly ki lls pigs) with boroma ia alaia gauna the thing which ki l led the pig boroma ia al aia tauna the person who kiZled the pig

The last two nomi nals re fer to a particular characteristic, not to a general one . In nominals of this kind the head-noun is always pre ceded by a complete clause . Other examples are : mu rinai idia ma i taudia the late-comers motuka ia mo ru gab una the place where the care fe ll down lauegu vavana ia ma i dinana the day on which my uncle arrived

Nominals are also the constructions consisting of inai + noun : inai tauna this man inai gabuna this place etc.

Note tha t there are some special plural forms which have no corres ponding singular forms : keken i taudia gir ls hah ine taudia women sisi a taudia dogs (e. g. as actors in a story ) hanua pol isimani taudia village constab les

Pra ctice Drills

Exe�c�� e 1: Repeat the following phrases after the instructor and identify their me anings from your book if you do not under stand them. Ready ? dibura tauna prisoner henaoa tauna thief kare taudia carri ers kone taudia coas ta l peop le sene taud i a ances tors uhau tauna a youth koi koi tauna liar me amea tauna sorcerer gunika tauna person from the interior kekeni taudia gi rls UN IT 7 101

Ko i a r ita u d i a Koiari peop le tuari tauna warrior varan i ia ma i tauna the person who came yes te rday din a gauna watch, clock ura gauna thing wanted hera gauna orn ame nt he lai gauna chai r lahi gabua gauna match traka ab iaisi gauna jack kuku an ia gauna pipe gwa r ume gwadaia gauna a thing to spear fi sh with gado ab ia gauna tape-recorde r mahuta gab una sleeping place lahi gabuna fi re place motuka ia mo ru gab una the place where the car fe ll down hoi hoi negana shopping time tamana ia mase dinana the day on which my fa ther died

E xeltc..{.ce 2: Now try your hand at giving the Hiri Motu for the following English expressions: cemetery guri gabun a crazy person kavakava tauna youths uhau taudia object for sale hoihoi gauna the thing he sold ia hoia gauna the thing he wi ll sell dohore ia hoia gauna a bad- temp ered pers on badu tauna prisoners dibura taudia bush-pig uda boroma womenfo lk hah ine taudia some thing to light a fi re 1 ah i gabua gauna liar ko i koi tauna people from the interior gun ika taudia ornaments he ra gaud i a vi l lage constab les hanua pol isimani tau dia market place hoi hoi gab una 102 UNIT 7

Exe�Qi� e 3: P�og�e��ive Sub��i�u�i on Frame : Motu tauna ese dabua ia ura hoi a. The Mo tuan wants to buy dina gauna clothes . Gunika tauna lahi gabua gaudia Hanua pol isiman i traka abia isi gauna Hadibaia tauna gada ab ia gauna Motu tauna dabua

Exe�Qi� e 4: P�og�e��ive Sub��i�u�on Frame : Taun ima nima haida idia ginidae A few peop le arrived at the hoihoi gabuna dekenai. market place. Uhau taudia (youths) sinavai han aia gab una (the place where one can cross the river) Hahine taudia (womenfo lk) guri gab una (ceme tery ) Dibura taudia (prisoners ) mavaru gab una (dancing place ) Kar e taudia (carriers) hoi hoi gabuna Taun imanima

Exe�Qi� e 5: Give full answers to the following questions using the cues provided. Ready ? 1. Edeseni idia hedavari ? Whe re did they meet? Dala ese sinava i ia hanaia (Where the road crosses the river) gab una dekenai idia hedavari .

2. Edana negai dina gauna ia boio? When did the watch get lost? Hoihoi negana lalonai dina (During shopping time) gauna ia boio.

3. Dai ka ia boiboi noho? Who is ca l ling out all the time ? Kavakava tauna i a bo iboi noho. (A crazy man)

4. Dahaka oi tahua noho? What are you looking for? Gwarume gwada ia gauna lau (A thing to spear fi sh with) tahua noho.

5. la hoia gauna be dahaka? What was it that he sold? Hera gauna ta ia hoia. (An ornamen t) UNIT 7 103

Evaluati on Exercise

Give the Hiri Motu for:

1 . Do you know how to repair a watah or not? Dina gauna oi hanamoa diba 0 lasi?

2. They have caugh t the person wh o stole your money . Oiemu davana ia henaoa tauna idia ros ia/guia vadaen i.

3. The madman sang a song and the girls all ran away . Kavakava tauna ane ia ab ia rna kekeni taudia ibounai idia heau.

4. Give me the thing you found yesterday ! Varan i oi davaria gauna oi hen i gu/hen ia lau dekenai.

5 . The truak dri ver was talking inaessantly . Traka taria tauna ia hereva sipel i lasi.

6. Our anaes tors lived in the mountain area. Aierna i sene taudia idia noho ororo gab una dek e na i.

7. The Orokaiva peop le intend to aatah the sorcerer. Orokaiva taudia ese me arnea tauna idia guia gwauraia.

8. Where is the bathing place of the vi l lage people? Hanua taudia idiedia digu gabuna be edesen i?

7. 3 VERB + INAI : 'IMMEDIACY OF ACTIOM (JUST, NOW, HERE) ' l Inai is very frequently used after verbs (and other words ) in Hiri Motu to draw attention to the immediacy of an action or state , or to emphasize it in a way which is not always easy to translate simply into English. The best one can say is that inai expresses a range of mean ing corresponding approximately to English jus t, how, here we are doing suah and suah etc. Examples: Traka ia ma i inai . Here aomes the truak! or Th e truak 's aomi ng now. Idia heai gwauraia inai . They 're just about to fi ght. or Here they ar e about to fight! Lau tara kia. Vadaen i ia mo ru I shot and then it fe ll. ina i .

I F'or example, you have already had gauna ina i that 's it! 104 UN IT 7

Practi ce Dri lls

Exe�C�h e 1: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Huala ia ma i me tai rametai ra inai . There 's a crocodi le coming slowly! haraga (quick ly ) sipeli lasi (without stopping) namonamo (carefully) sisina (a li ttle bit) inai bamona (in this way) me t ai r a me t ai r a

Exe�C�h e 2: Add inai to the following sentences to draw attention to the immediacy of the action or state expressed in them. Re ady ? 1. Hereva i a doko. The talking is over. Hereva ia doko inai .

2. Lau pidia, vadaeni ia moru. I shot, and it fe ll. Lau pidia, vadaen i ia mo ru inai.

3. Umu i lao namonamo , idia mahuta. Wa lk carefully, they are sleeping. Umu i lao namonamo , idia mahuta inai .

4. Oi be badu lasi , ia hevaseha! Don 't be angry , he is (only) joking! Oi be badu lasi, ia hevaseha inai .

5. Oi ma i haraga. Henaoa tauna Come quickly ! They 've fo und a thief. idia davaria! Oi mai haraga. Henaoa tauna idia davaria inai !

Exe�c�� e 3: What would you say the following Hiri Motu sentences mean in English? Re ady? 1. Taria tauna ia ginidae inai . The driver has jus t arrived.

2. Ai boiboi noho inai. We 're cal ling out now. /Here we are ca l ling out.

3. Lau henanadaimu inai . I'm asking you no w./It 's you I am asking here .

4. Tauni man ima ibounai idia heai inai . All the people are fi ghting no w.

5. E, au ia mo ru gwaura ia inai . Heh, the tree is just ab out to fa ll over. /He h, here 's the tree, jus t about to fa ll over. UN IT 7 105

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Re ady ? 1. We (excl.) are about to se t off waZking now . Ai raka gwaura i a ina i .

2. Q: Why are they crying? Dahaka badina i d i a tai ina i ? { Dahaka da inai i d i a tai ina i ? A: An oZd man has just died. Tau buruka ta ia rnase ina i .

3. Look! See how crazy this prisoner is ! o i ita i a! Inai dibura tauna ia kavakava inai !

4. Q: What are you doing ? Dahaka 0 i ka ra i a? A: I'm jus t sitting here. Lau he lai kava inai .

5. Oh de ar, my tape-recorder has just broken down .

so r i • lau-egu gado ab ia gauna i a dika ina i ! {� so r i • lau-egu teperikoda ia dika ina i !

TEXT

Listen to the following account by Joseph LAPU of how he became an Agricultural Officer and then see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate . Joseph comes from Mekeo in the western part of the Central District . Here is Jos eph 's account : l Ah - lau be Mekeo gabu distrik arno I au rnai . Ah - lau be dahaka? - skul lau harnatarna ia inai prairneri skul lau harnatarna ia be egu hanua gabu 2 3 lalonai inai De La Sal rnisin skul unus eni lau vare ai . Ma prairneri skul 4 ia ore inai sekonderi skul be lau lao larowa ri haiskul dekenai. Unusen i forn wan lau karaia rna ia ore forn tu ia ore rna lau lao Soge ri haiskul dekenai . Forn tri bona forn fo unusen i lau haorea. Unuseni diba lau ab ia ia ore gaukara lau harnatarnaia be guna lau lao forestri skul dekenai . Unusen i hua toi barnona unuseni lau noho. Ma inai be lauegu ura gaukara lasi dekenai rna lau rakatan ia. Ma lau gi roa rna i Mosb i dekenai. Unuseni lau idia siaia lao Kaopoge re Agrikultia Tren in Senta. Unusen i RDA - 5 Rural Diveloprnen As ist ent - unuseni lau gaukara tu Yia s !J....!. dekenai. Ma unuseni gaukara ia ore gabeai reva reva lau torea rna lau siaia lau ura skul badana lau lao. Ma lau lao lauegu dahaka? - revareva idia ab ia rna 3 lau lao Popondetta Agrikultia Tren in Institiut. Unus eni lau vareai . [footnotes overleaf] 106 UNIT 7

5 Ma unuseni 1 - lagan i rua diba lau ab ia. Oiba lau ab ia ia ore neganai 1973 be fi 1 dekenai lau ra - gaukara. Inai be Popondetta dekenai bona hari be loma dekenai lau gaukara noho.

TRANSLA TION :

Ah - I come from the Me keo area. Ah - I am what is it? - I began school - the primary school I began my schooling in was the De La Salle mission school in my vi l lage . I entered that and when primary school was fi nished I went to Secondary School at Iarowari High School. There I did Form 1 and Form 2 and then went to Soge ri High School. I completed Form 3 and Form 4 there . Having been educated there I went to Fores try School fi rs t to begin work . I stayed there for something like three mon ths. But because that was not what I rea lly wanted to do I left . And I came back to Port Mo resby . There they sent me to Kapogere Agricu l ture Training Centre . There I worked for two years in the fi eld as an RDA or Rural De ve lopment Assistant. And after that I wrote and sent a le tter saying I wanted to go to a higher level (lit . bit) school. And I we nt, my , what is it? - letter they got it and I went to Poponde tta Agricul ture Training Ins titute . There I - I was educated for two years . When I had gotten all the know ledge I could I went to the fi eld in 1973 - I worked at Poponde tta and now I'm working at Ioma .

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY amo from hamatama ia to begin va reai to go in, enter diba know l edge ura gaukara work (I) wan t to do (lit. wis h/want work ) h ua month f i 1 fi eld (i. e. , working with peop le in their vi l lages or gardens ) revareva letter lagani year lOistrik is used here in a non-administrative sense. 2 0e La Sal = De La Salle. Schools conducted by French Roman Catholic Missionaries . There are Catholic mission stations throughout the Mekeo and Goilala areas of the Central District . 3 Note that to translate to go to school in Hiri Motu one needs two verbs , lao to go to (a place) and varea i to enter; go inside (a building) . This is more clearly seen later on in the text where the speaker is referring to his Popondetta training. 4Iarowari High School is near Sogeri High School on the Sogeri Plateau. 5 Tu yias should more correctly be lagan i rua as is seen later on in the text . UN IT 8

CONVERSATION

Hoihoi Gabuna Dekenai At the Market Sinabada ta ia lao hoi hoi gabuna A European woman went to the market. 1 dekenai . Au huahua ta ia itaia She saw a certain fruit and was 2 neganai ia daradara. Vadaen i uncertain about it. So she asked hoi hoi tauna ta ia henanadaia, the vendor. She said: ia gwau: s: Inai gauna be dahaka? Wh at 's this thing ? 3 V: 0 5 i nabada inai be loku. Oh Mi ssus , that 's a pawpaw . 4 s: Loku? Inai be an i an i gauna? Pawpaw ? Is that edib Ze? V: 10. An iani gauna. Yes. It 's edib Ze. S: To i nai be nadua gauna 0 But is it to be cooked or what? dahaka? V: Lasi. Inai be nadua lasi No. It 's not for cooking. Eat it 5 . 6 gauna. Oi an la k ava k aS·lrl.· as it is - raw! s: lena mami n a be edana bamon a? What 's it tas te Zike ? V: 0 mamina be namo herea. To Oh, very good. But if you eat it 7 8 bema siporo ranu taina danu with siporo juice it tastes rea ZZy oi an i a negana i ena mami na be good. namo he rea momokan i . 9 10 s: Namo, lau an ia itaia. Ta Okay, I'Z Z try it. Gi ve me one . oi henigu. Davana be i nai . Here 's the money . Vadaeni 5 i nabada ese loku ta i a And so the European woman bough t hoia ma ia ab ia lao. one and went.

l Remember that in Hiri Motu au tree must be used with parts of plants or trees , e.g., you have already had au ginigini , au rigina. 2 daradara = to keep turning things over in one 's mind; to be confused; to wonder.

107 108 UNIT 8

3 loku = nita papaiJ, papaya 4 Notice the difference between inai be an iani gauna? (lit. (Is) this food thing?) Is this edib le ? and inai be an iani (lit. (Is ) this fo od? ) Is this food? where the first assumes that it is food of same kind while the second one does not . 5 Note the important difference between nadua gauna lasi not a thing to cook and nadua lasi gauna a thing not requiring cooking. 6 kas i ri = raw, unoooked. 7 The use of bema if is di scussed and drilled further in section 8.1 below. 8 0ne will often hear sisina little bit used instead of taina in this position. Sisina is properly used only with verbs and adjectives . See Unit 7, Vocabulary Expansion Exercise 1, and section 8.2 below. 9 The use of intensifiers like herea, momokani, sisina is discussed and drilled in section 8.2 below. lO When itaia (lit. see it) is used after a verb it corresponds to try in English . This is discussed and drilled further in section 8.4 below. llThe two songs heard throughout this unit are traditional laments . The first comes from Vioribaiwa, a Mountain Koiari village on the Kokoda Trail, and second from the Koiari village of Kailakinumu on the Sogeri Plateau.

VOCABULARY EXPANS ION EXERCISES

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Sinabada ta ia lao hoi hoi gabuna dekenai. guri gabuna ( cemetery) 1 momoru gabua gab una (p lace to burn rubbish) .. rab· la glgla2 gab una (sago-making place) sinava i hanaia gabuna (river crossing-over plaoe) niu isia gabuna (oooonut-husking place) kukuri gab una (toilet area) me i gab una (urinating place) mavaru gabuna (danoing area) hoihoi gabuna l Note the difference between gabua to burn something and araia something is burning.

2 .. glgla to squeeze. UN IT 8 109

Exe�c�� e 2: S�mple Sub� ��ut�o� Frame : Au huahua ta ia itaia neganai ia daradara. hoa (was surprised) moa le (was happy) hema rai (was bashful) gari (was afraid) mama (was jealous) lou (came back again) ke to (fe II over) daradar a

Exe�c�� e 3: S�mple Sub�t�tut�o� Frame : lena mami na be edana bam on a7 b on a n a (sme ll) regena (noise) an ina (contents) kara (behaviour) mau r i (li fe ) ke re re (mistake, wrong) lauma (spiri t) toana (s ign, limi t, mark, app earance) mamina

Exe�c�� e 4: S�mple Sub� t�tut�on Frame : la-ena mamina be namo herea. namo lasi (not good) dika horohoro (very bad) digara bamona (like fa t, sweetish) hegara momokani (sour, bitter) ma i damena (salty) siporo bamona (like lime ) namo he rea momokan i (very very good) namo herea

Exe�c�� e 5: S�mple Sub��ut�on Frame : Vadaen i sinabada ese loku ta ia hoi a ma ia lao. biku ta (banana) vaivai mo (only mango) 110 UN IT 8

Vadaeni sinabada ese vai vai mo ia hoia rna ia lao. l maho mo (only yam) taitu haida (some yams ) buatau ta (betel nut) palaoa tamona (one bread) tohu tamona (one piece of sugarcane) 10k uta

Exeltc...U , e 6 : S.imple Subc ti.tution. Frame : SiEo ro ranu taina danu oi an ia. kon i (corn) bin i (bean) damena (salt) karu (young coconut) me lon (me lon) oka r i (7.. arge nut) siuga ( sugar) siporo ran u

Exeltc..ic e 7: S.imple Subc.t.i.tution. Frame : Oi an ia kava! nadua lou (cook it again) karaia kava (do it for no reas on; in vain) durua bada he rea (he lp him a lot) kiri maragi lasi Uaugh no t a litHe; laugh a lot) kumi a namo herea (wrap it up very weZZ) hadikaia momokani (destroy it comp Zete Zy ) hereva momo (say a Zot) ki ri mase (7.. augh a Zot. Zaugh to die ) an ia kava

GRAMMAR

8. 1 BEMA : ' IF'

Bema is used in Hiri Motu just like if is used in English except that the part of the sentence introduced by bema must come first in Hiri Motu whereas in English the if part may come last . For example :

l Ta itu and maho are two varieties of edible yams. UNIT 8 111 { Bema me du ia diho (vadaeni) If it rains I'tt stay here. lau noho iniseni. I'tt stay here if it rains. Bema oi ma i guna (vadaeni) oi If you come first wait fo r me ; if narigu; bema lau ma i guna I come fi rs t I'tt wait for you. (vadaen i) lau narimu.

Note also that (i) vadaen i then is often used to introduce the second part of the sentence and that many speakers add negana(i) at the end of the bema clause, e.g., Bema medu i a d i ho negana i If it rains I'tt stay here . (vadaeni) lau noho inisen i. (ii) bema if implies futurity so that it is not necessary to use dohore in the second clause.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�Qih e 1: Simple SUbh�i�u�io n Frame : Bema oi ma i guna vadaeni oi narig u. (ginidae , mavaru, guia, han aia, lou, sipel i, ma i)

Exe�Qih e 2: Repeat the following questions and then say wh at they mean in English. Re ady ? 1. Bema rab ia ia gigia noho daika ia davaria diba? If she is making sago who 'tt be ab te to fi nd her?

2. Bema oiemu sinana oi itai a oi be dahaka dohore oi kara ia? If you see your mother what wi tt you do ?

3 . Bema idia mavaru gwauraia vadaeni edeseni oi lao? If they are about to dance where wi tt you go?

4. Bema unai vamu be ma i bonana dika horohoro vadaen i oi an ia 0 lasi? If that meat has a very bad smett wi tt you eat it or not?

5. Bema va ivai ta oi davaria neganai daika dekenai dohore oi henia? If you find a mango whom witt you give it to?

Exe�Qih e 3: Answer the following questions in full using the cues provided. To make this easier the questions you will hear are those that you have just had in Exercise 2. Ready ? 1- Bema rabia ia gigia noho daika ia davaria diba? (I wi tt) Bema rabia ia gigia noho lau davaria diba.

2. Bema oiemu sinana oi itaia oi be dahaka dohore oi kar aia? (I'tt be happy) Bema lauegu sinana lau itaia dohore lau moa le.

3. Bema idia mavaru gwaura ia vadaeni edeseni oi lao? (I'tt turn round and go back to the vi t tage ) Bema idia mavaru gwaura ia vadaen i lau gi roa lao hanua deke nai . 112 UN IT 8

4. Bema unai vamu be ma i bonana dika horohoro vadaen i oi an ia 0 lasi? (I 'tt not eat it) Bema unai vamu be ma i bonana dika horohoro vadaeni lau an ia lasi.

5. Bema va ivai ta oi davaria neganai daika dekenai dohore oi hen ia. (I 'tt give it to my fa ther) Bema vaivai ta lau davaria neganai I auegu tamana dekena i dohore I au hen ia.

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Ready? 1. If this tree fa tts over you (pl.) go and te tt the vi t tage poticeman ! Bema inai au ia keto umu i heau hanua pol isimani umui hamao roa .

2. If he makes magi c we 'tt not know how to cross the river. Bema me amea ia karaia dohore sinavai ita hanaia diba lasi.

3. Come and ask me if you don 't know how to husk coconuts . Do you unders tand? Bema niu oi isia diba lasi oi ma i henanadaigu. Oi diba?

4. Taubada wi tt be angry if the dog defecates here again. Bema sisia ia kukuri lou iniseni taubada dohore ia badu. {Bema sisia be in i se n i ia kukuri lou taubada dohore ia badu.

5. If the spiri t comes again then they want to see it. Bema lauma ia ma i lou (neganai) vadaen i idia ura itaia.

8. 2 INTENSI FIERS: SISINA, HEREA, MOMOKANI , MASEMASE

In Hiri Motu one can emphasize the relat ive size or quality of things by placing one of the following after adjectives : sisina a titHe, (not) quite he rea very herea momokani very very, extreme ty momokani comptete ty, reatty masemase very , extreme ty For example : la be namo sisina. It 's qui te good. la be namo . It 's good . la be namo her ea. It 's very good. la be namo herea momokan i. It 's very very good. la be namo momokan i . It 's reatty good. la be me tau masemase . It 's very heavy . UN I T 8 113

However, while sisina and momokani can be used with all adj ectives there are only a limited numb er whi ch can occur with herea or herea momokan i. masemase, and one , dika bad, has the idiomatic form dika horohoro instead of dika herea very bad. Study the following lists :

Frame : ----- he rea (momokani) Frame : momokani/sisina namo good namo good bada big bada big lata long lata long daudau di stant daudau dis tant me tau heavy me tau heavy auka hard, tight auka hard, tigh t, difficult kakakaka red kakakaka red kurokuro white kurokuro white dobu deep buruka old idau different Frame : ----- masemase kah i rakah ira close hi to I 0 hungry kakoro dry (of rivers ) his i hisi pain kavakava mad, crazy me tau heavy keruma co ld (of liquid, fo od) maeda cooked mage ripe kas i ri unripe ma ragi small matamata new kwadogi short

Finally , note that (i) additional degrees of emphasiS can be indicated by lengthening the stressed vowel of the adj ective involved, e.g., Inai hanua be daudau he rea! This vi l lage (i.e. the one we are talking about) is a very long way off· Inai hanua be dau: : :dau herea! This vi l lage is a very very long way off· (ii) mo only is often used after sisina a li ttle , e.g. , la be namo sisina mo . It 's only a little bi t good (i.e. It 's not very good) .

Practi ce Dri 11s Study the list of adj ectives given in the printed materials before trying the follow ing exercises : 114 UN IT 8

Exe��¢ e 1: S�mpte Sub¢ ��u�on Frame : Oiemu dina gauna be namo he rea. (bada, metau, auka, kakakaka, lata , kurokuro, daudau, namo)

Exe��¢ e 2: Change sisina to momokani in the following sentences . Ready? 1. Inai va ivai ia hega ra sisina. 2. lena okari ia kasi r i sisina. 3. Daika ia kavakava sisina? 4. Ranu ia keruma sisina. 5. Kaema ia gageva �i sina. 6. Inai tai tu ia auka sisina. 7. Idiedi a hanua ia kah i rakahi r a sisina. 8. Aiema i toh u ia idau sisin a. 9. Buatau ia siahu sisina lasi. 10 . Kokoda be hanua ma ragi sisina.

Exe��¢ e 3: S�mpte Sub¢��u��on

Fr arne : I died i a m au ri b e d i k a h 0 r 0 h 0 r 0 • (kara , kerere , bonana, mami na, lauma , mauri)

E)(e��¢ e 4: Add mo to sisina in the following sentences to in di cate on ly a little bit. Ready ? 1. Au huahua oi nadua sisina. Au huahua oi nadua sisina mo .

2. Damena sisina umui atoa! Damena sisina mo umui at oa .

3. lena an ina ia dika sisina. lena an ina ia dika sisina mo .

4. la mahuta ma ia nihi sisina. la mahuta ma ia nihi sisina mo .

5. Edana bamona? Lasi , lau daradara sisina. Edana bamona? Lasi , lau da radara sisina mo .

Evaluation Exercises

Exe��¢ e 1: Give the Hiri Motu for the following English phrases. Ready? very close kah i rakah ira momokan i { me tau herea momokan i extreme ly heavy me tau momokan i very long lata he rea UNIT 8 115

comp le te ly 0 ld buruka momokan i very cold keruma momokan l/keru momokani on ly a little heavy me tau sisina mo comp lete ly correct korikori momokan i very far away daudau he rea not quite ripe kasir i sisina very long time ago guna momokan i me tau herea very heavy { me tau masemase

{ auka masemase very hard or very tight auka herea comp lete ly mad kavakava momokan i very bad dika horohoro very hungry hitolo masemase on ly a li ttle ripe kasiri sisina mo

Exe�c�� e 2: Answer the following questions using the English cues provided. Ready ? 1. {Hanua be edesen i 7 (It 's very far away ) Ia be daudau herea. la be daudau herea momokani. la be dau: :::dau herea.

2. Oiemu biku be edana bamona7 (It 's very heavy) la be me tau herea.

3. Unai be dahaka? (That 's a very big house) Unai be ruma bada he rea tao

4. Inai loku i a kas i r i 0 I as i 7 (No, it's only a little bit green) Las i , i a k as i r i , sisina mo .

5 . lena tamana ena 1 agan i hida ia (I don 't know but he 's real ly old) ab ia? Lau diba lasi to ia buruka momokani.

6. la hitolo7 (Yes, he 's very hungry . I think he 'll die) 10, ia hitol0 masemase. Sed ira dohore ia mase.

8. 3 VERB + ITAIA: 'TO TRY TO VO SOMETHING'

The idea of to try to do something is expressed in Hiri Motu by placing i tai a after the verb , e.g. , Lau an ia itaia. I'll try to eat it ( lit. I'll eat it and see) 116 UNIT 8

Inai niu oi daekau itaia (lasi)! (Don 't) try to climb this coconut tree! o sori , ia daekau itaia, to He tried to climb it but was unab le hegerege re I as i. to (or was unsuccessful/or fai led)

Note from the last sentence that unsuccessful actions are expressed by adding to hegerege re lasi to the end of the sentence . If ne cessary the subject pronoun can be repeated also with or without be, e.g. o sori , ia daekau itaia, to ia (be) hege rege re lasi. o sori , lau daekau itaia, to lau (be) hege regere lasi.

Note also that itaia come s before the aspect markers vadaen i, gwaura ia, and the negative lasi.

Practice Drills

Exe�e�� e 1: S�mple Subc�tut�on Frame : 0 sori , inai niu lau daekau itaia to hege regere lasi. (ororo, au, nadi badana, patapata, niu)

Exe�e�c e 2: Change the following sentences into ones indicating that the actor tried to carry out the action indicated by the verb by adding i taia in the correct place . Ready? 1. Umui lao loku hoi a! Umu i lao loku hoi a itaia!

2. Daika ese laue gu mo tuka ia abia inai? Dai ka ese lauegu mo tuka ia abia itaia inai ?

3. I d i a r u a 0 s i i d i a he a u gwa u r a i a . Idia ruaos i idia heau itaia gwauraia.

4. lena tamana ese digara ia ania. lena tamana ese digara ia ania itaia.

5. Kuku 0 i lokua vadaen i . Kuku oi lokua i tai a vadaeni.

Exe�e�� e 3: Add to hege rege re lasi to the fo llowing sentences to show that the actions expressed in them were unsuccessful . Re ady ? 1. Gaigai idia botaia itaia. Gaigai idia botaia itaia to hege rege re lasi.

2. Ki la ese iena gaudia ia ma ilaia itaia. Ki la ese iena gaudia ia ma i laia itaia to hege rege re lasi.

3. Tau ta ese I auegu kokoroku i a henaoa ita i a. Tau ta ese lauegu kokoroku ia henaoa itaia to hege regere lasi. UN IT 8 117

4. Dai ka ese inai boroma ia kumi a itaia? Da ika ese inai boroma ia kumi a itaia to hegeregere las i?

5. I a me i ita i a . la me i itai a to hegerege re lasi.

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. Who wi ll try to drive this truck ? Daika ese inai traka ia taria itaia? 2. {The madman tried to ki ZZ the prisoner. Kavakava tauna ese dibura tauna ia alaia ita i a. Kavakava tauna ese dibura tauna i a hamasea ita i a.

3. When will the bird try to eat the bread? Edana negai manu ese pa l aoa dohore i a an ia itaia?

4. All the boys tried to husk the coconut but fai led. Meme ro ibounai ese niu idia isia itai a to hegerege re lasi.

5. I tried to shoot the snake with the bow but couldn 't. Ga igai lau tarakia itaia to hege regere lasi .

TEXT

Listen to the following excerpt from an interview with Sodes Ikulima ab out the establi shment of a market at Tufi in the Northern District and then see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate. Sodes comes from Angorogo village near Tufi and speaks the Mokorua dialect of Korafe . Here is the excerpt : l Hari lasi to guna. Guna - inai tubudia idia ma i dinana be maket 2 idia atoa lasi. Idia ma i, tamad ia idia va ra ma ke t idia atoa lasi. Idia ma i, ai vara maket taudia ai - ai ese ai haginia. Natud ia ai hagi nia. Natudia ese idia haginia ina i . Idia hagi nia ia gini harihari ia toreisi 3 inai. Vadan inisen i ai ma i be hisihisi ai davaria lasi, gwa rume bona keva bona taro biku bona rabia bona toh u dahaka gaud ia ibounai ai ab ia ma i maketa dekena ai atoa be nama herea momokani . Lalona - hisihisi danu bogahisi danu lasi, hegeregere ai ma i vadan maketa dekena man i idia hen ia l Maket is a modern word for hoi hoi gabuna ( lit. trading place ). 2 Notice how the speaker uses generations to establish times here and how he uses idia ma i (lit. they came ) to indicate the progression of time towards the present . 3 Notice the difference between toreisi to get up, arise, go ahead used here and hagi nia to estab lish, found used earlier. 118 UNIT 8

. . 1 ai ab ia gi roa takis al �. Ai ab ia ma i maket ai ab ia gi roa skul fis ai atoa bona ai ab ia ma i ai hoi hoia maket ai karaia ai ab ia daekau stua dekena aiemu sopu ai abia bona trausis siet ai ab ia. Vadaen i hah ine 2 taudia edia sket, dres ai ab ia hanaihanai. Inai maket ia gini be ai bogah isi las�dah:;::-lasi, mavaru danu ai gini inai maket lalonai . Tenkiu ve ri mas .

TRANSLATION :

Not now but some time ago . Some time ago - in the time of the fo re fathers of the pr esent generati on the marke t was not estab lished. Then our fathers were born and still there was no marke t. Then we were born and we marke teers we - we es tab lished it. We chi ldren estab lished it. The present generation estab lished it. Th ey estab lished it and it 's here now and is going ahead. And so we come here and have no worries - fi sh, she llfi sh, taro, bananas , sago, sugarcane, and whatever else is avai lab le we bring to the market and put it in and it's terrific. Inside - there are no worries, no sadnesses and we are ab le to come to the marke t and ge t money and go back and pay our taxe s. We bring things to the market and ge t money and go back and deposit/p ay our school fe es and we bring things in and sell them at the market (lit. we sell them we make a marke t) and take (money ) up to the storA and ge t soap, trousers and shirts. We always get our wives skirts and dresses. Because this marke t is here we have no worries whatsoeve r. We established dancing in the marke t too. Thank you very mu ch.

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY

vara to be born havaraia to give birth to (lit . to cause to be born - cf. section 10 .3) haginia to estab lish, fo und (lit. to cause to stand up - cf. section 10 .3) keva oys ter, she llfi sh (cf. bisisi a general name for all shell fish) hoihoia to buy, se ll, trade hanaihanai always, all the time

l paim is a Pidgin English form for hoia to buy, sell. 2 Sket and dres are modern words for different kinds of dabua cloth or clothes. 3 Lit. Concerning this market is standing we are not sad. UNIT 9

CONVERSATION

Gaukara neganai At Work Dina ta meme ro hai da ese re i idia One day some boys cut the grass for utua, taubada ta dekenai. Re i a European. Wh en they had finished idia utua ia ore neganai taubada the European gave them fi sh and rice ese raisi bona gwa r ume ia henidia and said: rna i a gwau: T: Umui ma i. Umuiemu i davana lau You (pl.) come. I'm giving you your l karaia inai . Ki la, inai oi reward now. Ki la, take this and ab ia rna haria namonamo. share it out well. Gi ve each an Meme ro edia ahuna oi henidia. equal portion . Ahuna ta ta be hegerege re . K: Namo taubada. Vadaen i me rek i Yes sir. Pu t your plates down then. umu i atoa diho. He, oiemu Heh, where is your younger bro ther? tadina be edesen i? A: Sedir a, ia lao gabu ta deke nai . Perhaps he 's gone somewhere . . 2 K : Vadaenl, h araga •la ma .l . Le t him come quickly lest (or: in An iani ia ore garina. case) the food is gone . A: Tadi gu-o, heau ma i ! An ian i i a Brother, come quickly . The food is ore garina! in danger of running out! Vadaeni Ki la ese aniani ia haria So Kila begins to share out the food hama tama ia rna taubada ese ia and the European watches and says: itai a noho rna ia hereva: T: Ki la oi itaia. Inai me ro ena Look Ki la. These boys ' shares are ahuna be bada, rna inai me ro not equal. Even them up . ena ahuna be maragi sisina, rna inai me re ena ahuna be bada 3 momokani. Oi hahege regeredia. K: 0 momokan i. Oh yes. [footnotes overleaf)

119 120 UN IT 9

4 Vadaeni an iani i d i a an ia ela bona And so they ate unti l they were idia bogakun u. satisfied. 5 [Mus ik ] l See footnote 10 to the conversation in section 5. 2 Note the use of the third person imperative let him come .

�iterally : cause them to be equal/adequate .

4 Some speakers use ia lao instead of ela bona for unti l. 5The songs heard throughout this unit are ones sung at traditional dances in the Port Moresby area. The first is a Koita song ab out a big possum, and the second, or yome (lit. rat) , is sung by certain Koiari people when leaving a dance to return to their village.

VOCABULARY EXPANSION EXERCISES

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mpte Sub��u��on Frame : Ki la, oi ab ia rna hari a namonamo! doria (push) ve ria (pull ) 9 i roa (turn around) gaukaralaia (work, control) ikokoa (nail) bub ua (pour out) siri a (spli t, chop) haria

Exe�c�� e 2: S�mpte Sub��tu��on Frame : Me re k i umu i atoa diho. ab ia diho ma i (bring down) dahua haraga (wipe quickly) dadia I as i (don 't snatch) tahoa I as i (don 't throw ) gogoa (gather) hamakoh ia (break) atoa diho Exe�Q�� e 3: S�mpte Sub��u��on Frame : Haraga ia ma i, an iani ia ore garina! lahi ia bode (the fire goes out) sisia ia koria (the dog bi tes him) gwarume ia bodaga (the fi sh gets rotten) maua lau hamorua (I drop the box) ai rakatan ia (we leave him behind) aniani ia ore UN IT 9 121

Exe�c�� e 4: S�mple Sub� ��u��on Frame : Vadaeni Ki la ese aniani ia haria hamatamaia. gaba ia botaia (beat the drum) vanagi ia ve ria (pull the canoe) l bara ia kakas ia (scrape the paddle) karaud i ia kar aia (make a fi shing spear) 2 uda va r0 ia tahua (look for lianas ) an iani ia haria

GRAMMAR

9. 1 GARINA: 'LEST, IN CASE'

Clauses followed by garina express the idea of lest in Hiri Mot u. For example: 3 Oi diho, oi mo ru garina! Get down lest/in cas e you fa ll! Haraga ia ma i , an iani ia ore Let him come quickly lest the fo od garina. runs out. Ita lao, idia ginidae garina. Let's go in case they arrive .

Note that these clauses generally come last in the sentence, so that garina is the last word in the sentence .

Practic e Drills

Exe�c�� e 1: S�mple Sub��u��on Frame : Haraga ia ma i, aniani ia ore gari na. (davana, gwarume , ra isi, vamu, biku, an iani)

Exe�c�� e 2: Repeat the following sentences and then say what they mean in English. Re ady ? 1. Au idia siria lou, lahi ia bodo garina. They are sp litting wood again in case the fire goes out.

2. Motuka ai ve ria, kopukopu dekenai ia noho garina. We are pulling the car lest it remains in the mud.

3. Oiemu kaia oi lao hunia haraga, pol isim an i ia itaimu garina! Go and hide your knife quickly in case the poli ceman sees you.

l Kakas ia scrape, scratch can also mean to smoothen a sur face by scraping (e .g. with a she ll, or piece of glass). 2 Uda va ro literally = bush-rope. 3 Note the di fference between mo ru and keto. Moru means to fa ll from a height while keto means to fa ll from standing position; fall over. 122 UN IT 9

4. Au rigina idia gabua noho ai davari dia lasi garina. They are burning branches lest we do not find them.

5. Q : Dahaka dainai oi dadia unai bamon a7 A: Gau ta lau ab ia lasi garina.

Q: Why did you snatch like tha t? A: In case I did not get some thing.

Join the following pairs of sentences together adding garina to the second or (b) sentence . Ready? lao Ita lao. lb . Idia ginidae. Ita lao, idia ginidae ga ri na. Le t's go, in case they arri ve .

2a. Ira oi atoa diho. 2b . Diem u a e n a 0 i u t u a . Ira oi atoa diho, oi emu aena Put the axe down lest you cut your oi utua garina. self in the leg.

3a. Kaema idia nadua . 3b . Dala dekenai idia hitolo garina. Kaema idia nadua, dala dekenai Th ey are cooking sweet potatoes in idia hitolo garina. case they ge t hungry whi le on the way .

4a. Sinana ese natuna dekenai tohu taina ia henia. 4b . I a t a i . l Sinana ese natuna dekenai tohu The mo ther gave her chi ld a piece of taina ia henia, ia tai garina. sugarcane, lest it cry .

5a. Sisia I au botaia. 5b. I a korigu. Sisia I au botaia, i a korigu I hit the dog in case it bit me . garina.

Formulate the following questions in Hiri Motu: 1. How would you call out to your child to tell him to gather coconuts quickly lest it rains? Natugu 0, niu oi gogoa hara ga , medu ia diho ga rina.

I Tohu or sugarcane is probably the most important supplementary food in the diet of all Papua New Guineans and corresponds roughly to sweets in our culture . It is grown in clumps in gardens and sometimes around houses and is usually tied up on long sticks or poles to keep it from falling over on to the ground. It is usually chewed by itself and is especially favoured on long walks . In some areas the cud that remains after the juice is extracted is used as rough matting for sleeping on . The cud is called momoru in Hiri Motu. UN IT 9 123

2. How would you tell your cook to wipe the plate carefully lest he break it? Kuki , me rek i oi dahua namonamo , oi hamakoh ia garina.

3. How would you exhort your friend to wait a little lest the truck go without you (2)? Turagu, ita ruaos i naria sisina, traka ia rakatan ida garina.

4. How would you tell someone that you ate till you were satisfied lest you were hungry on the morrow? Lau an ia ela bona lau bogakunu, kerukeru lau hitolo garina.

5. How would you explain to me that these villagers are watching their gardens lest the pigs come and ruin them? Inai hanua taudia ese idiedia umagabu idia naridia, boroma idia ma i hadikaidia garina.

9. 2 COMPARISON OF AVJECTIVES

In English we often compare the sizes and qualities of things with expressions like This is bigger/longer/more beautiful than that . In Hiri Motu one hardly ever makes comparisons of this kind. However, when one wants to one does this by using two or more clauses. For example : if one wants to say that one stone is heavier than another one says some thing like this : Inai nad i (be) ia me tau, (to) inai be me tau lasi, that is , this stone is heavy (but) this one is not heavy , or Inai nadi ia me tau {to} inai be haraga/me tau sisina, that is , this stone is heavy (but) this one is light/not very heavy . In extreme cases one has to use many clauses . See for example the lengths to which Taub ada has to go in the conversation to express the idea that one boy's share of food is larger than another's whose in turn is larger than a third's. Finally, if one wants to say that something is the biggest/best, etc., of all one says (literally ) this is very/really/extreme ly big, the rest are not , e.g., Inai nadi be ia bada he rea This stone is re ally extreme ly big, momok ani , orena be lasi . the rest are not.

Practice Dri lls

Exe�ei� e 1: Simple Sub� titution Substitute the given words for me tau heavy in the two places in which it occurs in the following frame : Frame : Inai nadi ia �, to inai be me tau lasi. {auka, kakakaka , bada, siahu, lata, me tau}

Exe�ei� e 2: Listen to the following sentences and then make corresponding ones which are opposite in meaning by switching around the adj ectives us ed. For example, if the instructor gave the sentence Inai nadi ia me tau, to inai be haraga, your answe r should be: Inai nad i ia haraga , to inai be metau. Ready? 124 UNIT 9

1- Lauegu tamana be i a bada, to My fa ther is bigger than yours . oiemu be ia maragi. Lauegu tamana be i a ma ragi , to oiemu be i a bada.

2. Inai peva ia mao romaoro, to This is straighter tha n that one . unai be gageva. Inai peva ia gageva , to unai be ia maoromaoro.

3. lena dina gauna be ia gunana, His watch is older than mine. lauegu be ia matama ta. lena dina gauna be ia matamata, lauegu be ia gunana.

4. Ai ema i ruma be namo herea, Our house is much be tter than theirs . idiedia be dika horohoro. Aiemai ruma be dika horohoro , idiedia be namo herea.

5. Oiemu tamana ia dib a momo , to Your fa ther knows more than mine lauegu ia diba sisina. does . Oiemu tamana ia diba sisina, to lauegu ia diba momo .

Exe��6 e 3: Now give the English for the following sentences . In the first sentence you wi ll hear the new word orena, the remain de r of, the rest. Re ady ? 1. Inai taitu be ma i mami na namo herea, orena be lasi. Th is is the best tasting yam of them all.

2. Oiemu gaba ena regena be namo, lauegu be dika sisina. The sound of your drum is a li ttle better than mine .

3. Aiema i karaudi be lata herea, idiedia be kwadogi mo . Our ( excl . ) fishing spears are very much longer than theirs .

4. ldiedia kara ia dika horohoro, to iseda be lasi . Th eir behaviour is very much worse than ours .

5. Inai uda varo ia goada, to un ai be goada sisina. This liana is a bit stronger than that one .

9. 3 VERB + HAMATAMAIA/IA ORE: 'TO BEGIN/ENV SOMETHING'

Hamat ama ia following any verb indicates that the action expressed by that ve rb has begun , or is beginning; ia ore following a transitive verb indicates that the action expressed by that verb has ended , is finished , or has been done completely . Examples are : Vadaen i Ki la ese an iani ia Then Kila began to share out the haria hama tamaia food. UNIT 9 125

Umui ania hamatamaia lasi! Don 't start eating! Maho idia an ia ia are. They finished eating the yam; they ate the Lot. Maho idia ania ia are lasi. They didn 't finish eating the yam. Th ey di dn 't eat the Lot. Re i idia utua ia are neganai When they had finished cutting the taubada ese raisi ia henidia. grass the European gave them rice; when they had cut the grass com pLeteLy.

Note that lasi occurs after both hamatamaia and ia are.

Practice Drills

Exe�Qi6 e 1: Change hamatamaia to ia are and vice vers a in the following sentences so as to indicate that the action is finished instead of just beginning or vice versa. Ready? 1. Lauegu kopina ia hisihisi My skin is beginning to pain. hamatamaia. Lauegu kop ina ia hisihisi ia are.

2. Inai maua idia ikokoa ia are They haven 't finished nai Ling the 1 as i . chest. Inai maua idia ikokoa hamat ama ia lasi.

3. Edana negai niu dohore umui Whe n are you going to start co L Lecting haboua hama t ama ia? the coconuts ? Edana negai niu dohore umu i haboua i a are?

4. Unai bara , oi kakas ia hamat ama ia Where 's that paddLe. the one you gauna be edesen i? started to smooth? Unai bara, oi kakas ia ia are gauna be edeseni?

5. Oi kamona i , gaba i d i a botaia Listen. they have finished drumming. i a are. Oi kamonai , gab a idia botaia hama tamaia.

Exe�Qi6 e 2: Change the following sentences so as to indicate that the action is beginning or is finished , following the cues given to you in English by the instructor. Ready ? 1. Vanagi i d i a karaia neganai ane When they were buiLding the canoe i d i a ab ia. they sang. Vanagi i d i a karaia i a are (finished bui Lding) neganai, ane i d i a ab i a.

2. Boroma ia ese ia ivaia vadaen i. He has cut up the pig. Boroma ia ese ia ivaia (started cu tting up ) hama t ama ia vadaen i. 126 UN IT 9

3. lena sinana ia itaia neganai, When the chi �d saw it's mo ther, it natuna ia tai . cried. lena sinana ia itai a neganai , (stopped crying) natuna ia tai ia ore.

4. Hah ine taud ia ibounai ese rabia A�� the women were making sago . idia gigia. Hahine taudia ibounai ese rab ia (star ted making sago) idia gigia hamatamaia.

5. Lau ma i durua totona, to ruma I came to he �p (you), but you have umui hanamoa vadaen i . a�ready fixed up the hous e. Lau ma i durua totona, to ruma (finished fixing up ) umui han amoa ia ore vadaen i.

E x. eltc.-t-6 e 4: How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? Re ady? 1. The workmen fi nished making the road. Gaukara taudia ese dala idia karaia ia ore.

2. We (2, incl. ) began to de s troy the th ief's garden. Henaoa tauna ena umagabu ita ruaos i ita hadikaia hamatama ia.

3. A�� the gir�s fi nished sharing out the food yes terday . Varani kekeni { taud ia} ibounai ese an iani idia haria ia ore.

4. When they had fi nished fi xing the truck they went. Traka idia hanamoa ia ore neganai idia lao.

9.4 'EACH, ONE BY ONE': RECIPROCITY

In Unit 3 you learned that ta can mean one , a certain or another ( Conversation, note 1) , and that it ca n be used contrastively in sentences such as tau ta ia ma i , tau ta ia lao one man came, another went. Ta however can also be used to convey the idea of each, one by one or each other. To convey the idea of each , ta is repeated once, as in the conversat ion ab ove : Ah una ta ta be hege rege re Let each share be equa�. Another example : dina ta ta lau lao labana Each/every day I go hunting. To convey the idea of one by one one can use ta ta or tamona tamona: Idia ginidae ta ta, or idia ginidae tamona tamona. The construction with ta ta can be ambiguous , and a further clarification may be needed as for instance in : Idia ginidae ta tao Ta ia They arrived one at a time, fi rs t ginidae guna, ta be gabeai. came one, then another, etc. ( lit. Inai bamona ia lao. it went �ike this ). In the following example , ta is used contrastively to clarify the meaning of the first sentence : Ka ia oi henidia meme ro rua Give the knives to the two boys; give dekenai . Ka ia ta oi henia one knife to the one, and ano ther me re ta , ma kaia ta oi henia to the other boy . me r� ta dekenai . UNIT 9 127

Re ciprocity is often implied by the meaning of verbs like heai fight, so that a statement like i d i a ruaos i i d i a hea i means they fo ught each other. However, one could if one wished to make sure that each was giving and receiving, add the explanation ta ia botaia ta rna ta ia botaia ta they hit each other, and end by adding inai bamona idia karaia thus they did.

Practice Drills

Exe�C�h e 1: Say what the fol lowing sentences mean in English. 1. Idia ruaos i idia heai hama tamaia. Those (2) began to figh t each other.

2. Niu toi idia henia hanua ta dekenai, rna niu toi idia henia hanua ta dekenai. Inai bamona idia karaia. They gave three coconuts to each vi llage . That 's how they did it.

3. Ibounai idia toreisi inai bamona. Ta ia toreisi guna , ta be gabeai. They all stood up one at a time .

4. Meme ro edia ahuna oi henidia. Ahuna ta ta be hegeregere . Give each boy an equal share.

5. Q: Edesen i idia lao? A: Ta be ia lao inai kahanai, rna ta be ia lao inai kahanai . Inai bamona idia karaia. Q: Where did they go? A: Each went in a different direction.

Exe�C�h e 2: How would you say the following sentences in Hiri Motu? 1. Each day we (excl.) go hunting in the fo rest. Dina ta ta ai lao labana uda lalonai .

2. Give a knife to each of the boys. Kaia ta oi hen ia me r� ta dekenai, rna kaia ta oi hen ia me re ta dekenai. Inai bamona oi karaia.

3. One at a time the carriers went down to the river to have a swim. Kare taudia ta ta idia diho lao sin avai dekenai digu totona. Ta ia diho lao rna ta ia diho lao, inai bamona idia ka r aia.

TEXT

Listen to the following account of the hunting of a cassowary and see how much of it you can transcribe and/or trans late . The speaker is Dominicus, a man of Manda village between the Fly River and Lake Murray in the Western District. Dominicus speaks Boazi as his mother tongue . The setting of the story is the same as in the text in Unit 1. 128 UN IT 9

1 D: Lau noho dinana inai ... hanua Aiwa dekene. Inai tano ladana be . 2 dahaka ... Eamberavo, Eamberavo. Lau noho dinana . Dabai ai toreisi inai me ro danu, Sikawe . lena taihuna be ... Enarop , iena sinana be ... 3 iena sinana ladana ... - oi diba7 CLV: Oi diba7 X: Gigirip. D: Gigirip. Vadaen i nega tamona ai I ao. Ai I a:0, guna kaunisolo ia . 4 noho gabuna. lena ruma ... dekene. Vadan i a be... la b'e la noh 0, al. be hanuaboi ai toreisi , dabai ma ragi momokan i ai lao. Vadan ai lao 5 vanagi dekene , ai bara vadan , vanag i ai rakatania. Aena dekena ai lao, ai la: :0, rab ia gabuna. Vadan iniseni , inisen i me ro ia hamaoroa lau dekenai: " Oi be inisen i oi he lai" . Vadan kokokoko be ia ania noho. I a gini rabia dekene , rab ia badina dekene. Vadan me ro pewa ia ab ia, vadan metai rametai ra ia la:o, vadan au dekene ia gini. la gini vadan , diba pewa ia ve ri a vadan ia tara kia. Vadan kokokoko ia heau, rara lasi. 6 Vadan a i tah ua kava. Ai tahua rna I au be , I au heau rna ina i kokokoko be ... ia heau inai be lauegu he lai gabuna dekene ia mo ia. Vadan ia .•. 7 ia lao rabia gab una dekene , swampa dekene vadaeni iniseni ia mase. 8 Vadan lau be bona me ro, ai ruaos i raka ma i negana, "Vavana, eden a bamona7" " Lasi, boroma be - kokokoko be ai dahaka vadan lau tarak ia vadan . To ... rara lasi edena bamona dohore ita tahua7 Ita tahua kava" . Vadan ai lao, vavana ia hereva: " Kokokoko oi itaia o ...7 " " Lau be lau itaia lasi. Vadan ia be ia lao inai swampa dekene. lnisen i ia mase . " Vadan ai la:o rara ai tahua noho: :, hegere gere lasi ai ab ia. Ma ai giroa giroa rna gabeai ai gi roa ma i negana , gauna inai Kokokoko ia noho inai . 9 Vadan lau toreisi negana, lau tara kia. Ta lau tara kia, ta lau tara kia. Va dan ai alaia. Vadan iena aena rua ai kwatua, diba pewa ai kwatua ibounai, vadan pagan a dekene lau huaia. Lau huaia ab ia lao: , ela bona vanagi gabuna. Inisen i vadan ai rakatania. Va dan ai bara ela bona ai 10 I a: 0 .. a'l noh 0 gab una. Ruma dekene i nai ... tanG ladana be dahaka ina i Koax, iniseni . Ai mah uta vadan , dabai , ai toreisi , ai gi roa hanua dekene. Ai gi roa hanua dekene , vadan , keken i bona sinana bona iena natuna inai Sikawe , vadan idia hamaoroa : " Dohore ... ita raka negana, iniseni ll ita an iania, ruma dekene - hanua dekene ita ani an i. Badina be medu bada herea ia ma io Bema iniseni lahi ita gabua neganai , medu dohore ia hadikaia ita " . Inisen i ia doko, kiki. l Aiwa: a village on the north-western tip of Lake Murray . 2 Eambe ravo: the name of the land on which Aiwa is situated. �ere Dominicus addresses a friend of his who is also listening to the story . The question is repeated by the interviewer. [footnotes continued opposite] UNIT 9 129

TRANSLATION :

D: At that time I was in Aiwa vi � �age . The name of the �and there is Eamberavo. [At that time ] I was there . We departed in the morning, I and that boy, Sikawe . His sister is Enarop; his mother is ... hi s mother's name is ... Do you know it? CLV : Do you know it? X: Gigirip. D: Gigirip. We went together . We pushe d on to the p�ace where fo rmer�y the counci ��or �ived. To his house. He ... he stayed there ; we got up during the nigh t, and very ear �y in the morning we went on our way . We went by canoe, and when we had padd�ed [to our destination], we �eft the canoe . On foot we went on, wa�king a �ong way to the sago area. There the boy said to me : "You sit down here ". There was a cassowary , it was fe eding. It stood near a sago tree, near the trunk of a sago tree. The boy then took his arrows, and s�ow �y he went on, and stood by a tree. When he stood there, he pu��ed his bow and he shot. The cassowary f�ed, but there was no b�ood. In vain we �ooked for it. We looked for it, and I, I ran off and the cassowary ran off and it stepped right on the p�ace where I had been sitting! Then it went to the sago area, to the swamp, and there it was dy ing. Wh en the boy and I, the two of us me t [I said]: "Cousin, how di d it go?" "No, the pig - the cassowary we - eh - I have shot it. But there is no b�ood, how sha�� we fi nd it? We '�� search in vain". We then went [�ooking for it] and my cousin said: "Did you see the cassowary ?" "I didn 't see it. It has gone into this swamp, it's dy ing there ". We then wen t on and on, we searched for the b�ood, but we couldn 't fi nd it. We turne d this way and that way, and at �ast, when we came back, there it was ! There was the cassowary . I went to it,

4APparently at the time of the hunt the councillor was still living there. 5 Notice that Dominicus uses bara padd�e as a verb : to padd�e, instead of using kaloa. 6 Kava also can mean in vain. 7Sago palms grow only in swampy areas. 8 Vavana: the use of this term indicates that Sikawe 's mother Gigirip is a classificatory sister of Dominicus. 9 Toreisi here conveys the idea that the boy stayed behind, while Dominicus went a bit forward to have a shot at the cassowary. lO Notice that Dominicus here uses lao go where we would expect him to use ma i come . ll An iania = ania. This form seems to be restricted to th� Western District . 130 UN IT 9

and I shot it. I shot it once, and a second time. Then we killed it. We tied it 's two legs toge ther, and the bows and all the arrows we tied them together too, and I took it on my shoulders. I carried it away to the place where the canoe was . We departed from there , and we rowed ti ll we came to the place where we stayed [ove rnigh t]. To the house on the spot that is called eh ... Koax . We slept there, and in the morning we left and re t urned to the vil lage . We returned to the vil lage, and the girl and the mother, and her son Sikawe, said: "Pre sently when we are under way - let 's eat it at home , let 's eat it in the vi llage , becaus e there is a big rain storm coming. If we light a fire here [on the way home ], the rain wi ll drench us ". This is the end of the story .

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY dabai ma ragi early in the morning rabia badina the trunk of a sago tree ra ra blood swampa swamp, marsh gauna ina i there it is/was pagana shoulder tore i 5 i stand up , leave, depart

J UN IT 10

CONVERSATION

Hosp itala De kenai At the Hospital Tau ta ia lao hospitala deke nai . A man went to the hospital. The 1 Med ikolo ia ma i tau ia nanadaia. doctor came and asked him: M: Edana bamona? Wh at 's up ? T: Las i, ira ese 1 auegu aena i a No thing, I cut my leg wi th the axe . utua . M: Edana gab una dekenai? Where? T: Uda dekenai. Au lau utua In the bush. I was chopping a tree ke re re , vadaen i sib ona aena incorrectly and cut myself, and lau utua. la hisihisi dekenai because it 's paining I came to see 1 au rnai . you. 2 M: Mu ramura oi atoa eiava lasi? Di d you put medicine on it or not? T: Las i, 1 au dekena i be mu ramu ra No, I haven 't got any and so I came 3 ia noho lasi. Inai da inai to get some . lau ma i muramura ab ia totona. 4 M: Vadaen i, oi va rea i. Be r0 oi Okay, come inside. You di dn 't wash huria lasi an i? the wound, did you? 5 T: Oibe, lau huria lasi. No, I didn 't. M: Vadaen i, i njeks i n 1 au hen i mu We ll I'll give you an injection fi rst guna, gabeai inai muramu ra oi and then you put on this ointment. atoa . Oi diba? Do you unders tand? T: 10, lau diba. Yes, I unders tand. M: To inai muramura be goada But this ointment is really powerfu l momokan i, oi an ia lasi . la be so don 't eat it. It 's only for 6 toto han amoa gauna sibona. fixing-up sores . Understand? Oi diba? T: Namo . Fi ne . [footnotes overleaf]

131 132 UNIT 10

Vadaen i med ikolo ese injeksin ia And so the doctor gave him an hen i a. Vadaen i tau i a 1 ao hanua injection and the man went home . dekenai .

I Nanadaia is an alternative form of henanadaia used by some Hiri Motu speakers and introduced in Unit 3. 2 Eiava is a popular Central dialect form for 0 or. 3 Lau dekenai be muramu ra ia noho lasi translates literally as At/w ith me thePe is no medicine but corresponds to I have no medicine in English . This structure is di scussed and drilled in section 10.2 below. 4 Bero = wound. One could also have said utua gabu (lit . cut pZace ) or toto sore instead. 5 0ibe = Yes. Note that this is the opposite to what one would expect in English. This is because Hiri Motu speakers answer negative questions di fferently from what one does in English. This is discussed and drilled further in section 10.1 below. 6 Hanamoa = to improve, fi x-up, make good (again) . Th is is another causative verb made up of ha- (to) cause (to be) , namo good, and -a it. As already noted verbs of this type are discussed and drilled further in section 10 .3 below. 7The music heard throughout this unit comes from the Pare area between Kiunga and Nomad Patrol Post in the Western District. It is sung by a great number of men , each one beating a drum while dancing in a large circle . It is not known at whi ch occasion these dance-songs are usually sung.

VOCAB U LARY EXPANS ION EXERCISES

Exe�cih e 1: Simple Subhtitution Frame : Vadaen i med ikolo ese inje ks in ia henia. mu ramura (medi cine) kavabu (bottZe) kumia dabua (bandage) asprin (tab Zet, asprin) rata (mi Zk) bia (beer) ran u (water) injeksin UN IT 10 133

Exe�ci� e 2: Simple Sub��i�u�ion Frame : Inai mu ramura be goada momokan i. oi an ia I as i ! inua (drink) bubua (pour out) bonaia (sme H) dah ua (rub) demaria (lick) topoa ( suck) hadonoa (swaHow) an ia

Exe�ci� e 3: Simple Sub� �i�u�i on Frame : Hisihisi dekenai lau ma io lagatuna (out of breath) huahua (coughing) gore re (sickness) isena ia hisihisi (tooth-ache ) ma laria (ma'laria) fiv a (fever) kuru (influen za) sipoma (tinea) hisi his i

Exe�ci� e 4: Simple Sub��i�u�ion Frame : Vadaen i sibona aena lau utua. kemen a (ches t) 1 ima kwakikwaki (finger) ratana (breast) uduna (mouth) 1 udu baubau (nose) bibina (lip) ma lana (tongue) aena

l These may also be heard as ima kwak ikwakina and udu baubauna respectively . 134 UN IT 10

Exeltc.-<-.6 e 5: Pltoglte.6.6-<-ve Sub.6 �-<-�u�-<-on Frame : Muramura oi atoa eiava 1 as i ? " " inua " " ( drink) " Ranu " " " (water) " " h adon oa " " (swaHow) " " Pike " " (chewing gum) " " an ia " " (ea t) Muramu ra " " " " " atoa " "

GRAMMAR

10. 1 NE GATI VE QUESTIONS ANV THE QUESTI ON TAG ANI

Negative questions are questions which contain a negative, e.g. , la noho lasi 0 •..7 Isn 't he there ? In that respect they present no particular difficulty for English speakers . Where the difficulty comes is in answering them because for English speakers the answers always seem to be the reverse of what one expects them to be . Thus , for examp le , if a Hiri �1 otu speake r were answering the ab ove question he would answer lasi if he me ant that the person referred to was there . and io if he meant that the person referred to was not there . Howeve r, despite its rather bewildering initial impact the system behind this answering scheme is quite simp le and re gular . All the Hiri Motu speaker is doing is agreeing or disagreeing with what is asked in the negat ive question (just as for positive ones ). That is , by answering lasi the Hiri Motu speaker is really saying What you say is untrue and by answering io he is saying what you say is true . Compare the following:

Q : Taubada ia ma i lasi o . . . ? Didn 't the European come ?

A: 10, ia ma i lasi . No. he didn 't ( = What you say is true. he didn 't come) . A: Lasi , ia ma i vadaeni. Ye s. he di d ( = What you say is un true. he did come) .

Q: Oi gorere lasi7 Aren 't you sick?

A: 10, lau gorere lasi. No. I'm not ( = What you say is true. I'm not sick) .

A: Las i lau gore re . Ye s. I am ( = What you say is untrue. I am sick) .

However, if the speaker wants his hearer to agree with him whatever he says then he will finish his question with the tag an i, which corresponds to the English What I say is true isn 't it? The answer to this question is always expected to be io yes although some speakers often use another form oib e as you saw in the conversation.

Practi ce Drills

Exeltc.-<-.6 e 1: Answer all of the following negative questions in the affirmative . That is, you show that you agree with what the questioner says in them by beginning your answer with io and repeating the sentence underlying this question . Ready? UN IT 10 135

1. Oi gor�re lasi? 10, lau gorere lasi.

2. E, mu ramura oi hadonoa lasi? 10, muramura lau hadonoa lasi.

3. Taubada ia ma i lasi 0 ••• 7 10, taubada ia ma i lasi.

4. lena isena ia hisihisi lasi o ...? 10, iena isena ia hisihisi lasi.

5. Idia lagatuna lasi7 10, idia lagatuna lasi.

Exe�c�� e 2: Now answer the same questions in the negative . That is, you show that you disagree with what the questioner says in them by beginning your answer with lasi and repeating the sentence underlying the question without the negat ive marker lasi. Re ady? 1. Taubada ia ma i lasi o ...? Lasi, taubada ia ma io

2. Oi gore re lasi? Lasi, lau gorer e .

3. E, muramura oi hadonoa lasi7 Lasi, muramura lau hadonoa.

4. lena isena ia hisihisi lasi o ...? Lasi , iena isena ia hisihi si.

5. Idia lagatuna lasi7 Lasi, idia lagatuna.

Exe�c�� e 3: Repeat the following quest ions and say what they me an in English . Re ady? 1. Natuna be rata ia ura inua lasi , an i? The chi ld doesn 't want to drink the mi lk, does he ? 2. {la namo, an i? It 's good isn 't it? He 's all righ t isn 't he? It 's all right isn 't it? She 's all right isn 't she?

3. Bita ena kukuri oi itaia, ani? You saw the rat 's faeces didn't you? 136 UN IT 10

4. Idia ma i mahuta bariki dekenai, an i? They came and s�ep t in the rest-house, didn 't they ?

5. Lauegu gaukara ia dika, an i? My work 's bad, isn 't it?

EXellc.ill e 4: Now answer the fo llowing questions with oibe ind:i cating that you agree with the questioner. Ready? 1. Natuna be rata ia ura inua lasi an i? Oibe, natuna be rata ia ura inua lasi.

2. la namo , an i? Oi b e, ia namo.

3. Bi t a ena k uk uri oi ita i a, an i? Oibe, bita ena kukuri I au ita i a.

4. I d i a ma i mahuta bariki dekenai , ani? Oibe, i d i a ma i mahuta bari k i dekenai.

5 · Lauegu gaukara i a d i ka , ani? o i be, oiemu gaukara i a dika.

Evaluati on Exercise

Show that you underst and what the Hiri Motu answers io, oib e, or lasi to the following questions mean by giving a full reply in Eng lish. Ready? 1. Bema me du ia diho ita gaukara lasi , an i? Oib e. Answer: Yes, if it rains we '�� not work.

2. Mavaru taudia idia ginidae lasi o •..? 10. Answer: No, the dancers haven 't arrived.

3. Uma gabu dekenai au badana ta i a mo ru, an i? Oibe. Answer: Yes, a big tree fe n down in the garden.

4. Ibounai i d i a nih i noho? 10. Answer: Yes, everyone is dreaming.

5. Oi gore re lasi an i? Oibe. Answer : No, I'm not sick.

10.2 'TO HAVE '

There are two ways of expressing have in Hiri Motu. One is to use dekenai with noho as in : Lau dekenai be mu ramura ia noho I have no medicine . I as i . UN IT 10 1 37

The other is to use the possessive pronoun with noho as in: l ha uegu muramu ra ia noho lasi . I have no medicine.

However, note that for some cases this second structure could be ambiguous e.g. , lauegu nat una ia noho lasi could mean I have no son or ( more generally ) my son is not here . Also note that these structures can only be used for things one can possess - they cannot be used for trans lating sentences like I have a co td which would be lau huahua in Hiri Motu. For present purposes we shall drill only the dekenai ...noho structure illustrated ab ove .

Practice Dri lls

EXehQ��e 1: Simple Sub��i�u�ion Frame : Lau dekenai be mu ramu ra ia noho lasi. ( kuku, kaia, an iani, natuna, uma gabu, muramura)

EXehQi� e 2: Answer the following questions using the cues provided: 1. Oi dekenai be sisia ia noho lasi , ani? (yes) Oi be , lau dekenai be sisia ia noho lasi .

2. Inai tauna dekenai be ruma ia noho? (no) Lasi , inai tauna dek enai be ruma ia noho lasi.

3. Oiemu tamana be edeseni? (I haven 't got a fa ther) Lau dekenai be tamana ia noho lasi.

4 . Dahaka badina oi tai ? (Because I haven 't got any chewing gum) Badina be lau dekenai pike ia noho lasi.

5. To oi dekenai be kavabu ia noho eiava lasi? (yes ) 10, lau dekenai be kavabu ia noho.

6. Oi huahua eiava lasi? (no) Lasi , lau huahua lasi .

Evaluation Exercise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. The doctor has an asprin. Medikolo dekenai be asprin ia noho.

2. My mother 's brother has not got a taperecorder. Lauegu vavana dekenai be teperikoda ia noho lasi. l In the Central District one may also hear the following: Lau ma i lauegu muramura lasi I ha ve no medicine or I haven 't any me dicine (lit. I with my medicine not) . UN IT 10

3. I don 't have a cold but I am short of wind. Lau huahua lasi to lau lagatuna.

4 . The European has some good trousers . Taubada dekenai be pi ripou namod ia haida idia noho .

5. We (excl. ) don 't have a car jack. Ai dekenai be motuka ab iaisi gauna ia noho lasi .

6. This carrier has a headache. Inai kare tauna ena kwarana ia hisihisi.

10. 3 CAUSATI VE VE RBS

You have prob ab ly noticed throughout these lessons that there is a large number of verb s in Hiri Motu that. begin wi th ha- . For example, you have had habadaia to incre ase , hadibaia to teach , hadikaia to de stroy etc. Now if you look closely at these and their me anings you will see that they are derived from other words (e.g. , intransitive verbs, adj ectives) in a regular way by the addition of ha- meaning to cause or make and -a (or ia). Thus , for example, hadibaia is derived from diba to know; habadai a from bada big; hadikai a from dika bad etc. This is an important process in Hiri Mot u and one whi ch you should be fami liar with. Here is a list of the more common causative verb s (as these are generally called) and the bases from whi ch they are derived :

Causative verb Base habadaia to increase bada big habodoa to extinguish bodo to be out haboioa to lose boio to be lost hadibaia to teach diba to know hadigua to wash (someone) digu to wash hadikaia to destroy dika bad hadokoa to stop doko to be stopp ed hagaria to frighten ga r i to be fr igh tened haginia to erect, stand up gin i to stand hahonua to fi ZZ up hon u to be fu ll 1 hakapua to join kapu to close 1 hakaua to lead kau to arrive at 1 hakwa idua to break in two kwa idu to be broken in two halaoa to change into lao to go halusia to lose, spend 1 us i to lose (English loan) l Some of these are not used in Hiri Motu though they are still in "True" Motu. UN IT 10 139

Causat ive verb Base 1 hamakoh ia to break (of pots ) makoh ia to be broken hamao roa to te ��, straigh ten maoro straigh t, oorreot hama re rea to shake rnare re to be shaking hamasea to kill mase to be de ad hamorua to knook down moru to fa ll hamudoa to oook in ground oven amudo a ground oven hanamoa to fix, improve namo good haorea to finish, oomp �ete ore to be fi nished havaraia to give birth to va ra to be born

Of course not all verbs beginning with ha- are causative, e.g. , hanaia to oross over, haboua to put together.

Practi ce Dri lls

Open your book and study the list of causative verbs in the grammar notes to this section before attempting the following exercises .

Exeltc.L6 e 1: Listen to the following verbs and give the form and me aning of the base that each 1s derived from. Ready ?

hadibaia diba to know hahon ua honu fu ll hamo rua mo ru to fa ll hava r aia vara born hamasea mase de ad hamudoa amudo ground oven hagaria gar i afraid habodoa bodo extinguished

Exeltc.�¢ e 2: Say what the following verb s me an in English and then say which of them is a causative one after each is said by the instructor . Ready ?

havara ia to give birth to some thing, to oause to be born - causative verb

hadonoa to swa� �ow - non-causative verb

haginia to stand some thing up - causat ive verb

hanaia to oross over - non-causat ive verb

l Note that makoh ia is an aberrant form since it should become hamakoh iaia when made into a causative verb . However, originally its correct form was makoh i to be broken but it is such a common verb that is so widely used as a transitive verb that it retains the a ending when used as a stative verb , e.g. la makoh ia wadaen i It 's broken. 140 UNIT 10

halu sia to lose some thing - causative ve rb

hamakoh ia to break some thing - causative verb

haboua to put together - non-causative verb

hakapua to lead something - causative verb

halaoa to change something into some thing - causative verb

Exe�c�� e 3: Give the Hiri Motu verbs corresponding to the following English ones :

to improve hanamoa to end, fi nish, or complete haorea to break in two hakwa idua to cause to arrive, to lead hakau a to make some thing stop hadokoa to cause some thing to be bad hadikaia to swallow hadonoa to cause some thing to be lost, halusia to spend

Evaluati on Exer cise

How would you say the following things in Hiri Motu? 1. Pu t out the light! Lamepa oi habodoa!

2. Increase the money! Davana } oi habadaia! Mon i

3 . Wash him! Oi hadi gua!

4 . Stop playing! l Gada ra oi hadokoa!

5. Stand up the fi sh spear! Karaudi oi haginia!

6. Shake the house! Ruma oi hama re rea!

7. Finish off the food! An iani oi haorea!

I Note that one cannot say Gadara oi haorea here for stop playing . That would mean Finish off the game! UN IT 10 141

8. Break the bott Ze ! Kavabu oi hamakoh ia.

9. Knoak down the dry aoaonut! Ni u oi hamorua.

10 . Cook the pig in a ground oven! Boroma oi hamudoa.

TEXT

Listen to the follow ing excerpts from an interview with Mackenzie Ivori ab out his work as District Aid Post Supervisor at Ioma and see how much of it you can transcribe and/or translate . Mackenzie come s from near Popondetta and speaks Orokaiva. Here is his discussion : l MI : 0 inai be hegeregere lauegu gaukara be aid pos supavisa iena anaina be lau be inaseni lau noho inai lulal he lt lau naria, med ikol s lau naria rnahu a nai lau gini vadaen i med ikols bona kauns ilos lau ah - kauns ilos la - dekena med ikol edena bamona idia naria bema med ikol ia gaukara namo namo lasi inai be lau durua lau hen ia rna med ikol edena bamona rna 2 kaunsol ia ura lasi med ikol ia hasak ia gwaura ia inai be dohore lau durua. Bodina inai be lauegu lauegu gaukara rna dipatmen en - dekena lau gini vadan aid pos odl is lau durua lauegu gaukara badana be. Ma idia lau hadibaia muramura matamata edena bamona 3 rna gaukara eden a bamona idia karaia inai taun iman ima ediaena huanai rna hege rege re4 komun iti divelopmen inai hanua lalonai edena bamona taun iman ima ena noho mauri idia ah - naridia dal ana rna lau hadibaidia. Ma edena bamona negana rna lauegu gaukara be ripots lau siaia lou distric k dekene . Edena bamona hanua lalonai idia - ia bada rna populashan hegerege re taun imanima bada lagani tamona hida ia bada hida ia mase inai bamona gaukara rna lau naria. TED: Tenkyu bada her ea, to trenin oi ab ia 0 inai gaukara be edesen i oi davaria7 MI : E, dokta Tom lau be tren in lau abia Saiho dekena be hegerege re guna be Aid Pos Odeli Tren in tri yias lau ab ia rna gabi ae lau diho fi l dekena be sikis mans lau gaukara rna gabeai lau lao be Refresh Trenin Ko l is dekena lau noho Mt. Hagen dekena. Vadan iniseni Ai d Pos Supavisa kos lThis first section is quite complex and difficult to fo llow because the speaker is excited and does not break up what he has to say into intelligible bits . 2 This is an interesting verb derived from English sak to saak, dismiss.

�ote the use of edena bamona here to cover whatever there is to know. 4 Hege rege re approximates here to danu aZso. 142 UN IT 10 toton a lau noho hegeregere sikis mans bamona rna kos lau haorea rna lau diho vadan hari be lau gi roa ma i rna lauegu distrik dekena lau gaukara. TED: Inai aid pos - inai ina - sab distrik dek enai be edpos be hida? MI : A h, he 9 ere 9 ere ina i sab dist r i k be d eke na b e e d po5 i b 0 una i fa i v . To guna lau hereva bona inai me d ikols be kaunsilos idia naria namo namo lasi vadaeni ibounai toi ai kok ia vadaeni hari be rua sibona ia noho. Rua - aid pos rua be ma i me dikol danu to toi be med ikol lasi, ia noho kava . TED: Inai noho kava gaudia be - ia be ma i ena muramura danu ia noho I a I ona i 0 dahaka? 1 MI : I 0 , ina i be g una i d i a r a kat an i abe rnai m u ram u r a dan i ia n 0 ho t 0 d i k a muramura dan i i a noho rna tau ta i a I ao kava rna gabea i i a gwau, "0 I au be lauegu natuna ia gorere lau be lau diba. Inai med ikol ese inai muramura ia hen ia rna lauegu hah ine ia namo 0 lau namo lau dib a dohore lau lao lau ab ia. " la lao neganai be dohore gabeai muramura dikana ia ab ia ia an ia rna dohore ia kerere ia mase. Ina i dekena i vadan Aid Pos I au koua mu ramu ra be vadan i bouna i i a rnai me d i ko I bak s t ua dekene i a naria.

TRANSLA TION:

MI : Oh this is fine . The basis of my work as Aid Post Supervisor is as fo llows: I stay here and look after Rural Health, Medi ca l Orderlies and (because) I am in a coordinating position (between councils and medical orderlies they emp loy - lit. in the midd le) I ah - counci llors I - (see) how they look after the medical or derlies . If the medical orderlies do not work properly I he lp the counci llors and medica l orderlies how - and (if) the council does not like a medical orderly and is about to dismiss him then I wi ll assist him (the medical orderly) . Because that is my work I stand for the Department so that one of my major tasks is to he lp Aid Post Orderlies. And I teach them whatever there is to know (lit. how) about new me dicines and about their work (lit . work how they do it) amids t these people and also about community development in this vi l lage and how to take care of peop le 's living condition ah - (lit. peop le their staying life they look after it way) . And my work is (also) to send in reports to the District (H. Q. ) (and te n them) how (they are living) in the vil lages - whether the population, that is, people, is big (and) how much it has increased and how many have di ed in one year. These are the kinds of things I look after.

�otice this structure with dika which corresponds to that using namona noticed elsewhere. UNIT 10 1 4 3

TED: Thank you very muah but where did you ge t your training or get into this work ? MI : Eh, Doator Tom I was traine d at Saiho like this - at firs t I reaeived Aid Pos t OrderZy training for three years and then I went into the fi eld for six months and then I went to Refreshe r Training Co llege at Mt. Hagen. I stay ed there for about six months to go through the Aid Post Supervisor aours e and when I finished that aourse I went down (to the aoast) and now I have returned and am working in my Distriat (i.e. Northern Dis triat) . TED : This aid post - this this - how many aid posts are there in this subdistriat? MI : Ah, there are fi ve aid posts in this subdistriat. But as I said before, the aounai ls were not looking after the mediaal orderlies so we re traated three and so there are only two Zeft now. Tw o - there are two staffe d aid posts and three unstaffe d ones whiah are empty (lit. they are staying nothing) . TED : These empty ones - do they have me diaine in them or what? MI : Ye s, when they were first abandoned they had medi aine in them but it wouldn 't be good if there was mediaine in them and a man went (there) fo r no reason and later said, DOh, I know my ahi ld is siak. (If) this mediaal orderly (were to) give this mediaine (to us ) my wife (would be) better and I (would be) we ll (too) . I know . Later I'lZ go and get it. " He goes and later on gets and takes the inaorreat medi aine (lit . bad mediaine ) and fi nds himse lf in troub le (lit. he is wrong) and dies. For that reason I alosed the Aid Posts and we took out all the mediaine and it is looked after in the Medi aal Bulk Store .

SUPPLEMENTARY VOCABULARY hasak ia to saak, di smiss ripots reports ri p oti to report (to someone about some thing) UNIT 11

SUPPLEMENTARY TEXTS FROM THE CENTRAL , NORTHERN, AND MILNE BAY DISTRICTS

In this section you will hear a number of texts from different parts of central and south-east papua which have been chosen to illustrate the kinds of variation one is likely to hear in different areas and between different speakers . They have also been chosen to cover as many topics, and hence as much new vocabulary , as possible . The texts are arranged in approximate west to east geographic order within the three districts (although the Milne Bay district is regret tably represented by only one text) with the additional provision that within the Central District texts from coastal or Au stronesian speaking areas precede those from inland or Non-Austronesian speaking ones . The texts follow :

TEXT 1

Sil i. In this text Gabriel Mamugoba from the Notu village of Kapurahamb o interviews Joseph 1apu , Agricultural Officer at lorna Patrol Post about growing chillis for sale. Joseph is from Mekeo in the western part of the central District . Here is the interview :

GM : Ah , Josep oi hamaoroa inai -- lau ura be sili lau atoa gwaura ia. Ma si 1 i be dahaka idia kara ia7 Ena anina be dahaka7 l J1 : Inai sili idia atoa be anina be dina -- dina dekena i oi atoa oi hakaukaua rna inai anina idia abia be dahaka idia kara ia7 -- ah -- 2 inai idia gwau spais --hat spais inai an iani dekenai idia karaia, 2 hege rege re ina i ka r i � bamona . GM : To lau ura be sili lau atoa gwaura ia. Ena dala be edena bamona7 JL : Bema oi ura inai sili oi atoa gwauraia negana i ah-- inai tano oi oi utua - - au ma ragidia oi utua bona inai au ramuna, rigina ibounai 2 oi kokidia, oi gabua , vadaeni inai -- idia gwau neseri oi karaia. Inai neseri be dohore inai sili ena huahua oi atoa unus eni hama tama ia.

1 Notice that Joseph, who speaks English very well, uses the English pronunciation of chilli . Notice also that he uses more Central dialect forms in his Hiri Motu than Gabrie l does . This is because he speaks an Austronesian language similar to Motu upon which Hiri Motu is based. 2 (hat) spais ' (hot) spice ', kari pauda 'curry powder ', neseri 'nursery ' are English loans though ka r i arxi pauda are also now part of JUri Motu vocabulary .

144 UN IT 11 145 (Text 1)

Ma gabea i ia tubu negana i dohore oi kok ia lou rna oi ab ia lao inai -- edesen i 0 i a toa i a noho hana i hana i gabuna dohore oi atoa . Ina i be -- ena da la be inai bamona. Sili oi atoa hamatama ia gwaura ia negana i inai tano namona ranu ia noho momo gab una lasi , inai hegeregere inai -- dahaka? -- sinava i abata bada herea ia daekau gabuna lasi bona tano namo herea inai aniani oi atoa ia tubu namo herea gabuna i inai sili oi atoa . Ma inai tano oi ge ia neganai nadi bona au ramud ia gunad ia inai ibounai oi kokidia guna, gabea i inai tano oi makoh ia makoh ia ma rag idia, gabeai inai ah -- lain oi veria, rna sili oi atoa . Inai ia ore negana i inai tano matama ta edeseni oi ur-- o i ura 0 i atoa gabuna i ena tano 0 i hagoeva i a bona gabea i fo mans 0 hua -- hua han i i a ore gabea i ina i s iii i a tubu negana i 0 i ab i a lao oi ko -- � dekena i kok ia oi abia lao inai edesen i? -- uma gabu l dekena i oi atoa gwauraia unusen i oi atoa . GM: Ma ia tubu daekau ena hua hida lalona i dohore anina lau kokia? JL: Inai be ia-- ia -- daudau lasi. Inai be haraga dohore ah-- sik--faiv --faiv mans --faiv mans--inai hua ima lalona i dohore hegeregere anina ia atoa . 2 GM: Ma anina lau kok ia be mage bona mage lasi danu 0 mage sibona dohore lau kok ia? JL : Inai anina oi ab ia gwaura ia be anina idia mage gaud ia sibona oi ab ia. Inai mage lasi gauna oi abia be dohore ia namo lasi. GM: Bema lau abia be edena bamona dohore lau kara ia? JL: Inai anina oi ab ia negana i dohore hegeregere inai puse 0 gau ta hegeregere geda 0 gau ta latanai oi atoa rna dina dekena i oi hakaukaua . GM: Dina hida bamona dohore ia noho? JL: Inai be oi hakaukaua dina ibouna i seven 0 ten bamona gabea i dohore oi ab ia lao ho ihoi . GM: Edeseni dohore lau atoa? Beg dekena 0 dahaka dekena oi-- lau atoa? JL: 10 i a hakaukana i a ore negana i puse dekena i 0 i uda i a rna 0 i ab i a lao 0 i hoihoi laia. GM: Edeseni dohore lau ho ia? 3 JL: Inai be ah-- biru gaukara taud ia hegeregere ai bamona dohore ai dekena i oi abia ma i rna dohore davana ai hen imu.

1 Note the use of gwaura ia after the verb here to signifY intention. 2 Notice how Gabriel puts n before 9 in mage . '!his is a carry-over from his own language , Notu . 3 biru gaukara taud ia 'agricultural officers '. This is based on the Motu form biru 'gardening '. 146 UN IT 11 (Texts 1-2)

GM: Paun tamona ena davana be hida7 JL: Inai ah-- hegeregere gabu inai bamona loma be dohore twen ti-- twenti seven sens ai hoia bad ina iniseni dohore lau siaia lao Popondetta dekena i be inai dahaka7 -- plen dekena i lau uda ia be ena plen davana ena me tau davana be dohore tri sens . Inai dekena i ma iniseni lau hoia be dohore twent i -seven sens . GM: Namo he rea . Lau ura inai lau diba vadan lau lao lauegu uma gabu lau karaia gwaura ia. Tenki u bada he rea .

TEXT 2

To l i. This is a fabricated tale about a man named Toli who become s lost while hunting . It is told by Buri Gaudi from pari , a Motu village just east of Port Moresby . Here is the story : l Inai hanua ta lalona i tau ta bona hahine ta Inai hahine ena adavana ladana be Tol i. Vada dina ta inai tau be ia ura lao ia labana . Vada ia lao inai uda lalona i gabu ta ladana be Gabidala. Unuseni ia labana . Inai di--ina i dina daba i ia labana ia lao: :: dina kah irakah ira 2 ia diho gau ta ia davaria lasi - ia be imana kavakava . Inai dekene ia 3 hitolo vada ia lao uma - uma ta -uma gunana . Unuseni ia ura inai nita bona maos i n i bona kaema i a tahua . To ina i kaema bona maos ini i a dava ria lasi. A-- ia be inai nita sibona ia davaria. Vada nita ia ab ia ia lao dina vada kah irakah ira ia diho una i dekena i ia laloa, ia gwau, "Edena bamona lau ka ra ia? Inai hanua be kah i rakah ira ia boi . Lauegu hanua be daudau herea. " Vada ia lao au bada herea badinai ia helai, vada lahi ia karaia. Lahi ia kara ia ia he lai inai-- inai nita ia ania. Lalona be inai bamona ia laloa, " Lauegu hah ine bona lauegu natuna be lauegu ruma 4 ko rikori ia mahuta , lau be da ika do-- da ika ida iniseni do ai mahuta?" Vada ia laloa inai bamona ia helai. Inai ma tana be ia kop ina sibona ia hakapua to lalona be ia noga . Vada i a I a I oa : "To bema I au mahuta negana i inai uda dekena i gau dikana ta ia ma i dohore ia hamasegu garina." Vada ia helai noho . Mad i ia he lai ia lao ia lao: : daba ia rere. Daba i a rere ia toreisi ma tana ia roro be inai boroma bada herea ia heau ma io Vada ia toreisi iena io ia ab ia ia gwada ia. la gwadaia ia ros ia vada ia

1 Note that Buri 's H1ri Motu is very definitely Central dialect. 2 imana kavakava = 'empty handed ' 3 nita = roku = 'pawpaw ' 4 ida = 'with, in company with ' UN IT 11 147 (Texts 2-3) ku rea . Vadaeni inai kop ina idionai ia ia kok ia ia ivaia ia ore ia guia varo dekena i ia hua ia vada ia lou hanuai. I a I ao lao hanua dekene i ena rurna i a daekau adavana ese i a ita i a. Vada inai hah ine be inai tau ia itaia negana i ia be rnoa le bad a herea . la gwau , "0 , lauegu tau, lau laloa be oi be oi rnase vadaen i to hari be oi rna uri. Lau davarirnu lau rnoa le bad a herea ." Ma inai tau danu ia hereva inai barnona, "0 , adavagu, lau danu , lau laloa be lau rnase unai uda dekena i to hari lau rnauri . Daba i inai bororna lau alaia lau ivaia lau huaia vada lau rna ilaia." Vada una i hahine ia toreisi inai bororna idia abia idia ivaia sisina sisina l idiedia varavara idia henidia, rna idia danu ad ia idia nadua , kaerna danu i d ia n a d u a va d a i ena nat una bona i ena a d a vanai d i a he I a i i d i a ani aid i a rnoa le bada herea . Vada inai hahine be ia gwau, "0, hari be varani be lau badu. Hanuaboi be lalogu ia hisihisi, lau tai to hari be lau itarnu dekena i lau rnoa le bada herea ." Ma tau danu inai barnona ia hereva , ia gwau, "Lau danu inai varani uda lalonai be lau rnahuta lasi lau lalornu 2 noho erna bona ha ri daba inai dina deke nai ita aniani hebou iteda natuna danu ita rnoaIe hebou . " Vadaeni inai sivarai sisina rno unuseni ia doko . Ibouna i barnahuta . Tenk iu.

TEXT 3

Lauegu Livi . In this text Vanua Vele tells what he did on his last leave . Vanua is from Pelegai village near Marshall Lagoon east of Port Moresby and speaks Keapara . Here is Vanua 's story : 3 Ah-- lau-- lau kiki sisina lauegu gauka ra dekena i. Ah-- last yia 4 lau -- lau noho inai -- Popondetta rna unuseni idia siaia rna lau rna i lorna dekena i vada inisen i lau noho rna ah-- lau giroa-- ah last yia � lau abia. Ma lau giroa rna Hosbi dekena i rna rna i inisen i rna inai traka 5 dekena ah-- traka lau abia rna ai diho Hula dekena i. Ma inisen i rna ai rnahuta rna daba ia rere rna vada ai toreisi lou rna aena dekena ai raka . Ma ai raka ai lao rna hanua ta ladana idia boiboi be Kerepunu rna iniseni rna

1 ad ia form used in "true" Motu for ed i a when talking about food and certain other items . 2 ema bona = untiZ, when reckoning time from past to present . This again is a "true" Motu form not usually found in Hiri Motu . 3 last yia = English for inai/hari lagani ia lao vadaeni .

4 Note that Vanua uses rna everywhere and unsystematically in his speech as a kind of continuation marker as some English speakers use 'like ' or 'you know ' in theirs .

5 Hula is a large village on Hood Point east of Port Moresby . 148 UN IT 11 (Texts 3-4)

ai rnahuta rna dabai rna ai toreisi lou rna ai lao rna sinava i badana ta iniseni' bad ina dekena i ai noho rna iniseni vanagi ai ab ia rna ai-- ai lao lauegu hanua dekena lau ginidae . Ma iniseni aena dekena lau ginidae rna ah-- ini sen i 1 au noho rna ah-- 1 auegu tarnana bona s i nad i a bona 1 au i tad i a rna lau mop le. Ma inisen i lau noho rna hanua gaukar a lau kara ia bona lau sinana bona tarnania lau durud ia bona lauegu varavara bona lau durud ia. Ma inis'e ni rna lau-- lau noho rna lau livi ia ore rna lau giroa rna i Mosbi rna lau giroa rna i Popondetta dekenai. Ma inisen i lau kiki sibona iniseni ia doko .

TEXT 4

Kukurna ra and Ka toro. In this text Laim Turua tells about kukurnara or exchanging tobacco to settle a dispute and how to get and prepare pandanus nuts or katoro. Laim is from Guari No . 1 village in the Kunimaipa Census Division of the Goilala Subdistrict in the mountains north-west of Port Moresby . Here are the two descriptions . Firstly kukurnara:

LT : Ah kukurna ra be -- inai be taunirnanirna - hea i taud ia -- hea i taudia hea i i a ore hana i hana i gauna. Hea i ia ore hanaihana i gauna inai kukurnara . Oh-- TED: lena -- iena an ina oi hadibaigu. LT: len a ani na b e ina i ah-- atoa gauna. Atoa gauna ah-- lau hadibaia7 Las i inai be hea i gauna . Heai -- idia hea i negana vadaeni inai kukurnara guna tubudia tarnad ia idia hen ia vadaeni ia gwau, "Ia ore . " " Ia ore" , ia he reva rna inai kukurna ra dekena vadan ia ore hanaihanai. To rnornokani alala be rnornokani alaia rnornokani ia rnase negana be inai gauna be dohore ia he n ia lasi (TED : Oh !) 0 hea i -- hea i kava , irnana l dekena � (TED : Nhn!) ina i be vadan i a ore . Ina i kukurna ra dekena. Inai dekena vadan inai kukurna ra abia vadan lokua e--ku rnia atoa ia noho gauna- ia noho lahi dekena ia noho gauna vadan ab ia rna i hegerege re inai kuku barnona- ia noho gauna ab ia rna i lokua e-- ruhaia vadan henia ta ta . Oiernu -- oiernu oi lokua ia hen ia oi dogoatao rna lau danu rna 2 t a ta - ibouna i itena farni li taudia ibounai idia hegeregere idia dogoatao negana vadan hea i dohore ia ore . Hea i dohore ia ore , inai dekena vadan inai kukurna ra ia ruha ia rna henia ta tao Ta ta idia henia lao. Hegerege re gau ta ena tiketi oi henia barnona . TED: 10

1 pa is, pa i t = 'fight ' (English or Pidgin English loan) 2 See footnote to section 2.1 UN IT 11 149 (Text 4)

LT : Gau ta ena tiket oi hen ia vadan tamona ta mona oi henia vadan inai be oiemu tiketi oi lokua -- umu i dogoatao namo namo . Atoa ia noho he reva bamona vadan a i he reva ma ina i kukuma ra a i ruha i a ta ta a i hen i aid i a dogoatao negana vadan i a ore, ina i hea i . o momokani alaia momokani be vadan inai be kukuma ra dohore ia hen ia lasi. TED : Dahaka do i d i a ka ra i a7 LT : Idia alaia mase negana vadan inai be vadan . To taun-- TED : Aria idia karaia 0 dahaka7 LT : Las i . Inai be aria lasi. To idia hea i -- guna -- guna -- tu-- TED: Guna , io, tubu taudia edia

LT: A, ina i be t u a ri d ina n a • TED: 10. LT: Vadan idia alaia gauna be momokani . To hea i 0 imana dekena i idia l pa i t ina i gauna vadan sit i k i dekena i d i a hea i negana vadan ina i be vadan dohore ia ore . TED : Aha !

And now secondly katoro : TED: Inai katoro danu oi had ibaigu. LT: Inai be ka toro be araia -- ah-- utua vadan tau ia daekau inai bamona varo dekena ia daekau inai bamona . TED : Aha ! LT: Va ro dekena ia daekau vadan ira -- ira ia abia inai bamona ira ia dududia ia noho vadan ia kok ia ma ia utua . Utua vadan ia ma i ia mo ru. la ma i ia mo ru gau ta bamona ia ma i ia mo ru - bada herea , siria ma huina utua , ab ia lao, atoa , ia noho lahi dekena - atoa ia noho vadan ia kaukau negana vadan makoh ia. Ma haida -- ha ida be ab ia lao lahi dekena atoa ia noho , vadan atoa ia noho vadan ia ma i inai gauna dekena i dogoatao. Atoa ia noho lahi dekena ia kaukau vadan -- vada lahi ba : ::::da herea ai kara ia hanaihana i · TED: ah ! LT: Lahi bada herea ai karaia ma kah ira kahira ruma ia araia. Ai karai� ia no : :: :ho vadaeni ia kaukau - hegeregere biskis bamona . TED: Hn! LT: Biskis bamona ia kaukau negana vadan ma ai kok ia vadaen i makoh ia ai kokia makoh ia vadan ai ania hanaihanai . TED : Nn. (Crackling sound - wind across the microphone .) LT: Inai gauna .

1 pa is, pa it='fight ' (English or Pidgin English loan) 150 UNIT 11 (Texts 4-5)

TED : Ma i mamina namo herea . LT : Mami na namo herea . Ma ha ida be ab ia lao ranu dekena atoa ia noho, 1 rna i bogana danu Ab i a 1 ao atoa 1 ah i dekena atoa i a noho vadan i a bodaga lalona i-- lalona i ia bodaga vadan ma i makoh ia vadan inai 2 -- inai kab is gaud ia abia lao vadan lahi-ah--tini dekena ia nadua . Uro dekena ai nadua vadan ai kok ia ania. Ma ha ida be inai gau tamo na. Ha ida be abia lao inai danu dekena ai kara ia?-- ranu dekena ai amudo 3 ka r aia. Ranu hegeregere swampa bamona ai karaia. TED: Nn. LT: Guri ai ge ia vada ranu ia daekau ia honu negana ai (TED int errupts) -- ai udaia. Ka toro ibounai ai-- ia mo ru gaud ia mage vadan ia mo-- sibona ia mo ru gaud ia, ai ab ia lao ranu dekena ai hamudoa hamudo: :::a vadan ia daekau ia honu negana vadaeni ataiai au raurauna dekena ai koua ia noho. Ai koua ia noho vadaeni rna gabeai danu ai karaia?--ai kokia. Ai kok ia vadan ab ia ma i lahi dekena-- rna ab ia ma i ha ida ai makoh ia ania, rna ha ida be danu ai kara ia?--ai abia ma i, makoh ia vada ai ania hana ihana i . Ania vadan mam ina danu inai -- inai danu mamina namo herea , hege regere dahaka bamo na?-- inai- TED: Pi na t. LT : So 1 ta sol ta bamona . TED: Solta bamona . LT : Hegeregere sol ta bamo na . TED : Nn. LT: Ai ania hana i hanai inai gauna .

TEXT 5

Plen la Moru. In this text John Gutoila tells how an army Caribou plane crashed at Tapini . John comes from Laramaita village in the Kunimaipa Census Division of the Goilala Subdistrict north-west of Port Moresby . Here is his story :

Inai lagani 1970 e-- 1 970-- lasi--68 --68 lalona i lau skul negana be inai Sande ta lau itaia inai plen ia diho ma i Tapini dekena - inai Ka ribu - ami taud ia edia plen - ia ma i negana be inai buldosa ese tano ia ge ia ia haboua gabuna ia ma i vadan wil ta ia diho namo namo lasi vadan

1 rna i bogana danu =lit. 'with stomach too ', i.e. 'swell up '. This form is also used for 'to be pregnant '. 2 kab is='cabbage, spinach ' 3 swampa = 'swamp, pond ' (English or Pidgin English loan) (cf.gohu) UN IT 11 151 (Texts 5-6)

inai tanG dekena ia bampa. I a bampa negana be wi 1 ta i a makoh i a vadan wi 1 tamona dekena ia ma i estrip ena huanai ia hagegea negana ia diho lao inai ranu dekena kah irakah ira taunimanima ibouna i idia mase . Plen ia -- ia dika to tauniman ima be idia mauri. Tau tamona be ena doruna kahana ia makoh ia vadan ia be ha ri inai negana ia loaloa lasi. la helai sed ira unai wi lche dekena ia loaloa sedira, lau diba lasi. Ah-- inai negana vadan ma gabea i idia � plen ta ia diho vadan inai plen ia krash gabuna idia mo ru taudia ia abia giroa lao Mosb i. Inai sibona .

TEXT 6

Lau be Louis Mona , MHA. In this text Louis Mona tells about his school ing and eventual election to the House of Assembly . Louis is the member for the Goilala Open electorate and comes from Baidana village in the Dirava Census Division of the Goilala Subdistrict and speaks Fuyuge . Here is his story : l Lau be guna lauegu skul be hegerege re kat ikism skul lau ab ia inai 2 Katol ik Misin skul dekena , Fane deke na, inai be Auga Sensus Divisin dekena - Fane be ia noho Auga Sensus Divisin dekena - ma hegerege re tri vias bamona ma lauegu katkism inai Fuyuge gada dekena katek ism lau skul hegeregere misin ia ura be lau giroa hanua dekena to lauegu taunimanima o natudia ma rag idia katekism lau hadibaia inai totona ma lau lao inai Fane dekena inai Ka tol ik Misin skul dekena lauegu katekism totona. Inai dinana be hegeregere hari bamona lasi, skul momokani lasi, to hegeregere katekism -- Ingl is danu lau skul lasi Ingl is gada lau - lau � lasi to Fuyuge gado dekena -- Fuyuge gado dekena lauegu skul lau kara ia katekism lau kara ia ma gabea i lau kamona i be meme ro ha ida idia lao Yul Ai lan skul 3 dekena-Ma i nohano dekena-ma lau ura lau danu lau lao. Ma misin ia-- ia gwau , li la namo oi ura negana dohore ai siaia," ma lauegu turad ia haida danu ai lao Ma i nohano dekena , hari Bereina, Bereina ia noho . Ma ai lao Ma i nohano inai be 1956 ai skul 56 , 57, ma unuseni be lauegu fes taim vadaeni Ingl is gada be lau skul inai 56 lalonai ma hegeregere ia auka ai lauegu turad ia ha ida dekena bad ina inai Fane dekena ai noho be Ingl is gada danu ai kiki lasi, ai diba lasi. Vadaeni tu vias - 56 ia lao 57 ai

1 Note that because of the modern nature of the contents of this text and because of Louis ' schooling background there are many , English loanwords in it .

2 Fane is a catholic Mission station between the coast and Woitape Patrol Post in the Auga Census Division of the Goilala Subdistrict . 3 Mainohano was the name of the Catholic Mission school on Yule Island but is now located at Bereina where the Government Subdistrict Headquarters for the Kairuku Sub district is also . 152 UNIT 11 (Text 6) noho Ma i nohano dekena ma gabea i idia siaia ai lao Yul Ailan dekena. Inai be Yul Ai lan dekena ai noho 58, 59 , 60 -1960 - ma lau diho Pot Mosbi dekena , skul hoI ide dekena ma lauegu -- lau ura gauka ra ta lau abia skul hoI ide dekena ma lauegu skul fis lau henia, misin dekena . Ma lau lao Mosbi stua ta dekena lau gauka ra hege regere tri wiks bamona lauegu skul fis lau tahua ma gabea i lau gorere lau abia. Gorere lau abia ma lau noho hospital ma lau leit lau egu skul de it ia leit vadaen i tu wiks leit ma lau bogahisihisi lau giroa gwaura ia be hegeregere lasi . Ma lauegu tamana ia ma i Mosbi ia ura be ita lao hanua dekena , Bai dana dekena , to lau ura lasi bad ina lau bogahisihisi lau lao hanua hegeregere lauegu skul lau rakatania to tamana ia ura lasi vadaeni inai gorere badana lau ab ia inai totona be dika lau lao idau gabu ta dekena lau ma se garina. Ma tamana ia goada ia ura be ai rua os i ai lao hanua dekena . Ma ai lao vad aeni hanua dekena lau noho hege regere fo wiks ia ore vadaeni lauegu skul taim ia leit momok ani. Lauegu gore re ia ore lau giroa dala dekena lau l 2 diho Bakoiudu ma lau lao Hari Pokena (7) bot lau ab ia ma lau ma i Yul Ai lan dekena . Inai skul naria taudia - bra dis- lau itaia idia gwau, " Oiemu skul ia be ia leit vadaeni. Hari be oi sku 1 lasi, " ma idia hamaoroa , " Dohore a i s i a i a 0 i 1 ao Fane dekena , ma Fane dekena sis ta oi durua hege regere skul had ibaia." Ma lau ura be lau lao Mosbi to � ia ura lasi . I a gwau, " Las i, 0 i 9 i roa Fane dekena. " Vada 1 au 9 i roa ma i Fane dekena . Inai 61 lalona i lau noho Fane dekena ma sista lau durua . Lau durua inai skul lau hadibaia ma ia lao 61 ia ore ma lau diho lou. Lau lao Yul Ai Ian dekena inai be 62 ma 62 be lauegu last yi a Yul Ai lan dekena , ma misin ia ura be lau tisa trenin lau karaia lau tre nin. Vada gabeai lau giroa lauegu hanua dekena lau tisa to lau ura 1 as i . Ma idia hereva lau ura lasi momokani ma misin ia ura lasi vadaeni lau sibona lau lau lao Mosbi dekena lau ura gauka ra ta lau tahua, badina lauegu ura lasi be tisa. Vadaeni misin ena hereva lau ab ia lasi vadaeni lau lao. Misin ia ura lasi ia itaia lau Yul Ailan dekena bad ina i die n a here va l a u a b i a 1 as i-Iau kam on ai l as i . Vadan 1 au 1 ao Mosb i . Vadaen i lau ura gaukara lau tahua . Ma gabea i lau lao Konedobu dekena inai Lokal Gavman Komisina lau itaia. Lau ura be inai loka l gavman gauka ra ta- tre nin - lau abia. Vadaeni lau lao lau itaia idia siaia vadan lau lao Rabaul dekena . Inai be 1963 lau lao Rabaul dekena ma nain

1 Bakoiudu is a resettlement station in the foothills of the ran�s between Tap1n1 arri Yule Islarri .

2 Hari Pokena (?) is or was apparently a boat operator along the coast but whose name we are not familiar with. UNIT 11 153 (Text 6)

mans lalona i be kos lau abia inai kauns il klak kos lau ab ia. Inai nain mans ia ore vadaeni 6) Novemba 8 lau ma i Tapini dekena. Vadaeni distrik komisina ia ura be iniseni lau ma i inisen i kauns il gaukara lau stat, to lau ura lasi . Lau ura lao Sama ra i, 0 lau lao Ke rema 0 Goroka , lau ura kauns i 1 gunana ta dekena lau gaukara, experiens lau ab ia guna ma lau ma i Tapini dekena kaunsil ma tamata lau naria. To distrik komisna ia ura lasi ia gwau "Lasi , oi lao Tapini dekena . Lau hereva do oi lao." Vadaeni I au ma i . Lau ma i 6) vadaeni Tapini dekena inai fes lokal gavman Goi lala lalonai vadan lau ma i negana i ai stat - loka l gavman gaukara ai stat. Vada 64 kauns il gaukara lau karaia 65, 1966 , 1967 vadaeni Haus ov Asemb l eleks in namba tu eleks in ia ma i - sekon haus eleks in ia ma io Ma tauniman ima idia -- ha ida idia ura be lau lao kauns il badana dekene . Vadaen i lau gwau, "Bema umu i ura negana vadaeni - bema umu i ura umu i vot v ada hegeregere kauns i I bad ana lau vare ai ." Ma gauna -- inai dinana 1968 vadaeni lauegu gaukara lau rakat ania. Vadaen i inai haus ov asemb l i 68 eleks in dekena lau danu nomineit tao Lauegu 25 pauns lau atoa vadaen i elek sin dekena lau gini . Ma ia lao eleks in lau win ma lau noho ia lao fo yias ma namba tri haus ov asembl i eleks in lau gini lou. Ma hari be hegeregere lauegu gaukara haus dekena be hari be tu taims inai , seken tem hari lau noho . 68 ia lao bona hari siksti 74 ina i . Ma hegeregere gauna -- ina i totona I auegu noho be Ta p i n i de ken a bad i na I au ma i ini sen i lau noho lagani hegeregere ten yias bamo na - fo yias kauns il gaukara lau ka r aia ma ha ri be fa iv yias hegeregere , siks yias bamona , lau inai gauka ra lau kara ia. Ma hegeregere hari be ten yias bamona lau noho Tap ini dekena . To lauegu gabu momokani be Wo itape kahana i inai be hegeregere Dirava sensus divisin inai be Goi lala sabdistrik lalona i ma hari be gauna-- lau noho inai ma hegeregere wan an haf yi as bamona eleks in ma tama ta ia ma i to lau diba lasi dohore lau gini lou 0 lau ura lasi negana do lau gini lou lasi. Vadaeni lauegu he reva ia doko inai. ,------,

1 54 UN IT 11 (Text 7)

TEXT 7

Mi l ia bona Sabave . This is an amusing Mountain Koiari folktale about cassowary hunting told by Mailu Mulohu of Manumu Village in the head waters of the Brown River inland of Port Moresby . Here is the tale :

l Hari gori ta lau hereva - Manumu gori . Tau ta ladana be Mi I ia bona Sabave . I d i a ruaos i ina i gabu ta-- gabu ta I adana be danu?-- Houla. Houla dekena i danu idia kara ia?-- va--koko--varo idia abia kokokoko ena dala idia atoa noho, uda dekena i. Idia atoa noho vadaen i Mi lia ia lao. Milia ia lao inai uda dekena i vadaen i ia loaloa lao vadaeni dina siahu dekena i kokokoko ta ia itaia. la itaia vadaeni kokokoko ia mahuta noho . Vada ia itaia vadaen i iena aena kahana be ta-- kahana dekena i ia-- ia mo ia vada kahana dekena i vadaeni aena tao Vadaen i kokokoko I atana dekena i i a he I a i i a rosia. Kokokoko ia ros ia . . 2 . . noh a negana va d·aen l la--p --a lona la b otala ia gwau--ia gwau, " Kokokoko. " Inai bamona ia -- ia hereva vadaen i ia bota ia noho . la bota ia noho negena vadaeni kokokoko ia toreisi vadaen i inai danu?-- inai tau danu ia abia vada ia toreisi -Milia- Milia danu ia ab ia ia toreisi vada ia huaia i a raka negana vadaen i i a heau momokan i . Inai kokokoko ia heau momokani vada ia lao bona --inai --Mi lia ia boiboi danu ia lao. Inae Sabave ena ladana ia atoa danu ia lao. la gwau , "Sabave, Sabave , Sabave ." Inai bamona ia--ia atoa danu ia lao lao bona ia boiboi danu ia lao lao bona ia lao momokani . la lao bona gabu ta ladana Gabila. Gabila--Ga bila de-- Gab i I a dekena i au-- au ta gage-- au ta be rnai gageva . Ina i henuna i dekene kokokoko ia vareai vada ia ab ia toreisi vadaen i inai au ia dogoatao. Inai au ia dogoatao vadaeni kokokoko ia heau vada ia be ia--ia mo ru vada i a heku re noho vadaen i i aena kop i na i a nama vadaen i i a lou rnai . I a lou ma i vadaeni inai Milia ia hamaoroa , ia gwau, " Sabave ." Sabave ia ma i ia gwau, " Oi be inisen i oi --varo (laugh ) - - varo oi atoa noho. Var o oi atoa noho vadaeni lau be lau lao unusen i kokokoko ta dina siahu dekena i lau itaia vadaen i-- lau rosia. Lau ros ia negana vadaeni ia toreisi vadaeni lau ia hua ia vada i--ia heau . I a heau negana vadaen i I au lao bona inai-- ia huaia vada -- ia huaia negena vadaeni ai ruaos i ai lao bona ia huaia lao lao bona ia huaia lao lao bona inai danu dekena i?- Gab i la dekena i vadaeni a--au ta ma i gageva gauna lau dogoatao vadaen i

1 Note the use of hari for 'this ' in the sense of 'the one we are/were just talking about '. Mailu uses it here because he had just told the same story in Mountain Koiari and is now going to tell it agpin in Hiri Motu .

2 This is unclear but undoubtedly the cassowary 's neck would be the easiest thing to hit if he were sitting on top of the bird as he says he was . UN IT 11 155 (Texts 7-8)

lau--Iau mo ru. Lau moru vada lau hekure noho vadaeni lauegu kopina ia namo vadaeni lau ma i ia-- lau ma i vadaeni hari oi dekena i lau gini inai . Kokokoko be vadaen i i a heau momokan i . " Inai--inai bamona aiemu gori be inai bamona . Ai Manumu taudia aiemu gori be inai bamona ai he reva inai. Tenkiu bad a herea umui . Bamahuta .

TEXT 8

Sinavai Ladana Ma . This is another Mountain Koiari folktale . It is told by Minama Favoli from Manari Village on the Kokoda Trail in the mountains inland of Port Moresby . Here is the tale :

MF : Hari Motu dekenai lau herevalaia umu i kamona i. TED: Oi be daika? MF : Lau Minama . (Background giggling) .

Inai Manugolonumu ororo dekena i keken i momo herea idia noho. I d i a noho unuseni sega idia gabua noho, gabua noho, gabua noho ela bona inai keken i idoinai idied ia rami ia ore . Rami ia ore negana inai kekeni .1 'd'I Ie d' la �b .la h amaoro d'la , ia gwau, "Namona be ita lao rami ita tahua rami ita ab ia. Uda ramidia." 2 Idia lao inai gabu ta ladana be Fikoka dekena i danu idia abia? rami idia abia. Rami idia ab ia lao inai kekeni ta ia lao inai manu gatoi ia itaia ge ia, ge ia, geia ela bona inai manu gatoi idoinai ia ab ia iena kakadia tadidia hegeregere to ia be ia lao inai ga igai gatoi i a ab i a. la ma i adorahi ia henidia inai taudia. Inai manu gatoi ia henidia kakadia bona tadidia to inai keken i ese inai ga igai ena gatoi ia gabua bona ia ania. Bona idia mahuta negana inai ga igai ia ma i ela bona inai ga igai ena-- io, gaigai ia ma i vadaeni ia itaia. Vadaen i ina i danu? -- keken i ena bonana i a bonana dekena i i a rnai. Aena gab una i a gavaia gavaia ela bona ia ma i inai Managanumu ororo dekena i -- inai keken i i died i a hanua dekena i . I a rna i ina i kekena i ena vadavada dekena i ia daekau -- vadavada dekenai ia daekau bona baranda dekena i iena rami ia kokia atoa gauna latana i ia hekure- inai ga igai ese . la lokua lokua vadaen i i a heku re noho negana ina i keken i ta i a rnai i a gini bona ia ura lasi. Bona ta ia ma i gini ia ura lasi. Ido-- inai keken i idoinai ia ore inai neganai kekeni ia ma i inai ga igai ena natuna -- ah , gatoi

1 bos i 'boss ' (English loan) (Cf. lohia, biaguna) 2 danu - note use of this as a pause form 'what is it again?' 156 UNIT 11 (Texts 8-9) ia gabua ania gauna ia ma i ia gini negana inai ga igai ese aiona ia davea . Una i negana vadaen i ina i keken i ena tamana bona ta i huna s i nana i d i a toreisi boroma ta idia rosia. Inai idia ivaia digara momokan i idia henia inai kekeni ia ania ia ore negana vadaen i ga igai ia ma i iena iuna dekena i l inai iena tai huna -- ah , taiona matuna dekenai ia toia. Vadaeni gabiae ia kumia kumia kumia vadaen i inai Managanumu ororo deke na i ia diho negana ina i kekeni ia me i danu ia d i ho. Me i danu ia diho ela bona ia lao inai sinavai dekenai ina i nad i i a lao ina i keken i ese nad i i a ha I aoa bona ina i . 2 sinavai badana dekenai i a � bona inai kek -- ah , nad i ese ia revareva danu ia noho bona au ta ina i gerege re bamona inai latana ia gini . Latana ia gini negana iena lata ese ia dahaka7 -- ia dudue inai -- latana dekenai ia dudue bona ia gini noho . Bona ai itaia danu una i h a r i inai gauna , nad i bona una i geregere bamona bona inai sinavai danu ai itaia inai sinavai be ai inua lasi. Sinava i ena ladana be Ma . Bad ina be inai keken i ena I adana , keken i ena me i ina i dai na i be s i nava i ena I adana be ma . Inai be lau egu hereva inisen i lau hadokoa .

TEXT 9

Loh iabada Ena Ta ravatu Lau Hana ia Vadaen i. In this text the Enivilogo village policeman tells how he was struck down with sickness after transgressing a church ruling on bride prices . Enivilogo is a Mountain Koiari village near Efogi inland of Port Moresby . Here is the police man 's story :

Ina i lau ura lauegu stori ma rag ina ta lau hereva ita iseda seven 3 dei taudia iseda taravatu be inai . Loh i abada i a taravatu ta be ita headava bona davana ita kara ia lasi. Mon i badana ita atoa lasi iena 4 taravatu be ia noho ita deked iai • Be vanega i inai lauegu tad ina kekeni 5 ta ia abia Ha i logo keken i ta be davana lau ka ra ia be wan handet siksti � -- wan handet siksti paun lau karaia inai be taravatu lau hanaia

1 taiona = tai ana 'ear ' 2 j 0 ini = 'join ' 3 seven de i "Se venth Day Adventist'. 4 Note that this speaker uses scrne quite unusual forms even for a Central H1ri Motu speaker, e.g. ita dekediai, taunabunai, isei-iseda , merona davana, merona taudia.

5 Hailogo is a Mountain Koiari village near Enivilogo . UNIT 11 157 (Text 9)

vadaen i isei-iseda taravatu be inai. Lau hana ia wan handet siksti paun l l lau karaia ah-- gabeai inai efogifog i (7) ia ore murinai lau ma i wese (7) lau hama tama ia inai gorere lau abia. Inai gorere lau abia be lau laloa momokani lohiabada be momokani ia noho gub ai. Taunabuna i inai taravatu lau utua da inai utua be inai m-- lauegu me rona davana -- hah ine davana lau ka raia be wan handet siksti paun lau atoa inai dainai inai gorer e lau ab ia. Lau gorere ab ia be inai sivarai be inai bamona isei-iseda sivarai be Loh i abada ena sivarai be ita diba vadaeni kwarana be kwa rana davana , aena aena davana ima ima davana , kuruna be kuruna davana 0 2 ma nada manada (7) davana, taiana be ta i ana davana . Inai da inai inai gore re lau ab ia be lauegu kwa rana dekena i be gorere metau bada herea ta ia noho nad i bamona . Nad i bamona me tau bada herea ia atoa bona tai ana dekenai inai danu ia noho-- kahana ia koua siahu bada herea ia koua . Lau kwa rana be ia me tau do ia toreisi lasi ia noho lauegu aena sibona bona ia ma rere ia me tau lasi ia gorere lasi inai dainai lau diba laulau laloa inai be moni badana lau atoa dekena i SDA ena tarava tu be inai 3 lau utua da inai. Lau be hekari tauna to mon-- lau lao atoa mon i bad ana lau atoa da inai lau gore re inai . Inai da inai lau guriguri bona lauegu hah ine danu ia guriguri noho lau dekegua i bona-- ela bona inai pura ta ia ore murinai Sande 0 Mande bamona lau namo . Lau namo bona inai guriguri -- lau guriguri -- lau mauri lau guriguri ah-- gorere ia ore lau ma uri bona lau laloa momokan i SDA ena taravatu be inai . Be lau utua ina i . Lau laloa inai tanobada ita noho taud ia be Loh i abada ena taravatu ha ida ita utua hana i hanai. Taravatu ha ida ita utua ita daradara ai 4 henia be sabati ta ita had ikaia bona iseda ura ita kara ia babasi ma- babas i ita rakat an ia ita mu rimu ri kahana i hera gaud ia ita dogoatao bona iseda ura ita ka raia to Loh iabada be inai tanobada ia karaia bona hari taunimanima ia havaraidia atoa gaud ia ia noho guba amo taunabuna i ia davaria ah-- inai taravatu ia atoa ia gwau, " Tanobad a ai noho taud ia

1 We do not know what these two forms mean . Efog ifog i may refer to a meeting of church adherents often held at Efogi village and wese obviously refers to the wedding ceremony rut beyon::l. that they are completely unfamiliar .

2 The speaker is here apparently counting off the method of calculating the brideprice rut again we are not familiar with the details .

forms through 3 'church ' (lit . Eccelasia) . This word appears in a number of different out this text . 4 babasi = 'baptism ' 158 UN IT 11 (Text 9)

l lauegu hekah i taud ia e-- umu i headava negana aria badana umu i ka ra ia lasi maho badana umu i geia lasi a fam badana umu i ka-- dahaka -- aria kara ia lasi bona mon i bad ana umu i atoa lasi. Lau ura las i. Bema faiv pauni a sikis paun bamona umu i atoa danu hegeregere , to hah ine davana l umu i kara ia lasi . Inai be lauegu hekari taudia lauegu hereva umu i ab i a negana ina i bamona taud i a.II To ina i ita utua tanobada ita utua be hana i a wan handet i hah i ne davana ita kara ia. Aria badana ita kara ia a-- kekeni ita hen ia negana me ro ita henia negana hereva wan handet oi atoa , tu handet oi atoa , inai bamona ita ha-- ita hereva noho . lesu ena hereva ita utua inai. I ta taravatu ita hadaradara ia bamona . Inai da inai vanega i inai lau egu merona hah ine davana lau karaia wan handeti siksti paun to lau gorere lau ab ia be gauna inai . Lauegu kwarana be i a maoro I as i . Ina i kwa rana I auegu kwa rana i a maoro I as i . Loh iabada ia gwau , "Oiemu kwa rana be ia maoro lasi inai siv arai be ia noho lasi oiemu kwarana dekena i. Oi laloa lasi lauegu taravatu. Oiemu tai ana dekena i be lauegu hereva oi kamona i lasi. Oi be taia kudima bamo na . Inai wan handet oi atoa bona 2 boromagau danu oi hoia __ " ah-- boroma danu lau hoia be an ina be inai Keken i �udia sibod ia idia ania mem-- merona taudia sibod ia idia ania lasi, idia rakat ania. Be lau laloa be inai bamona--lau be inai -- inai kahana s i bona I au ab i a ina i, keken i be rnai s i bona I au dekena i to keken i t a i a I a a I as i ina ike ken ita rna n a I au k a r - - k a r a - - i a k a r a i a I as i. I a lao me ro ta ia ab ia lasi ai lao me ro ta ia abia lasi to keken i ma i sibona lau egu me rona. Lauegu merona ia ab ia inai da inai inai bo romagau lau alaia be lau do an ia lasi lau rakatania inai wan handet siksti paun lau atoa bona inai boromagau danu lau rakat ania be keken i taud ia danu idia ania. Inai danu be lesu ena taravatu. Inai be hel aga oi helaga be ia dika to ania danu hege regere miks oi ania inai be ia maoro ia maoro . Inai danu lau hana ia taravatu be inai lau hanaia inai Loh iab ada ena taravatu in isen i lau hanaia inai boromagau be lau rakatania kekeni taud ia sibod ia idia ania. Bema kahana lau ania kahana be keken i taudia idia ania be ia maoro a mon i danu be maragi lau atoa be lau do gorere I as i . Inai da inai turagu taudia lau hamorod ia umui, umu i ibouna i inai

1 'chupch ' (lit . Eccelasia) . Cf. footnote 3 on previous page . 2 boromagau = 'cow, beast ' (from Pidgin English bulmakau) UNIT 11 159 (Texts 9-10-11) tanobada ita noho taud i a be seven de i ita kamona i namo bona bod i na i (7) namo taravatu iseda mau ri ita laloa dalana be inai . Hah ine davana ita kara ia bad a lasi bona aria badana ita ka ra ia lasi. Hekas i negana be hekasi koikoi lasi laloa namonamo be hekasi momokani negana sabati danu naria bona breikati (7) lasi. Inai danu lasi. Lau diba vadaen i inai gore re dekenai lau gorere bona lau guriguri lau mauri vadaen i Loh i abada ena siahu ta ina ia noho lau dekeguai. Ina i taunabuna i 1 au hamaoromu i umu i dekena i iboud iai hari lauegu hereva ia doko inaseni . Namo .

TEXT 10

Gawada . This story tells about the origin of two mountains Gawada and Wuriwuri near Sogeri . It is told by Auda Monohu from Kailakinumu , a Koiari village on the Sogeri Plateau . Here is the tale :

Gawada be i a 1 ao uda dekena i i a 1 abana . Vadaen i Wuriwuri hea i gana ta ia kokia vadan Gawada ena hahine ia henia. Vadan Gawada ena hah ine be aena dekena i ia atoa . Gabu ia brum negana be me ro ma ragi ta i a ita i a. Ena natu - natuna ia itaia vadan ia ta i. la tai ta i tai ta i :::::e tamana ia ginidae. I a ta i noho tamana i a henenada i a, " Dahaka da inai oi tai7" Vadan sinana ia gwau , " Sedira, lau diba lasi. " Vadan inai me r� ma rag i ia toreisi vadan ia gwau, " Sinagu, gau ta revareva danu i a noho aena dekene . " Vadan tamana i a gwau -- i a ita i a vadan i d i a hea i . Idia hea i hea i hea i Wuriwu ri bona Gawada idia ruaos i idia heai. I d i a hea i hea i vada Gawada be aio na ia lokua vadan ia lao ia gini . Vadan .

TEXT 11

Gori Ta . In this text Vi toni Inu'i tells a Barai folktale . Vitoni comes from Doribisoro village in the headwaters of the Kemp Welsh River north-east of Port Moresby . Here is his tale :

Stori ta inai bamo na. Guna negana i sene negana i inai hah ine ta ladana be Sal idiarea . lena natuna be rua . Ah-- kekeni be tamona . Unai kekeni tau ia henia negana i tau -- natud ia rua ese be vamu idia davaria negana i tad ina hah i ne ena i d i a hen i a namonamo 1 as i. Una i dekena i keken i ia t-- hah ine ia toreisi ia lao ia headava . Vada una i ena badu tau i a hamaoroa ia hakaua lao idia labana . Labana ela bona hah ine be nadi ia henunai dekena i ia atoa ia labana ena murinai gaigai badana ta ia toreisi l inai hah ine ia mogea ela bona matana kahana mo ia rakatania. Bena tau

1 This is a substitution for bema 'if'. 160 UNIT 11 (Texts 11,12,13)

ia ginidae adorahi kahana i ia ginidae itaia be hah ine be gaigai ese ia mogea va itani 1 Vadaen i ia tor eisi vamu ibouna i ia utua negea sisia danu ia alaia negea ma i badu danu ia heau . Bona ma i ia tai danu, ela bona ia ma i gabu ta ladana be Maneu . Ororo dorina dekenai ia daekau ia noho, ia gwau, " Lau ma i vadan oiemu ura gauna oi kar aia." Unai negana i hah ine danu ia kevaru tanobada ia giroa hah ine ia mase . Gor i dokona unusen i i a are.

TEXT 12

lama We lfe Klab. In this text Taiga Hauno , interpreter at lorna Patrol Post talks about the activities of the club . Here is the text :

Inai klab be inai klab dekena ai gaukara ia -- karaia hana i hana i be inai nega haida aiemu klak taud ia a aiemu patrol of i sas 0 aiemu tisas idia ura idia transpe gabu ta negana be dohore ai lao uda dekena boroma ai pidia a stua dekena dohore gaudia ai hoia an iani ai hoia vadan ai abia ma i nadua bona ai abia ma i iniseni inai klab dekena dohore ai mavaru bona bia ai ada ia ma i ma stua dekena aiemu kiab stua dekene ai hoia bia ai inua ma ai moa le hen ia ia dekena . Vadan ia lalona ia nama bona ia danu moa le danu ia toreisi ia lao ia transpe ia lao ma ai danu ai moa le danu ai gaukara inai da ika tau matamata ia ma i ia-- ena gabu biagu tauna danu. Ah ai noho inai bamona . Hana ihanai inai bamona ai karaia inai klab lalonai dekene . Vadan.

TEXT 13

Lauegu Tubud ia Edeseni Idia Ma i Ena Kiki . This is a short account of the movements of the Yega people now living near Cape Killerton on the north coast near Popondetta . It is told by Seth Bulole who comes from Garara village and speaks Yega . Here is the account : 2 SB : Inai be ai au-- Mambare aiemu tubudia edeseni idia ma i ana kiki lau he reva umu i kamona i . Lau kiki umu i kamona i. Lauegu tubudia be sin avai ladana Ope - Ope sinava i dekena idia ma i Vanagi ta idia ma i idia -- guna hea i dinana vadan idia ma i vanag i ta be

1 Vai tani 'finished ' is only found in the Central dialect of Hiri Motu . It is also used with las i ( e.g., lasi, lasi va itan i 'no, definitely no ') as an intensifier . 2 ana = ena UNIT 11 161 {Texts 13-14}

1 i d i a ma se - aiemu kone ta dekena idia mase rna ta idia ma i lou. Ta i d i a ma i idia mase lou. Vanagi ta namba tri idia ma i be vadan idia goada idia ma io Idia ma i vadan gabu ta dekena idia daekau. Idia daekau ( .. in 2 background : pam tri lau hereva7 TED: Hn7 SB : Pam tri lau hereva 07 TED : 10, i orait. Pam tri . Nhn!) inai -- gau inai � idia atoa gaudia inai Ingl is gado dekena idia gwau pam tri inai gaud ia idia noho gabuna idia daekau vadaen i inisen i hanua idia karaia. Idia -- gabu idia hanamoa noho lauegu tubuna ta be ia lao vanagi ia utua ia diho. la utua ia diho vadan ia kakasia inai vanagi ia kakas ia ena momo ru ia diho vadan lahi ia kara ia vadan ia araia. la araia gabu ia kehoa namo herea vadan iniseni hanua bada herea idia kar aia. Inisen i idia noho vadan natud ia idia abia idia bada kekeni taudia idia momo vadan idia headava - inai kekeni taudia 3 sibod ia idia headava vadan idiena pami li idia bada . Idia ba-- bada vadan iniseni idia noho . Vadan hari inai tau kurokuro idia daekau vadan idia lao inai gabu idia raka tania. Vadan . Lauegu kiki be kwadog ina inai

TEXT 14

Friza Bisnis. This is an extract from a description of how he establish ed a fish and crayfish business at Tufi by Nelson Sota, a retired police man from Bekoiana village near Tufi in the Northern District . Nelson speaks Korafe as his mother tongue . Here is the extract :

Lau guna be � dekena lau noho rna lau reta ia lauegu hanua dekena . Lau noho rna lau laloa be mani be edena bamona do lau davaria. Vada lau laloa dina hanaihanai. Vada lau ma i Agrikal Agrikaltia dekena lau -- lau no inoi . Lau gwau , " Lau ura be mani dala gaukara dala be edena 4 bamona dohore lau gaukara ia rna man i lau davaria? " Agrikaltia idia gwau , " Ia namo , dohore ai hadibaia." Vadaeni sisiba idia hen ia rna inai gaukara hereva idia -- idia had ibaigu. Bir u gaukaradia gaukara ibouna i idia had ibaigu ia lao rna lau laloa be lau gwau, " 5ed ira lau be dohore reke lau ho ia vadaen i gwa r ume tahua dala namo dohore lau gaukar alaia." la gwau , " Ia namo . " Vadaeni Agrikaltia idia hamaorogu rna inai gaukara lau

1 Note use of the plural pronoun idia with the singular ta to indicate the people in the canoe . 2 pam tri 'palm tree '. The speaker is referring to the goru or 'black palm ' which is used for flooring in traditional style houses . 3 idiena = idiedia. 4 gaukaraia - a substitute for gaukaralaia 'to work (something) '. See also footnote 4 to the text in Unit 3. 16 2 UN IT 11 (Texts 14-15)

-- lama l --inai reke tamona lau hoia vadaen i iniseni gaukara lau stat gwarume lau abia ma i ma � be Gavman ena priza dekena idia durugu. Agrikaltia idia ma i ADC idia hamaoroa vadaen i ia gwau, " Ia namo dohore ita durua . " Ma lau gauka ra ia noho vadaen i hanua taudia gwa rume idia ma ilaia lau stat be $20 lau kokia, vadaen i lau akaun t lau kehoa bona akaunt lau kehoa be ten dola ma si-- ma lau sea ten dola. Ina i negana i vadaeni lau stat ma gwarume lau hoia bona pai danu lau hoia inai -- 1 lau laloa ia ha lalaoa ( 7) ia gwau, " Ia namo dohore gwarume ena mani be sisina -- e-- pa i ena man i be sisina dohore lau ab ia kok ia lou ma pai be idau gabu dohore lau hoia." Inai laloa lau kara ia vadaen i pai danu ena mani $20 lau kok ia gwarume bona pa i nega tamona lau haboua . Vadaeni 2 lau gaukara ia lao ia lao: :: gwarume hanua dekena ia ma i taun ima idia ma i lau ho ia be priza - gavman ena priza be ia honu, ia bada herea . Vadaeni lau laloa -- lau laloa be lau gwau, " Sed ira dohore lau sibogu sed ira egu priza lau sibogu dohore lau ab ia." Dekena lau oda Lae deke na ma egu priz a ia ma i vadaen i foa handet dol a � be vanagi ena freit lau ab ia. Vadaeni egu priza lau abia vadaen i harihari inai gaukara lau stat gwa r ume lau siaia Popondetta dekena egu ma-- maket lau tahua ma 3 Popondetta dekena lau davaria ma lau siaia lao Wok�1 dekena ma lau 4 siaia Wokes Klab dekena ma hari inai gaukara lau -- ia orait. Vadaeni 5 hari inai -- inai Kep Nel son ia -- Tufi Distrik dekena inai egu gauka ra sisina inai lau abia.

TEXT 15

Reke Hanamoa Gaukara . This is part of a larger text in which James Kunei, Fisheries Officer at Tufi , explains how to make and/or repair fish nets . James comes from Uiaku , a Maisin village in Collingwood Bay . Here is his description:

TED : Inai reke oi kara ia dalana oi hadibaigu. JK: Inai be reke . Tufi taudia aiema i turituri da ladia. Ai stati be

1 We are uncertain what this form is . 2 taunima = a reduced form of tauniman ima.

3 Woke isnel = 'VocationaZ Training Centre, Popondetta '. 4 Wokez Klab = 'Workers ' CZub, Popondetta '. 5 TUfi is on cape Nelson. UNIT 11 163 (Text 15)

l ina i bamona . I n a i I a danab e ba te . Inai bate ena anina be � ai ab ia gwaura ia. Siung ai gwau -- ma ena siung ena anina be twa in iniseni ai lod. Vadan ai turia inai bamona . Ai festi-- ai hamatamaia inai . Bate ai dogoatao, siung ai dogoatao , vadaeni inai dekena ai gaukara, neti ai turia. TED: la lao henunai ma ia ma i ataiai. JK : Vadaeni inai bamona oi dogoatao oi veria ia lao inai be dohore ia tait - ia auka. TED : Hn. Bema ia auka lasi ... JK : la auka lasi inai be dohore matuna ia ke rere . To ma tuna ta be ia ma ragi, ma tuna ta be ia bada . TE D: To inai twa in -- inai tau buruka 0 tubu taudia ed ia twa in be edena bamona idia kara ia? Edeseni idia abia? JK : I n a i guna d i a sin a d i a a h - - tamad i abo na t u bud i aid i abe i d i a I a 0 u d a dekena ma geda turia gauna idia daekau idia utua ena imana gaudia -ma tama ta ia tubu diho gauna . Vada idia --utua diho ia mo ru diho tanG ma idia diho tanG dekena idia siria, vadaeni idia kakasia au dekena . Idia kwatua ma kop ina idia kokia ia ore lalona i gauna idia kakasia. la ore , idia abia ma i hanuai. Hanuai idia atoa ruma dekena . Idia mahuta dabai idia diho davara kah irkah ira - kone dekena dohore davara ranu idia pa ripari ma idia abia daekau ruma � dekena idia kwa tua idia kakas ia lou dohore ia ma i twain ia ka r aia, ia wa it. Ah-- idia be lao ruma dekena idia helai dohore idia mogea . fdia mogea ia lao ia ore idia toreisi idia atoa siung dekena , hari siung be inai gaukar a ia. Inai bamona idia atoa . fa 2 ore idia abia aena dekena idia kwatua . Edese -- idia stat ma tamata negana . Aena dekena idia kwatua ma siung bona bate . Bate be dohore ge idz ia henia ena ma tuna do ia maoro. Siung be -- inai be nidI dohore e-- siung be-- sor i -- siung be dohore ena twa i n i ni sen i i a mogea . Vadaeni ia stat inai bamona ia turia ia diho. fa stat inai bamona ia turia ia diho ia ore ma ia utua lou inise ni. TED : Utua gauna be edeseni? JK : Ena ka ia ma ragi 0 resa ma ragi ia abia ia utua .

1 Bate and siung are local names for the guage and shuttle or needle respectively used in making nets or meshing . Note that siung is pronounced as siung when it comes before words beginning with a vowel , as siun before words beginning with d, and as sium before words beginning with �. This is a carryover from the speaker 's motner tongue . 2 Here James was tying the string on to his toe to begin meshing . 164 UN IT 11 (Text 16)

TEXT 1 6

Lau Gaukara Mista Wulp Dekena. Thi s is a short text by Benson Doni from Riaka village on Misima Island in the Milne Bay District . Here is his story : l BD : Lau Mista Benson Don i . Lau gaukara Mista Wulp dekena . Vanegai Tusde, Wa nigela ai rakatania rna ai lao Utukwafu ai mahuta iniseni tre din sisina ai karaia. Gabea i ai lao Musa .. huala kop ina ai hoihoi . Vadan ai giroa ma i Tufi taubada ta ai uda ia. Vadan ai ma i Wanigela - Wan igela dekena vadan ai ma i Ai lala. Hari be Ai lala ai noho. Vadaen i . TED: Hari dina be dahaka oi ka ra ia7 BD: Hari huala kop ina so l ti lau atoa ma tamata vadaeni sol ti gunana lau kok ia ibounai . TED: Be gabea i dahaka oi ka ra ia7 BD: Gabiae lau lao gaudia lau hurihuri . (Laugh) TED : Daika ena7 Taubada ena 0 oiemu sibona 07 BD: Taubada ena bona lau danu aiema i gaud ia -- mi ro gaud ia vadan lau lao lau hurihuri. Vadan ia ore . TED: Gauna ina i . BD: Gauna inai . TED : Bamahuta . BD: Bamahuta ibounai .

1 The hiss in the backgrouni comes from a pressure lamp that was burning during the time of the interview . UNIT 12

SUPPLEMENTARY TEXTS FROM THE GULF AND WESTERN DISTRICTS

In this section you will hear a number of texts from different parts of the Gulf and Western Districts of Papua which have been chosen to illustrate the kinds of variation one is likely to hear in different areas and between different speakers . They have also been chosen to cover as many topics, and hence as much new vocabulary , as possible. The texts are arranged in approximate east to we st geographic order along the south coast, and in south to north order within the We stern District . The texts follow : TEXT 1

Lauegu Gaukara . In this text Stanley Ivara from the Toaripi village of Moveave , east of Kerema in the Gulf District , tells how he became an interpreter at the District Office in Kerema , and what his work is.

I Lau be hari lauegu .•la uegu gaukara ..edana bamona lau ma i inai .. 2 inai Didie dipatmen dekena i •.he reva , kot hereva giroa ..gauk a ra abia da l ana do hari lau hed inaraia.

Lau be .• hanua dekena i 1 au noho bona 1969 ena hua Novemba 11 . . 1 au 3 be lau ma i Didie ed ia of is inai Distrik Of is Ke rema i . Iniseni .. inai

Distrik gunalaia taud ia --taubada lau itaia, rna•. apl ikes in pepa lau

abia, lau toretore bona •. inai Distrik Of is guna laia taubada ese ia 4 3 siaia daekau Mosbi idia-ed ia hetkwotes , Mosbiai . Ma unuse ni , inai apl ikesin be .. idia laloa kara ia bona idia abiadae. Inai murinai, inai 6 .. Distrik Komisina ena .. haere5 , inai hetkwote taud ia idia siem revareva

I Notice the frequent de-voicing of voiced stops in Stanley 's speech: kauka ra , kiroa , ka to etc . This is very common among Hiri Motu speakers in the eastern part of tre Papuan Gulf. Occasionally Stanley also interchanges 1 and n. 2 Didie D.D.A. the former Department of District Administration which has now become the Chief Minister's Department . 3 Notice the use of the locative marker -a i which is common in the Central dialect , but not in the Hiri Motu spoken in the Gulf and Western Districts. Thus Kerema + a i becomes Kerema i, Mosbi + ai becomes Mosbiai. 4 Notice the use of daekau in this context , cf. Section 3.2. 5 haere 'to answer ' (pure Motu) 6 s i em it is not clear what the speaker means to say ; possibly s i em is a garbled form of the Pidgin verb san im 'to send '. 166 UNIT 12 (Texts 1-2) amo . Idia siem ..be inai bamo na : ia be dohore ia gauka ra inai dip atmen dekena i. Vadan una i ..una i dinai, lau ma i ..in ai Didie dekena i gauka ra lau abia, inai dipa tmen be ha ri idia gwaura ia be ..in ai, Chief Minister l ena dipatmen . Vadaen i, una i negana i 1969 lau gauka ra ema bona hari 2 inai. Lau be ..koto sibona mo hereva lau giroa . Taunimanima idia ke rere negana , po l is taud ia ese idia abidia, koto dekena idia atoa negana i, ma ina i koto ena he rev a 9 i roa tauna be 1 au ina i. Hereva I au giroa gaukara lau abia be , lau .. inai gado, gada ibouna i toi dekena i lau 3 herevalaia. Ta be , namba wan be, aiema i gado. Inai be , idia gwaura ia be, Toaripi gado. Namba tu.. Iau hereva laia gada be.. Pi dgin gado. Namba tri lau herevalaia gado be ..Kere ma � gado. Namba fo be Engl ish gado. Koto lalonai lau hereva giroa bona he revalaia gada ibouna i be ..ha ri lau 4 hed inara ia; ai --Iau bona -- ita nega tamona kamona i inai

TEXT 2

Sene Taud ia Edia Ka ra . Eafeari Seme se from Mai village , west of Kerema , tells ab out the initiation of the young men in his village in the time when he was still a child . Eafeari , now a middle aged man , is clerk at the District Office in Kerema ; his mother tongue is Opau . 5 6 7 Aiema i sene ..ka ra be inai bamo na : inai bamona memerod ia 0 uhaud ia

1 ema bona (Central dialect) 'until ' (reckoned towards the present ), 'toward ' (the speaker) . In the Central dialect it contrasts with ela bona 'until ' (reckoned from the present ), 'toward ' (someone else) . 2 sibona mo (Central dialect) 'only ' 3 Notice the use of Pidgin for the numerals 'first , second ' etc., cf. Section 4.5, footnote. 4 Ita nega tamona kamona i inai 'let 's now listen to it together ' (i.e. the recording of the story) . 5 In this text you will notice the following sound changes : frequent de-voicing of voiced stops , and occasional change of I, r and d into n, and n into r. The de VO icing of voiced stops is quite common east of the Purari River in the Gulf District (cf. footnote 1, Text 1); the other changes seem to be restricted to the Coastal area East and West of Kerema (i.e. the Toaripi and Opau language areas ). 6 Notice the incorrect use of the pluralizer -dia, which has been added to the plural forms meme ro and tatau. (see Section 5.1). 7 The speaker actually says huau ; this is the form carmonly used in the Gulf and Western Districts. UNIT 12 167 (Text 2)

l be ..do idia daekau men 's.. 0 ••ta taud ia ruma dekena i .. CLV : Umu i emu ladana be dahaka , dubu? 2 3 ..dub u a i ..a i 9 wa u, dubu deken ai d 0 h 0 r e i d ia n 0 h 0, nega h aid abe I a 9 an i tamona , neg a ha ida be siks mans 0 hua siks bamona idia noho . Gabea i inai hua 0 lagan i ia ore negana , dohore sinad ia bona tamad ia anian i bada herea do idia karaia, bona boroma danu do idia alaia. An iani idia kara ia negana , dohore .. inai aniani be gabea i idia an ia, idia lao, idia digudigu guna, idia kop ina ibounai be ma i ena herahera danu idia noho inai dekena i .. idia lao digud igu guna , gabea i, dohore ..idia hanua --aiema i hanua be rua i d i a noho --vadaen i ina i hanua ta dekena i i d i a raka e I abona ..hanua ta dekena i, rna idia giroa ma i dubu dekenai doho re idia daekau. Vadaeni mu rinai, doho re aniani do idia ania. Vadan mu rina i aniani ia ore, vadaen , ia ore idia diho, ed ia sinana tamana danu idia noho, gabea i ..idia lao, idia sa in, hegeregere leba gaukara idia sa in vadaen i idia lao plentesin 4 5 ta ta= .Kokebagu inai Rigo kahanai dekena i ..e .. Kanos ia inai ..Ka i ruku 6 dekena i unusen i idia gaukara . Ha ida be idia ese lao ..in ai, Misima bona 7 Sama ra i dekena i idia gaukara. Inai bamona i idia kara ia. Aiema i uhau ena ka ra be inai bamona idia kara ia to hari be , oi itaia be , dubu lasi , badina aiema i Misin idia ma i idia gwau : " A, inai kara be ia dika!" Vada inai ka ra idia kokia, hari oi itaia be ..dubu lasi hanua dekena i. Inai sivarai ..o gori , sene sivara i sisina be inai .

1 See footnote No . 6 on the previous page . 2 dubua i 'in the dubu '; for the use of the locative marker -a i see Text 1, footnote 3. 3 dohore 'shall, will'. Can also mean 'to have to '; dubu dekena i dohore idia noho here !reans 'they have/had to stay in the men 's house '. 4 Kokebagu a plantation on Kerrp Welch (Wanigela) River in the Rigo Sub-district .

5 Kanos i a a plantation in the Kairuku Sub-District. 6 Misima Mislma. Island , east of Mainland Papua in the Milne Pay District . 7 Sama ra i Samarai is the second-large st town in Papua on the island of the same name off the south-east tip of New Guinea . 168 UN IT 12 (Text 3)

TEXT 3

Boroma Labana Dal ana . This text is part of an interview with Mau Ilave , an employee of Radio Kerema whose home village is Auma near Ihu Patrol Post in the Gulf District. Mau speaks Orokoro as his mother tongue . Here he is answering a question about the hunting of pigs in his home country . l Hari taunimanima ha ida idia ka ra ia, ipidi dekena i. Guna be bemo

dekene idia ..abia loaloa to ha ri be ipidi momo herea . A . . labana be inai bamo na : daba i momokani idia lao. Inai be tatau idied ia --tatau idiedia gaukara . Idia lao, uda dekena i, idia tahua tahua , taunimanima ha ida idia gwau ..idia be meamea idia ka ra ia. To , I auegu ..rna tana momokan i I au ita i a I as i ina i gaud ia. Idia lao, inai ororo ka hana i ..a ..gwa rume ena --a,a, sor i ina i gwa rume lasi to.'.inai boroma idiedia aena , 'footprints ', idiedia 2 aena, ina i tanG dekena i d i a ita i a be [X: oh] vadan ina i aena dekene i d i a itaia bona i d i a lao. Boroma idia itaia negana vadan idia pidia. To bema ..dahak a ..boro ma ia bada herea , bada negana be , sibona ia hua ia be hegereger e lasi. To ..inai gau ia --bo roma inisen i ia hatoa rna ia ma i, hanua dekena i . Taunimanima ha ida idia -- ia hakaua nega tamona lao inai boroma idia abia ma io Inai be bo roma ena ..dahak a ..lab ana be inai bamona . Ma nega ha ida be , bema boroma ma rag i negana be , sibona ia abia ma i hanua dekena . --Sisia danu , sisia danu idia abia lao. Bema i P i d i ia kerere pidia negana be sisia do idia ros ia inai gau idia ..ab ia. Bema idia lao inai s ..e .. bo roma , sinana boroma idia davaria nega be ..nega ha ida be sinana boroma ia gari rna ia heau . To bema rua 0 toi bamona 3 ma ragidia idia noho be ina i idia abia rna hanua dekena idia ubua .

1 bemo this word is not clear : perhaps the speaker wanted to say peva 'bow ', perhaps he used a local word meaning either 'bow ' or 'spear '.

2 Interruption by a third person present at the recording session .

3 You will have noticed that the de-voicing of voiced stops occurs also in the speech of Mau , but not as frequently as in the speech of the first two speakers , cf. Text 1, 2, footnote 1. Also notice that Mau does not use the plural-object marker -d ia with verbs as for instanc e in the last sent'ence of the text ; cf. what has been said about the use of object markers in Section 5.3. • UN IT 12 169 (Text 4)

TEXT 4

Ekares Ena Gaukara . This is an account of the work of the Mission in the area around Baimuru Patrol Post in the Gulf District . The speaker is Maikai, a pastor of the Seventh Day Adventist Mission in Baimuru . His home village is Ikinu at the mouth of the Purari River, and he speaks Purari as his mother tongue .

Lau ura be .. Ekares ena gaukara inai ..di strik dekena i lau herevalaia l gwaura ia . Guna Ekares ia diho negana i inai distrik dekena i be , taun i- man ima idia kamona i be, ia bad'a lasi . 0, lauegu ura be -- taun iman lma be ..di ari herevana eiava mau ri herevana idia abia lasi guna idia noho 2 3 negana i be . la ma i bona Misinari idia ma i, Elemes . Misinari idia diho negana inisen i taun iman ima be ..vadan idia had ibaia noho namod ia.. da la dekena i, bona .. Iesu Keresu ena sivara i namo dekena i idia had ibaia. 4 Taun imanima idia noho dika amo , idia noho bo iob oio amo , Misinari taud ia ese idia ab idia ma i vadaen , hanua namod ia dekena i idia atod ia, bona gabu namod ia dekena i idia atod ia vadaen . Bona Misinari ese ..ka ra namod ia ha ida idia had ibad ia edena bamona idia noho namonamo gwau ra ia ed ia 5 ma uri lalodiai . Unai negana amo ia ma i be , hari be , taunimanima idia 6 noho be ..he riheri ta lasi bona ..alala ta lasi bona heatu ta lasi . Bad ina be Misinari taud ia ese Loh i abada lesu Ke resu ena he reva idia ma ilaia bona ma ino da l ana dekena i taun iman ima idia hakaud ia inai distrik deken eiava idia had ibad ia. Unai dainai be , hari be noho mauri bona ab ia namo herea momokani tauniman ima ed ia noho lalon ai. Vadan, ina i negana amo , Misinari momo idia ma i, ovasis eiava hegeregere gabu ha ida, gabu hegeregere Niu Silan bona Ostrel ie eiava Samoa , idia ma i iniseni idia

1 Maikai speaks the Central dialect beautifully 'according to the book ' as a result of his training as a pastor . He also uses a number of pure Motu words which are not current in Hiri Motu outside Missionary circles , such as bo i obo io 'lost ' and dabadaba 'a ll the days, always '. 2 ma i 'eome ' is also used to indicate the progress of time from a point in the past towards the present . Thus , in this context , ia ma i can be translated by 'time went on ' or 'after some time ' .. 3 Elemes L .M.S., the London Missionary Society, which worked in the Torres Straits and the south of Papua . 4 bo ioboio see footnote 1. 5 lalodiai a pure Motu form meaning literally 'in the insides ' (plural of lalona 'inside ' + locative postposition ai). 6 her iheri this word is unknown to both authors : it probably belongs to the theological sociolect of the Seventh Day Adventist Mission . 170 UNIT 12 (Text 4) gaukara mad i, ha ida be idia mase. To ha ida be mau ri dekena i idia giroa bona idiedia varavara bona turad ia danu idia hedavari kara ia ed ia tanobada kor ikor idia dekena i. Vada hari ia ma i bona .. inai lagani, 1973 lalona i be , Misinaris inai ovasis amo be idia .. idia ore vadan inai distrik 1 a 1 ona i . Vanega i tamona momokan i ia ma i ia noho, vadan ia giroa vadaeni iena ..hanua dekena i eiava ia giroa momokani lasi to ia giroa ma i Mosbi dekena i . Vada hari be, tau ku roku ro eiava ovas is Misinari be lasi , hegeregere Samoa dekena i eiava Niu Silan eiava Ostrel ie amo . Hari be l vadaen i .. inai Urika Distrik lalonai be .•vadaen inai distrik ena tauniman ima kor ikori sibona idia .. idia noho bona gaukara danu vadaen . Ai sibona ai se ai naria noho inai Misinari gaukara dekena eiava Eka res i ena ..gaukara i bouna i dekena i . Unai da inai ai laloa be vadaen i, inai Urika Distriki lalona i be Eka res ena gaukara be ..vadan inai be .. inai tanobada ena taunimanima korikori ese do idia naria ka r aia. Ovasis Misinari ibounai be vadan sedira idia doko vadan inai distrik dekenai Do i d i a rnai lou 1 as i . Lauegu he reva dokona be inai bamona : Ekaresi gaukara be inisen i be ia goada momokani lasi; ia goada bona ia manoka danu. To ..Loh i abada ena gaukara da inai, haroro taud ia eiava pastos iniseni be ai gauka ra noho ma i goadana bona ma i namona. Inai be Delta be gabu namo momokan i lasi gaukara dekena i. To , vadaen i, Lohiabada ena gwauhamata ia gwau be : 2 3 " Lau be dabadaba i bouna i, umu i danu . Una i da i na i be a i be a i moa 1 e aiema i gaukara dekene bad ina Loh iabada be ..ai danu ia gaukara ia noho, bona ia durua ka ra ia aiema i gaukara ibouna i lalon ai. Lauegu hereva dokona be ina i .

1 Uri ka Dist r i k The Urika River is the river on which the home village of Maikai is situated . The term distrik here does not refer to an Administrative District, but to the general area around the Urika river , where the L.M.S. was worldng . 2 dabadaba see footnote 1 on the previous page . 3 Maikai is quoting part of Matthew 28 .20., which in the pure Motu translation of the New Testament reads as follows : . . lau na daba daba iboud iai umu i ida ta nohomu .. [ teach them to observe an that I have cOTmlanded you; and lo, ] "I am with you always to the close of the age " [Revised Standard Version, 1952] . The use of dabadaba for 'always ' is unlmown in Hiri Motu; hana i hana i would be the correct word. UNIT 12 171 (Text 5)

TEXT 5

Gwa rume Ab ia Dal a dia. This text is part of an interview with Okea Keni , an employee of Radio Kerema , whose home village is near Kikori Station in the Gulf District . Okea speaks Porome as his mother tongue . He tells about the fishing techniques used by his people .

OK : Gwa rume abia deken lau hereva sedira ..ka ra be sisina momo bamona . l To ..aie ma i kahana i, sisina be , inai reke ta o Inai be , dahak a dekena i, baubau ma ragi idia ivaia, siria maragi ma ragi vaden i, 2 varo dekena i ai kumia . Hegeregere .••.rek e bamona. Bema sinava i ai koua negana, -- rna , sinava i koua negana murinai be au ai gwadai 3 dia. CLV : la, inai gau lau itaia vadan . OK : Inai reke be rna inai au dekene do ia kamukamu . Ranu ia ma i negana dohore ia abia lao hegeregere lasi . Ina i kahana i dekene koua neg ana vaden , ai nar ia, ranu ia diho. Ranu ia diho: , sinava i ia kororo momokani negana , vada taun imanima ha ida be idia daekau. 4 Sinava i dor ina momokani , imor0 danu . Idia daekau :, dahaka , dorina momokani, bema dorina tauna ese ia bo ta ia ia stat imoro, vada inai bamona , taunimanima idia mu rinai mu rinai inai bamona idia

diho ma i edesen i inai daha ka ai koua , sinava i ai koua ina i •• reke dekene . Ma inisen i imura ai bota ia. la lao: ela bona gwa rume idia ma se . Ma gwa rume do idiena kara be .. idia daekau inai dahaka , sinava i bad ibad i dekene. Ma dohore ai lao, do ai abiaisi gwauraia inai be idia mase vadaen i

Ha ida be .• CLV : Inai be hahine ena gauka ra 0 . . 1 OK : Oh, inai be tatau , tatau bona meme ro. To keken i taud i a be uda

dekene idia lao. Inai be sinava i dor ina deke ne. Ranu ia .•dah aka ,

1 The reke described by Okea is a screen made of slats of bamboo plaited together with rattan , which is put in the entrance of small creeks when the tide is at its highest . When the water subsides the fish in the creek is trapped behind the screen and can be caught . Similar ' fish-traps ' are found in many places along the south coast of New Guinea and on the Torres Straits islands where the tides are strong . 2 kumia 'to wrap up ' is not the right word here ; it should be turia 'to pZait '. 3 The reke is kept upright by supporting sticks on both sides, stuck into the mud of the river bed . 4 imoro or imura, fish poison, is made of the roots of a liana which are squashed and thrown into the water . The sap has a drug-like effect on fish rut does not seem to have harmfUl effects on people . 172 UN IT 12 (Texts 5-6) kororo momokan i negana . Uda dekena i i d i a lao s i nava i dor i na momokan i dekena ma idia itaia. Inai, dahaka , au henunai o ..dah aka , ranu ia diho momokan i vadaen i ina i s i nava i huana i be ranu sis ina i a noho . Ma ina i gabu ina i i d i a se i a, dahaka dekena i dis bamona gauna 0 ina i bamona - l daha k a deke nai . To gau ta be ai .. ia noho hana ihana i hahine taud ia ese hua ia hana ihanai. I n a i be d a h a ka .. r a b i a d a h a k a de ken a i i d i a k a r a i a . Ina i, ina i bamona gin i gauna ..in a i gauna dekene , ranu be ina i gauna dekene idia seia hana ihana i. Dohore idia se ia idia se ia:, ia ore negana i do inai gwa rume be ..momo herea momok ani . Ma inai hahine taud ia idia diho vadan , inai gwa rume , pa i 0 dahaka , idia do idia ros ia.

TEXT 6

Rabia Abia Da lana . This text is part of an interview with Sob a Samai, an employee of Radio Kerema whose home village is Mati, north of Kikori Station in the Gulf District . The first part of the interview in which Soba tells about the environment of Kikori you have already heard ; it was the text to unit 4 . Here Soba tells about the making of sago in his area. SS : Rabia, inai aiemu kahana i dekene be .. rabia be inai be ..an iani tamo na , an iani badana tamona . Bema ruma dekene aiemu sinad ia idia itaia be an iani 0 rab ia lasi negana , vadan, daba i mar agi ai toreisi ai lao rabia ai utua -- Inai be , ai itaia, inai rabia swamp dekena ai varea i negana i, ai itaia. Rabia ..a ..rab ia ha ida be ai itaia negana ine be hegeregere . Bema ai utua ia diho , ma rabia ai bota ia negana , doho re taud ia ha ida dohore idia va rea i inai ..rab ia ..ranu 2 ai bubua gabu dekena i Ma rabia ai utua , ia moru , ma ena kop ina ai kokia, vadaen i, rabia bota ia gauna ta o .dekene rabia ai bota ia .. CLV : Umu i emu gada dekena i, dahaka umu i hereva inai rabia bota ia gauna? SS : Rabia bota ia gauna be ..ai bo iboi be ..pemo . A inai gauna dekena ai bota ia. CLV : Da ika ia bota ia, tatau 0 hahahine?

1 Okea refers to a bail made of the leaf-sheath of the sago palm (leaf-sheaths of palms are corrmonly used to fabricate small containers and troughs); the bail is used to scoop the water out of the small pools left behind in the river bed in order to get at the fish trapped in them.

2 In order to extract the sago meal from the pith of the sago palm the pith is first pounded to pulp by beating it with a bamboo or wooden sago pounder ( r a b i a bo t a i a gauna) ; water is then poured out over the pulp and the wet mass is then squeezed either by hand or, as in this case , by putting it in a bag and squashing it . The water draining from the pulp mass contains the sago meal which gives it a white colour. This 'milk' is collected in a large container where the meal settles on the bottom, forming a thick layer of usable sago . Rabia ranu ai bubua gabu refers to the place where the pulp is treated in the way described above . Notice that the speaker omits the -na ending one would expect with gabu : gabuna would have been the correct fonn . UN IT 12 173 (Texts 6-7)

ss : Tatau be , nega namona ai lao uda dekene, rna rabia be idia se utua , l ia moru , rna auka gauna ia siria, rna bota ia be hahine taudia bona keken i taudia. Idia ese bota ia. Ma rabia bota ia, rna abia lao gigia gabuna dekene danu be, hahine taud ia, hah ine, 0 keken i taud ia ese idia gigia. Inai be imana dekene lasi to .. kiapa dekene ai udaia. rabia, rna aiemu aena deke na i ai gigia. Ma inai ..mi lk.. o ranu be ia diho inai .. CLV : Idia gigia imana dekena, 0 idia bota ia stik dekena , 0 dahaka ? SS : Aiemu kahanai dekene be stik 0 imana dekenai, 0 stik dek ena i bota ia lasi bona imana dekena i gigia lasi . Ai be, aiemu kahana i dekene hah ine taudia ..ese be inai rabia bota ia gauna inai ..--b ek dekenai uda ia, rna ed ia aena dekene idia gigia. Ma ranu be ia diho inai. CLV : 0, inai bamona ..

TEXT 7

Red io Westen Distrik. In this text Amura , who comes from Balimo village in the Gogodala area in the Western District and who works with Radio Western District , tells about the establishment and deve lopment of this radio station .

Red io We sten Distrik be, lagan i 1964 ..idia hamatama ia. Bona gauka ra ia hamatama ia red io Westen Distrik Daru motumotu lalon ai. Bona red io Westen Distrik be .. inai be ..red io stesin ginigunana ta :, iseda2 teritor i Papua Niu Gini lalonai idia hamatamad ia brotka st gaukara . Red io Westen Distrik bona red io Rabau l bona red io Wewak be red io ginig unad ia idia hama tamad ia. Bona red io We sten Distrik be .. inai nega ia hamatama ia,

o idia haginia bona brotkas gaukara ia hamatama ia 1964 ela bona - unusen i ia hamatama ia negana i be taun imanima momo lasi iniseni idia gaukara. Inai be tau ku rokuro tamona , bona brotkast gaukara idia karaia taud ia be � sib ona .. o ima. Inai nega be ..kek eni tamona bona tatau be .. fo , 0 hani , idia gauka r a . Inai nega be , gada momo idia gauka ralaia lasi 0 gada momo idia herevalaia lasi . Inai nega be gada be Kiwai, Motu 3 bona Ingl is . Bona gauka ra idia hama tama ia be for oklok adorahi ia lao

1 auka gauna the hard shell of palm wood which has to be removed in order to reach the soft pith in the centre of the palm. 2 Notice the use of the inclusive form iseda ; one would expect aiema i in this context .

3 At pre sent programs are broadcasted in several of the local languages of the Western District : Kiwai , Gogodala , Suki , Yo�gom , and others . 1 7 4 UNIT 12 (Text 7 ) et oklok . Bona daba gaukara be lasi. Bona inai nega be taunimanima be red io momokani red io be edana bamona gauna, idia diba momokani lasi . Bona hanuad ia deke nai danu red io momo lasi vadaen idia kamona i be .. red io tamona tamona , taunimanima momo be red io lasi. Bona ha ida idia red io dekenai idia kamona i idia ..pr ogrems idia brotkas kara ia gaud ia red io Daru dekena i 0 red io inai nega be idia bo iboi red io Daru. Unuseni progrems idia kamona i idia lao ..el a bona '68 0 '66 idia hamatama ia taunimanima ed ia ura idia hen ia. Red io progrem dekena i dahaka l idia diba. Mamina idia davaria ..red io stesin dekena idia brotkas ka ra ia progrems be ..taun imanima dekena hegeregere diba ia henia. Taunimanima ese diba namona idia abia. Hanua taudia danu iniseni idia davaria. Bona ha ida be moni , ed ia mon i dekena i ..re d ios ha ida idia hoi d i a han u a de ken a i bon a e 1 a b on a h a r i i a rnai be t a u n i man i rna i d i a u r a 2 3 bada red io Western Distrik dekena i ia haka . Bona unisen i idia hama tama ia ia ma i ela bona 1967 , lau danu gaukara lau abia unise ni. Lau gaukara lau hama tama ia ia lao ela bona guna gauka ra taud ia be idia siri red io Westen Distrik deke na . Ina i ruma be .. ina i be gavmant ese red i 0 Westen Distrik totona idia haginia lasi, to inai be kampani ta ..hosp ital idia kara ia taud ia, Daru Hospital , idia kara ia taud ia ese inai ruma idia atoa . Bona idia siri negana be red io -- 0 gavmant ese inai ruma ia ho ia, bona red io stesin unusen i ia hag inia inai lagan i guna lau hereva lagani la ma i bona hari ..ha ri red io Da ru 0 red io Westen Distrik ia gaukara noho.

1 Mamina idia davaria 'they got the taste of it ' 2 haka It is not clear what the speaker rreans by this word ; perhaps it is a shortened form of hakaua 'to lead, guide '. 3 Speakers in the Western District often say uniseni instead of iniseni , and sorretirres also instead of unusen i. UNIT 12 175 (Text 8)

TEXT 8

Edana Bamona Lau Lao. The speaker of this text is Tukau Bani, a young Kiwai man born on Daru Island whose parents came from Mabuduan village on the mainland . Tukau works with Radio Western District ; this story about his life and work is followed by a short interview .

TB : La u e 9 u 1 a danab e ..T ukau Ban i, bon a ..1 a 9 ani 1 95 3 1 a Ion ai l au be l a u vara Daru motumotu dekena i. Lauegu hanua be Mabuduan i a noho .. Da ru amo We s kahana dekenai. Bad ina lauegu tamana be Daru dekene ia gauka ra da inai , ai be ..la gan i ibouna i Daru dekenai ai haorea . Ela bona lau bada , bona .. skul dekena i lau va reai. Lauegu skul ginigunana , 0 gunana be ..la u lao LMS eiava inai be London Misinari Sku l dekena i lau vareai. Bona lagani 1961 lalona i be ..la uegu praimeri skul ginigunana lau hama tama ia Daru lalon ai. la lao bona lagani ibouna i siks lau haorea , murina i lau bona taun imanima ha ida idia abiahidi lao haisku l dekena i va rea i totona . Ha i skul murinai , inai be ..la gan i 1970 ia ore mu rinai lauegu gaukara ginigunana lau abia red io ..o ..red io stesin dekena i . Inai be gau ta o .gab ..gau ta --gabu ta dekena i 1 au 1 ao 1 as i, to ..in a i be Da ru dekena i s i bona inai gaukara lau abia, red io Daru . Inai be lagani 1971 lalona i inai gaukara lau hamatama ia. Lau be ..of i ses ha ida bamona lasi , inai ..of is dekenai idia lao ..o ..of is, o ..gaukara dekena i idia lao .. Pot Mosb i dekena i diba abia, ed ia gaukara kahana i ..a ..la u laloa be lau be lau gauka ra namonamo bona ..sed ira nega gabea i ..be dohore lau idia ab iahidi ma lau ..la u lao Mosbi dekena i, ma lauegu gauka ra l kahana i ..dib a lau abia. Lau be lau ura dik ad ika , red io Daru lau gaukara, bona lau laloa danu .. taun imanima ha ida be idia ura dikad ika danu red io Daru gauka ra . Red io gaukara be ..na mo herea momo kani, iseda ..taun iman ima da ika idia noho ..gun ika gabud ia 2 dekena i, ita durua hen idia ..a ..tubu daekau namon amo totona .

1 lau ura dikad ika 'I want it badly '. The speaker 's Hiri Motu shows the influence of English by this literal translation of the English expression. 2 ita Like the previous speaker, Tukau occasionally uses the pronoun of the 1st person plural inclusive , where the exclusive form would be the correct one . 176 UNIT 12 (Text 8)

CLV : Oiemu gaukara .. ia noho inisen i sibona o ..danu oi loaloa Westen Distrik dekena i int erview abia totona? TB : Inai momokan i ai danu, oi diba ..pa trol idia lao neganai be ai danu , of i ses ha ida idia abiahidi , lau inai patrol lalona i loaloa , sene l mava ru aned ia bona ane idau idau bona ..hege regere oi he reva bamona , interview ha ida abia red io stes in ese aiema i stes in dekena i ..m .. 2 brotkaslaia totona . CLV : Edana ste sin oi vad ivad i vadaen i ..guna ..be lao --Morehead oi itaia vadaen i 07 TB : Las i, I au e 9 u pat r 0 I gini guna na b e ..I a u a b i a I a 0 .. ina i Nor t h Ban k � bona South Bank Fly dekena i. Bona Daru West kahana dekena i, I au lao. Inai be kone dekenai idia noho hanud ia sibona ..la u vad ivad i hen ia to ..uda lalonai idia noho hanud ia be lau vad ivadi hen ia lasi . CLV : Inai be , daika ia vad ivad i ..uda dekena i? TB: Inai be guna idia ..a ..guna idia varea i of ises , hegerege re Amura 3 bamona, Amu ra , bona ..Pat rick Ogrin inai.. fan bamona idia lao, 4 6 Kianga gabu bona Bal imo gabu ..Morhe t 5 gab� idia --Lek Mare gabu , idia vad ivadi henia, ane rekod 0 abidia totona . CLV : Inai ..North Fly Bank ..dek e na i vad ivad i oi hen ia negana , edana bamona oi loaloa, vanagi dekena 0 bot i oi abia7 TB : Lasi, inai be ..gavam ant bot ta inai be ..M.V. Anzana dekena i ai loa loa. Lau bona aiema i patrol ai haorea , ai giroa ma i, Daru dekene . Guna be ai lao North Bank Fly dekenai ai vad ivad i, ia lao, Domor i ai abia ma ai giroa ma i .. a ..ma South Bank Fly dekena i ai diho ma i ela bona Daru ai abia. CLV : Iniseni oi gaukara negana, e, Westen Distrik nius oi hereva ..oi hamaoroa? TB: I 0, ina i be ..Mot u gad0 bon a I a u e 9 u gad0, K i wa i gad0 d eke n a i ..a .. hegeregere ai ..tr anslet ma tauniman ima ese kamonai totona .

1 aned ia This word is difficult to understand on the tape ; the speaker possibly says something else . 2 Notice the Motu ending -laia (cf. gunalaia, hereva laia) added to the loanword brotkas. 3 fan 'fun, fol' fun ' 4 Kianga Kiunga Station

5 Morhet l'Ibrehead Patrol Post 6 Lek Ma re Lake J'vlrrTay UNIT 12 177 (Text 9)

TEXT 9

Ostrel ie Vad ivad i Lau H en ia. Uriseni , the president of the Lake JI1urray Council, who also spoke the text in unit 1 , now gives an account of his recent visit to Australia . Uriseni, whose home village is Komaovai, speaks Zimakani as his mother tongue .

Lau be .. inai ..Ka unsila ..ai kehoa inai Lek Ma re Lokal Gavaman Kauns il, inai be 1967. Disemba inai be ile ksens. 1968, Dienuari be , kaunsil ai kehoa . Ma lagan i tamona mu rinai be 1969, be ai diho Ostrel ie dekena. Ai d i ho Ost re 1 i e negana , guna ai l ao Pot Mosb i, ina i, Konedobu inai gavaman ese inai Ostrel ie ena dala ia had ibaia. Bona ..gav man ese inai of isa ta ia ma k. lena ladana be Zef Fridra. la be .. Papua Niu Gini dekena ia gaukara ..20 yias . la be ia diba momo , Motu 0 daha ka , Pis in; a inai tauna danu ai diho, Ostrel ie dekena . Mosbi ai rakatan ia, ina i . . 2 b e � 1 a I a b ·I a, seven 0 kl o.k S even M a .1I a .I rakatan ia. Ai 1 ao .. Cai rns dekena i ai diho . Nega sisina ai noho , Ca irns, vadan ai lao, Townsvil le. Dina rua ai noho, inai gabu ai vad iva di, ra is bona ..ra is fa k tor is, s i u 9 a, bon ami t fa k tor is, bon a ..in a i Tow n s ville e d i a I uni ve siti s bona Am i, gau ibouna i ai itaia, ma ai hana ia inai Magnet ic Island. Inai gabu ai rakat ania ai hana ia Mt. Isa. Mt. I sa dekena a i noho negana ina i be ..ma ining kampani badana . Inai be tano lalonai ai varea i, inai be 3� hours inai tano lalona i ai noho . A inai kara itaia inai tano lalonai be ia idau , bona Kaunsol ta ia ta i danu . Inai tano lalon ai. Ka ra be ia idau , oi diba inai be ai diba lasi inai bamona kara . la noho lasi Papua Niu Gini dekena . Inisen i ai noho ma adorah i be .. inai ata ia dekena faktor i ai itaia. Ai gari ma rag i lasi ! Inai kara be idau momo k ani! Ai noho inisen i dina tamona, sed ira hanuabo i ..ador ahi, siks okl ok bamona inai Tow --Mt . Isa ai rakatan ia, ai ma i hanuaboi , Brisbane. Orait Brisbane be sisina ai noho vadan ai lao Sydney dekena. Sydney dekena ai ginidae, inai ..lalo n ai, plen lalonai inai ..laiti idia habodoa ..laiti 3 idia habodoa .. laiti idia habodoa negana , inai ..ai kaunsols tens ibouna i

1 ziet 'jet-plane ' 2 Seven Ma il: Port Moresby airport , which is seven miles out of town . 3 tens 'ten ' 178 UN IT 12 (Text 9) idia toreisi, idia hoa ma rag i lasi idia itaia! Idia laloa be ..heven ! Vadaen i a i emu na ria tauna be i a gwau ina i be heven I as i, Sydney. Ai diho inai be hanuabo i, ten oklok. Pura tamona ai noho Sydney dekena i Sydney dekena i be ..ai emu laloa ibouna i ia ore vadaen i! Gau i dau momokan i ai itaia, bona Sydney be dokona lasi matana sibona ia doko ! Gau momo ai itaia ma faktor is idaui dau , Sydney dekena i. Wik tamona mur inai be Sydney ai rakatan ia, inai be traka dekenai ai daekau ai lao Port l Kemb la. lnai st il wo ks ena faktori ha ida idia noho. Etins bona inai aien. Aien � idia kara ia gabud ia -- kara ia gabuna . Iniseni ai noho, dina tamona , vadaen i ai hana ia Canberra dekena . Iniseni ai noho negana 2 ai daekau ..fr et en ra is faktoris idia noho bona bisinis haida, ataia dekena . Bona Canberra dekena i ai noho, gau momo idia had ibaia, idiena fa iamen ruma bona Ami , Pol is, lunive siti , bona CSIRO, Queanbeyan kaunsil, inai gavman ena gaukara , bona inai Sekretari ai itaia bona External Territ ories Minista ena of is deke na i ai kiki ia danu . Bona inai bisinis daladia inai gavman idia hadibaia ma kopret iv ena da la bona .. lunive siti danu ai itaia. Bona idia had ibaia inai kantri edena bamona durua , inai kantri durua dala, bona edena bamona inai gavaman ena gaukara daladia, idia had ibaia bona bisinis da ladia. Inisen i dina tamona ai noho hebou badana dekena i, inei dipatmen Heds 0 Kwa r ad ia. Idia ma i inai kiki ida uidau idia kar aia. Inai dipatmen ta ta ena kiki . Gau momo idia had ibaia! Ma idia hamaoroa , bema ..nega gabea i bema Papua Niu Gini self gavma n 0 indipendens umu i abia, ena gauka ra be inai Ostrel ie bamona dohore i a noho neg a gabea i . Inai Ostrel ie dekenai ..gaukara taud ia ai itaia, inai faktor i gaukara bona kaunsil idia gaukara bona .. a .. dipatmen idauidau ed ia gauka ra be ..ai itaia inai: Papua Niu Gini bamona lasi! Gaukara be siahu bona auka ma semase, inai dina siahu , gauka ra be .. auka momokani inai gauka ra ha ida itaia 0 faktori ha ida itaia be inai be mase gaukara idia kara ia! Bona inai Canberra danu , ai itaia inai m oni faktori, inai ko ins. Inai, fipti sens bona .. twen i sens, ten sens, faif sens , tu sens, wan sens idia.. faktor i. Ai hoa ma rag i lasi! Inai be, elek trisiti dekenai idia .. paua deke na i idia gauka ra , bema inai gauna ese inai tau ta ia abia negana i ia mase be ha raga sibona l

1 et i ns : it is not clear what the speaker means by this word , except that it is a product of the steel factories in Port Kembla . 2 fret en ra is 'freight and rice '? It is not clear to what kind of factories the speaker is referring . UNIT 12 1 79 (Texts 9-10)

Bona ai itaia inai .. taun imanima ina i guna lau be me re marag i dina hana ihana i ..Pa pua Niu Gini taun imanima, hahine bona tatau meme ro idia gwau inai ..gau ibounai be ma se taud ia ese idia kar aidia, idia ese ita totona rna tau kurokuro ese idia.. gaud ia idia henaoa 0 itena ladad ia l idia kok ia . Lau lao inai ma tana dekena i lau itaia neganai, gau ibouna i be ..taun imanima ese idia gaukara. Sed ira gabea i, dohore Papua Niu Gini self gavaman o .. ai abia sed ira ind ipenden s ..la gani hida bamona ia ore , dohore sibona Papua Niu Gini ma tana dekena i dohore idia itaia, gauka ra be siahu masemase dohore ia ma i Papua Niu Gini lalon ai.

TEXT 10

Sene Kiki . This folk tale of the Boazi people west of Lake Murray is told by Leo , the councillor of Boset village , who speaks Boazi as his mother tongue . The story is about a female spirit who wanted to marry a Boazi man .

Inai tau ta ..rab ia ia gigia gwau ra ia ia he lai vadan ..dab a i momokan i 2 ..hah ine ruaos i vadan , idia toreisi , idia raka . Idia ..vanag i idia ka loa lao: bona ..rab ia gabuna vanagi idia atoa inisen i vadaen i. Vadaen i, i ena tau be i a raka guna . Hah ine be ia raka t ania vanag i dekene. Tau ia raka sisina ia daudau , vada inai lauma hah ine be vadan inai iena hahine iena .. toana ia abia. Toana ia abia, vadan , inai tau ena mu rina dekena ia raka . Vada hah ine momokan i be .. ia be mu rina dekena ia ma i inai lauma hahine ena murina dekene ia ma io Vadan , hah ine ia raka ma i ia itaia be hahine ta i a noho huana dekene . Vada i ena hah i ne momokan i be i a 9 i roa . Vada inai lauma hah ine danu ia lao vadan, idia ginidae inai rab ia gabuna dekene . Unusen i vadan, inai tau ia giroa vadan inai ..ia itaia be iena hahine momokani lasi ! Inai be lauma hah ine. Vadan da la ia tahua hari be ia ura trik ta ia kara ia vadan , edena bamona dohore inai hah ine ia rakatania vadan ia heau lao hanua totona . Vadan ia toreisi, lahi ia

1 This was a widespread belief in Papua in the early days of contact with Europeans . 2 hahine ruaos i an error of the speaker ; correct is : hah ine danu idia ruaos i 'he and his wife, they both .... ' 180 UNIT 12 (Text 10)

l kar aia, vadan inai goru matama ta ia kok ia gauna ia ab ia, ia ma i ia atoa ia noho . Vada inai hahine ese ia henanada ia -- Inai tau ena ladana be Dombo i. Vadan , hah i ne ese i a hereva , i a hamao roa : " E i, Dombo i, ina i edena rabia dohore lau utua? Vadan , tau ese ia hamaoroa : " Ah , rabia be inai kahi rakah i ra dekene utua lasi to oi lao ..sisin a daudau dekena oi 2 utua" . Vada hah ine ..ta ia ... ia lao: .•in ai rabia ia utua gwaura ia, vadan, rabia bad ibad i dekenai ia gini ia henanada ia: " Rab ia inai?" la gwau: " Lasi ! Oi lao! Inai ..la lona momokani dekene". Vada hah ine be ia raka ina bamona ia la:o ia ko ia noho ia lao daudau herea . Vada inai tau be ia b -- Domboi be ia be gorere ko ikoi vadan ia mahuta noho lahi bad i bad i deke ne. Vada ia hamaoroa "A, oi be dahaka bo iboi noho lau be lau gorere dikadika kah irakahira lau mase!" Vada ia hereva : " Rabia oi utua haraga vadaen i, ita lao " . Inai -- inai tau be inai Dombo i be utu momo herea inai ko --huina deke ne. Inai utu ia kakasia kakas ia vadan inai goru ma tama ta dekene .. inai utu ibounai inisen i ia diho. la diho, vada inai meamea ta ia kara ia. Meamea ta ia ka ra ia vadan, inai lauma inai -- inai utu be hegeregere taunimanima bamona dohore idia hereva . Vadan , i a hamaoroa : " Bema ina i hah i ne i a bo i bo i negana i, umu i se umu i ansa , lau be dohore lau lao" . Inai bamona vadan, inai ia bo iboi dikadika inai Domboi be ia gorere ko ikoi negana . Hah i ne be regena i a kamona i: " a inai tau be ia gore r e dikad ika, ia ma i ..bo iboi danu ia 3 ma huta noho lahi bad i badi. Ga ! be inai be ko ikoi". Vadan, hah ine ia boiboi : " Dombo i, oi noho?" Vadan ia hamaoroa : " Lasi, lau gorere dikad ika lau hekure noho" . Vada inai " lasi" inai bamona ia hereva negana inai Domboi be ia toreisi iena gau ia abia vadan , ia raka inai. Vada gabea i inai hahine ia boiboi negana utu hari inai .. ia kakas ia gauna, utu ese idia ansa : " 10 lau mahuta noho inai" . Inai tau be ia la:o bona ..vanag i kahi rakahi ra dekena , vadan inai hahine be ia daekau ma io

1 goru ma tamata ia kok ia gauna 'young b�ackpaUn he removed it thing ': young �eave8 of the b�ackpaUn which he had cut off. 2 The verb following ta ia is spoken too softly to be recognizable; one would expect davaria 'to find '. 3 The recording is not clear at this point . The transcription ga ! be is simply the one which is closest to what is actually said . The sentence would then mean: "Ah, but he cou�d be deceiving (me) ". UNIT 12 181 (Text 10)

I a daekau ma i i a ita i a be gabu kavakava Dombo i be i a heau vadan . Vadan, inai hah ine ia toreisi, ia giroa lou inai ..rab ia ena kopina ia kok ia gauna .. inai ia abia vadan .. ia hakapua lou. Hakapua lou vadan ..vadan i ne rabia rauraud ia ia utua gauna ia ..at oa lou, vadan ia toreisi inai rab ia ia abiaisi vadan ia haginia lou ..gabu na. CLV : Goada momokan i ! L: 10. Vadan , inai -- iena natuna ia ab ia, inai hah ine. Maoromaoro vadan natuna ia negea . Natuna ia negea ia lao inai tau dogoatao totona . To -- dala huana dekene ia mo ru be , gabu kavakava ia itaia. Vadan sinana ia heau lao ia hamaoroa : "Tauna be edesen i?" l "Las i, lau itaia lasi". Vadan, ia abia lou, seken taim ia negea inai Negea lao, gabu kavakava ia itaia, taunimanima lasi. Sinana ia lao kah irakahira ..vada nega tri bamona ..vadan , gabea i, inai tauna be . . vanagi be vanagi ia abia vadan , sisina daudau ia kaloa vadan ia lao. Vadan inai . . hahine ia ginidae. Vadan ia boiboi . la gwau : " Ia namo oi ko ia lau dekena , oi lao guna ! Dohore hanuaboi dohore lau ginidae dahaka dohore oi karaia! Hanuaboi dohore oi mase !" Inai bamona hereva ia hen ia. A inai Domboi be maoromaoro ia lao: hanua dekene ia ginidae. la toreisi vadan iena hahine ia bota ia. la botaia dikad ika kahirakahira iena kwa rana danu ia siria momokan i! Ina i kah i rakah ira i ena aena danu i a utua . Vadan, he reva ia hadiba ia, hanua taud ia. la gwau : " lau be lauma hahine ese ia danu nega tamona ai lao rab ia ai gigia, vadan ia lulua ma i, hereva be inai bamona ia hen ia: hanua b o i dohore ia ma i " . la namo . 2 2 Vadan, tatau i bouna i i d i a red i . Ina i hanua dekena . I d i a hegaegae , vadan , naria noho. Ela bona hanua ia bo io ..vadan , idia ma i, nega tamona ina i tauna ena . . ina i Dombo i ena ruma dekene i d i a koua , hen una dekene . Inai hah ine idia naria alaia totona . Vadan idia naria noho,ela bona inai hahine be ia kaloa ma i, inai lauma hah ine. la ma i bona vanagi ia atoa , ia daekau ma natuna ia ab ia .. ia ma :i, vadaen i inai � bad ibad i idia

1 seken ta im 'a seaond time ' 2 red i 'ready '. The speaker first uses an English loan word , and later the proper Hiri Motu word hegaegae . 182 UNIT 12 (Texts 10-11)

gini negana , vada tauniman ima idia toreisi vadan , inai hahine idia alaia ina i . Idia botaia dikad ika. Alaia momokan i, natuna danu alaia dikad ika. Vadan, gabea i vadan , idia abia, inai kop ina be .. idia negea . Idia negea , vadan -- sedira inai , inai gor i sisina be , inai ..la uegu kiki ia ma i bona iniseni ia doko .

TEXT 11

Ar iha Bona Goru . This text is a part of a folk tale of the Ba people who live between the Fly and Strickland Rivers north of Lake Murray . The story teller is Dina , a Ba man from Ukimada village who works as an interpreter at Nomad Patrol Post . l Inei kiki be ..sene kiki . Tubudia idia hananai dia kiki ..hanana i Hanana i idia kiki to ..in e bamona dia hereva : Ariha se ..au dekene ia --au bad ina dekene ia gini. Au bad ina dekene i a noho , vadan i, goru ta i a mo ru tano dekene. Vaden ine, ariha be ia hoa : "A ine be dahaka ia mo ru?" la sibona laloa noho , ma ia -- au bad ina ia ros ia ia helai noho --ia gini noho ia --au huahua ta ia mo ru inei , goru huahua . la lao ia itaia. la lao ia itaia noho : "00, inai gauna se ia hagaria ..hag aria noho ! " Vaden ia lao ia itaia ia giroa ma i ia laloa noho , vadan ia: " A, dohore kara ta dohore lau ka ra ia" . Vadeni au huahua be edesen i i a d i ho ma i, i a lao i a tahua au i a --goru i a gin i , au I as. Goru se ia noho huahua se ia diho noho . Vaden ia lao goru bad i na i a -- gabana i a dogoa tao i ne . la lao bad ina dekene ia gini . la hereva : " Ai , oi be da ika bota ia gore oi karaia noho ! Be au huahua be 2 tauna I as" . Vaden i a be ..ena nega dekena i i a noho , mage negana i a 3 moru . Vada ia sibona ia herevase inai --hereva inai: " Oi diho ma i 4 ma lau oi bota ia!" Oi ..gau momokan i negana .. [_] Oi gau momokani negana , oi diho. Vadani au huahua ia gwau : " Ah , 5, inai tauna lau bota ia go i a hereva noho! " Vaden i au huahua i a hereva: "0 i gin i ..ka r i kar i i ne .. ena badina dekene". Vada ia diho ia bota ia gore ia kar aia, ia hanaia

1 The transcription of this text has not been standardized; non-Central and Western District variant formr. have been written as they are actually spoken on the tape .

2 The speaker actually says something like taune, the tape recording is not clear at this point . 3 herevase. A 'slip of the tongue ' by the speaker, and immediately corrected by himself. 4 A short interruption of the recording session . UN IT 12 183 (Text 11)

kahana . " Hegeregere las, oi bota ia lau!" Ma ia lao ..au huahua kahana i ia mage ine ia diho ma i, ia bota ia karikari. I a hana i a kahana : " Hege regere lasi lau umu i bota ia!" Ka ra ia noho vadane ..au huahua kahana i ko ikoi l kara ia vadene , ia hana ia kahanai negea Vadan i au huahua ia diho maoromaoro ine tauna ia bota ia ine. Ine tauna ia botaia: " Au : :!" Sisi bada he rea ! "Oahaka bad ina oi lau oi ko iako ia noho lau oi bota ia" , ia hereva . Vada ia bo iboi kerer e kerere noho , inisen i boibo i tai danu giroa garoa noho vadan ia hereva -- ia bo iboi inai bita dekenai :"Bita !" Namba wan ia I:oibo i, tu .. la ansa lasi. Tri ..fo ..vada ia hereva : " Bita, oi be edesen i oi noho , oi ma i ina i tauna be oi itaia. Inai tauna se ia bota ia 2 lau!" Pa ia bamona ia ansa , daudau herea . Vadene b i ta i a heau ma i ma i , ia ata ia kar ikari vada ia hereva : " Oahaka oi karaia?" " Las i 0, oi ma i 0, inai tauna ia bota ia lau!" " Oa ika se ia bota ia?" "Las i, au huahua ! Oi ma i bot a i a!" B ita i a heau ma i: "Edesen i edesen i?" " Las , i a heku re noho" . Bita ia lao ia lao .. ia bota ia inai , ia ania. la abia: grekegrekegreke- grekegrekegrekegreke .. au huahua ia gwau : "A i! Ee i! Lau oi had ikaia las! 2 Pis .. rakatan, rakatan! " Vaden i au huahua ia hereva : " Ei , -da ika lau 3 bo iboi ..la hi! Oi ma i inai taud ia oi araia!" Lahi ia tores ia ma i: "Edeseni?" Tano, au bad ina, edeseni ranu , sibona ia ..ia toresi inai Araia lao au danu haka pua ara ia ma i, edesen i edesen i .. ranu dekene .. tanG badana ororo gabuna ..lahi kavakava ia lao. Lahi kavakava ia lao. Bita, bita bona ine ariha idia ruaos i be heau da la lasi iniseni giroa garoa noho , vaden lahi ia abia ine. Ariha bona bita idia ruaos i dia 4 hereva : " Ai ruaos i dahaka ..dahaka dohore ai boiboi?" Idia ruaos i inisen i giroa garoa noho ..bo iboi --ranu dia bo iboi inai. " A i, habada me du oi diho ma i ine, lahi oi habodoa ! Haraga ! karikari ai ia had ikaia, haraga ! " Guba ataia paia ..kahana kahana ia bo iboi ine. Gabu dia koua negana ranu --medu bada herea ia diho . Medu ia diho negana , habada • edesen i .. ia diho ma i ine. Uda kahana kahana .. ia kok ia diho ma i ine. Habada ia ma i noho inai , inei bita bona ariha dia ruas i abia inai. Vadene au huahua ia ab ia lao ia ..hur e diho.

1 The speaker actually says nekea; the de-voicing of voiced stops is noticeable in several places in this text and is caused by interference of the speaker 's own language in which voiced and unvoiced stops are not phonemically distinct . 2 The speaker actually says pfaia, and later pfis; in his speech the affrication of voiceless bilabial stops in loanwords is a regular process (e.g. also pfapfua instead of papua) . 3 The recording is not clear at this point . 4 Not ice the use of ai instead of ita in this sentence . l S 4 UN IT 12 (Text 12)

TEXT 12

Patro Kikil . Constable first class Amb ros tells in this story about a patrol he made in the early fift ies from the Southern Highlands down to the Strickland River . During this patrol many Huli carriers who could not swim lost their lives in an accident on the Strickland River . Ambros ' parents came from the Muyu area in Irian Jaya, but he himself lived all his life in Papua New Guinea . 2 Iniseni lau stat Kikori dekenai lau patro ma i, taubada mista Blankit danu. Lau patro ma i ..ai to res plen dekene ai ma i, Kutubu3 4 dekena i, katrina ia ab ia rna Kutubu ia negea vadan , vadan unseni patro gaudia ai medi, ia ore vadan, Episi5 taud ia danu ai patro ela bona ai 6 ma i ..Ta ri ai abia. Tari ai ab ia rna Tari dekene ai ma :i ela bona Tiklen 7 dorina ai abia, vanagi ai kakas idia. Kakas idia vadan, ai diho ma i, vadan vanagi ia mutu. Hul i S ibouna i be twenti wan , twenti wan Hul i, tau rua 10 . Kosaku9 mero rua, bona pi isman ta, G 0'• I Ia a tauna , lena I a d ana b e Dongina. Vadan vanagi ia mutu, vadan Huli ibouna i twenti wan be ia mase s i nava i I a I ona i, vadan pi i sman se i a rnase , vadan Kosaku ta i a rnase , Kosaku me ro tamona s i bona be I auegu vanag i dekena i I au ab i a. Se ina i be ..i ena daudau herea be, poinll be ..rua . Vadan inai be ranu lalona i ia he-- ia raka lao. Vadan ia lao lauegu vanag i ka rikari ia tores negana i, lau

1 In this text the non-Central and Western District variant forms have again been transcribed as they are spoken on the tape (cf text 11). You will notice that the speaker frequently de-voices voiced stops, and occasionally interchanges r, I, and d which can be ascribed to interference of his mother tongue (Muyu) . 2 Kikori the main Government Station in the Kikori Sub-District of the Gulf District . 3 Kutubu Lake Kutubu in the Southern Highlands District . 4 katrina a Catalina flying boat , with which they landed on Lake Kutubu .

5 Episi A.P.C. (Australian Petroleum Company ). A survey party of this company accompanied the patrol . 6 Tar i a patrol post in the Southern Highlands District near the border with the Western District .

7 Tiklen the Strickland River . 8 Hul i carriers recruited from the Huli tribe living round Tari patrol post .

9 Kosaku people from Koseago, Milne Bay, at the eastern tip of the tail of Papua .

10Go ilaia people of the Goilala tribe , in the Goilala Sub-District of the Central District. ll poin, or pu ini 'point, headland ', here : 'bend in the river '. Distance on a river is often estimated in terms of the number of bends one has to pass . UN IT 12 185 (Text 12) abia lauegu vanag i dekene udaia. Taun ima ibouna i be ia mase to .. ia 1 tamona be .. vadan � dekene 1 au ab i a, ranu 1 au ab i a 9 i roa , i ena kop ina lau mo ia mo ia vadan, bogana lau giroa atoa vada ranu lai mo ia vada ia ranu i bouna i be i a mumu ta . Vadan ia tamona ia.mauri. Vada ela bona ai diho ma i, huana i kem ai kara ia ai mahuta, mahuta vadan inai taud ia ai --- tahua . Ma ai ma i , . .Yungum2 taudia ha ida vanagi ia mutu. Vanag i ia mutu ma .. ia mutu vadan ma ia raka . la nahu kahana dekene ia ginidae vadaen i ia raka . Sinava i danu , umu i diba: Tiklen be ..Tikle n be ia siahu m�mo . la be hegerege re lahi oi karaia ma ia bo ila bamona . Vada ia nahu kahana dekene ia atoa vadan, kaha na dekene ia atoa ,vadaen i ia raka lao ..an iani las, aniani ibouna i be ese vanagi ia mutu aniani ia abia lao dekene be ia lao mahuta kava . Nad i ia abia vadaen okari , uda okari, ia makoh ia. la ma koh ia inai gauna ia ania mahuta, dabarere ma ia lao gabuna ..vanag i ia mutu nahu gabuna dekene ma ia nahu hana ia kahana dekene ma idia ma i Ai be ai tahua inai taud ia. Episi taud ia bona gavman ..vadan ai pol isman ibouna i ai tahua , ai davaridia, pol isman danu ai tahua ai abidia ma i vadan, ma oro uof3 ai ka ra ia. Ai utua, oro uof ai ka ra ia noho, inai be Hul i taud ia ita abia hana ia totona. Bad ina idia be nahu diba lasi. Ina i dekene ma ai abia hanaia totona ai be oro uof ai kara ia noho, vada Yungum taud ia danu dia ma i. Dia ma i ma ..ai hereva : "Umu i be nahu diba lasi, umu i be nahu las i. Yungum taud ia be idia be dia diba, dia nahu. Bad ina dia be sinava i taud ia". Ai hereva be inai, Hul i tauna be ia be kamona i lasi , ia diho negana i, iena kiapa be ia kwatua , aiona dekene ia atoa ia nahu inai. Ma idiena sad ien 4 ia toreisi , Hul i sad ien ia gwau : "O i be nahu 1 as i ! " I a : "Stop, sto p!" be ia kamona i lasi, vada ia nahu inai I a nahu ma ..nahu ma huanai negana lau be murina i lau nahu . Lau ura be lau ros ia inai tauna. Vadani pes ta im ia diho ia tores , seken ia diho, diho negana vadan ine be lau dogoatao hu ina sibona ma duduna lau abia negana gauna ia diho momokan i . Vadan mero be ia mutu inai! Vadan iena sad ien ia hereva :

1 1 ak i 'Zuck, good fortune ' 2 Yungum Carriers recruited from the Yun�,� (or Yong�om) tribe, which lives on both sides of the border with Irian Jaya to the north-west of Lake Murray . 3 uof 'bridge (wharf) ' 4 sad ien 'sergeant ' 186 UN IT 12 (Text 12)

1 "rakatania!" Bona sad ien daika --bul kopral , sad ien lasi ..da ika ..Patana . la be Pamu2 tauna . Hegeregere patro be ia se ia insait3 . Vadan ai patro ma i . Vadan ia hereva dekena vadan ai rakatania inai mer� be ia mase, ranu ese ia hure abia lao. Vadan taunimanima inai Hul i taud ia be ai ab ia hanaia bad ina be nahu ia diba lasi vadan ai se ai ia dogoatao gaud ia ita ab ia hanaia kahanai dekene ..i bouna i i a ore , Yungum taud i a be i d i a nahu kahana i . S i bod i aid i a nahu ia be oro dekene ia hana ia las, oro uof deke ne . Ai hana ia ia ore . . 4 ma ..gau d· la al �k ibounai gau kwatua ia ore vadan, ai raka 1 ao ..kem dekene. Kem dekene ai noho, mahuta , taunimanima inai ..Hu li ibouna i twenti wan dia mase taud ia inai be ranu .. ia gudu ma ia ab ia daekau garina vadan ai tahua. Tahua be davaria lasi, ta ai davaria ai abia guria lasi vadan ai r a k a . Va5 a i noho b e ..t r i des , t ri d e s b a mon a a ita h u a, inait a u n i - man ima ai tahua. Vadan, fo � negana vadan a i tores , raka , d i ho ma i . Ela bona ai diho ma i, bona hereva ia siaia: Daru dekenai bot ta i a daekau ma i . Ai abia totona . Vada taunimanima momo herea ai halus ia dekene vadan, gabman deke --te lgram idia siaia ma bot ta ia ma i ai ia abia gore . Ela bona ai be ai diho noho , ai diho noho Episi kem ai abia. Ai mahuta unuseni daba i ai stat diho, a ..he reva be lau reaia: Ai raka noho huana dekene vada ine me ro ..ai oro ..uof ai karaia noho ia nahu tauna , vadan ine be ia ..ie na bod i be ai itaia. Vadan vanag i ha ida be idia hanaia, hana i negana , ma 1 auegu vanag i bona .. taubada ena vanag i mur i na a i ma i a i davar i a ma taubada i a hereva ina i tauna gur i a guna vadan a i haboa ina i tauna be ai ab ia ai guria, miri dekene ia noho.

1 bul kopral 'fu U corporal ' 2 Pamu tauna a man from the Bamu River area in the We stern District.

3 insait 'inside '; patro be ia se ia insait 'he accompanied the patrol" 4 pi kap 'pick up '

5 va shortened form of vadaen i. A HIRI MOTU - ENGLISH VOCABULARY

C Central dialect cf compare G Gulf District variant HM Hiri Motu Lw loan word borrowed from English Lw P loan word borrowed from Pidgin NC Non-Central dialect pI plural sg singular W Western District variant

�bata (G,W hab�da) flood , tide ADC Assistant District Commissioner �bia to take , get ; to carry (in adena chin hand ); to reach: ai raka ela bona Tari ai abia we walked �dorahi afternoon, evening ; cf until we reached Tari (Patrol ha ri adorahi Post ) �dorahi kah�na i in the evening �bia daekau to take up aena leg, foot �bia diho to take down agrik�ltia L� agricultural (HM �bia diho ma i to bring down biru gaukara) �bia lao to take away ageva beads �bia to take again ahu lime (for chewing with betel- lou nut ); lime gourd �bia ma i to take toward the speaker , to bring ahuna C share , portion �biadae to accept , assent ai we , us (exclusive) �biahidi C to choose �iema i (G, W aiemu) our (exclusive) �biasi W variant of abiaisi �iemu G, W variant of aiema i �biaisi (W abiasi) to raise, lift a i en iron up �ilan Lw island (HM motu motu) abbna scrotum aiona throat , neck adav�na (pI adav�d ia) spouse : wife �krekals Lw agricultural or husband (term of reference) �krekals tauna agricultural adav�gu my wife ! my husband ! officer (HM biru gaukara tauna) (term of address, see Section to kill, slaughter 5.1) alaia

187 188

alala 1. to fight (on a large scale) au gabana trunk of tree 2. war , (large scale) fight au duduna end , butt am i Lw army au flaua flaua flowers amo C from, out of; by means of, au huahua fruit with (instrument , not accom , paniment cf danu , ida) au kopina bark , am�do ground oven, mumu au ramuna root au raurau, leaf ane song ; ane abia to sing , ani following a question, indicates au rigina branch that the answer is expected to au uhena seeds be 'yes ' (see Section 10 .1) auka (to be) hard , tough , tight ; ania to eat , to chew difficult : i ena gada be auka anesa , ansa Lw to answer (HM masemase his language is haere henia) extremely difficult aniani 1. to eat (G, W) ; aukfna jaw 2. food , a meal ava weed(s) anlna contents, body, yield (of fruit be aring plants) cf B kimai anina; meaning , essence aonega 1. wisdom , int elligenc e bada (takes -na, -dial (to be) big 2. wi se , int elligent : ia be aonega tauna he is wi se, bad ibad i G,W the side of something : intelligent rabia bad ibad i dekena ia gini she stood beside a sago palm; APe Australian Petroleum Company bank (of a river) , apena wing (of a bird), flipper(of bad ina 1. base , stem , foot of a turtle) something ; ara a fence (but not as enclosure 2. because ..(s ee Section or cage cf magu) 2.3.2) araia to burn (something) ; to be bad ina dahaka (or dahaka bad l na) burning (e.g. a lamp ) why? a ria a feast bad inai alongside, at the foot , base (of a tree) : vaivai badinai arihd lizard , goanna idia kiki noho they were yarning aru current (in a river) at the foot of a mango tree asena liver badu 1. (to be) angry : lau dekena oi badu? are you angry with me? asprin Lw aspirin , tablet of any 2. anger kind bag�na forehead ataiai on , on top of; above , high up (above the ground ) ba l�si Lw P aircraft at6a (W often hat6a ) to put , place, bamahuta goodbye ! to put on (of clothes) bamona 1. like, similar to : inai atoa diho to place down bamona oi ka ra ia do it like this cf edana bamona au wood , tree 2. about , approximately : , au bad ina tree trunk, base of toi bamona lau abia I took tree about three 189

ba ra 1. to paddle bita mouse, rat 2. a paddle : oi bara lao! bobero hornbill paddle off ! bodaga (to be) rotten , over ripe ba r�nda Lw verandah (HM.C dehe) bodo to be out (of a lamp , fire ) b�riki Lw government rest house , barracks begahisi, bogahisihisi (W bogasisi) 1. (to be) sad , sorry bate C? gauge for making net holes 2. sadness , sorrow or meshing the right size bogak�nu (to be) full, replete b�ubau bamboo, smoking pipe , any (with food ) pipe or tube bog�na stomach, belly bava crab bogasisi W variant of bogahisi be 1. focus marker (see Section 4.6) 2. of course! yes! : i a ma i boiboi 1. to call, to call out , vadaeni? - Be ! Has he come ? - to bark : guba ia boiboi it 's Of course ! thundering 3. When introducing a statement 2. noise : daha ka boiboi it adds emphasis to what fo llows : momo what 's all the noise Be , edeseni kuki ta lau davaria? about? Well then, where shall I find boio to be lost : hanua ia boio another cook? lit . 'the village is lost ' bed i C spoon, spatula i.e. it is dark ; to elapse, pass (of time) : hua rua i a bema if, when (see Section 8.1) boio two months passed bero wound , scar boiria (not in W) to call , beckon , , , besisi, bisisi shell fish summon bia Lw beer bona and (see Section 2.4) biag�na (optionally takes -dia) bon� ia to smell (something ) owner , person in charge , boss : bon�na a smell, odour cf hanua biaguna , ruma biaguna , b6roma pig, pork ; cf uda bo roma bibina lip , edge b6romakau, bu lmakau cow, beef bibo jew's harp bot, boti Lw boat , ship bibo botaia to play the jew's harp bot�ia to hit , strike, beat , biku banana pound cf bibo botaia, gaba bini Lw bean botaia Bipi, B.P. Burns Philp bot i variant of bot biri nipa palm ; a thatch (usually bret Lw bread made of nipa palm leaves ) brum Lw 1. to broom , sweep bir u C agriculture 2. a broom bi ru gaukara tauna agricultural buatau betelnut officer bUbua to pour , spill (something ) , , bisine si, bisinis Lw business, bubua diho to pour out , pour enterprise down bisfsi variant of besisi buka Lw book biskis Lw biscuits b�lmakau variant of boromakau buruka (to be) old 190

D danu (W dano) 1. also, too; to gether with, while : sisia danu ia lao labana he went daba the morning hunt ing accompanied by his daba i a rere (at) dawn dogs ; ia lao tai danu he went away , crying . morning, in the morning ; cf daba i 2. (C) often used as an inter ha ri daba i jection meaning 'what 's it ', daba i ma ragi early in the morning , 'what was I going to say .. ' first light , piccaninny daylight d�radara to be confused , not sure dabarere (at) dawn of something ; to hesitate dabua clothes , clothing , cloth cf darea to tear kumia dabua; large loincloth, darima outrigger lap lap daudau (to be) far , distant dadabaia to strike , beat davana wages , pay , reward , pay dad ia to snatch back; price (of something) daekau 1. to go up , climb , to go the sea inland davara 2. following another verb : davara i at sea , in the sea direction upwards (see Section dav�ria to find , discover 3.2) cf abia daek au, veria daekau davea to wave daekau lao to go away upwards DDA Department of District Admin istration (now the Chief daekau ma i to come from below Minister 's Department ) dagedage (to be) cruel, fierce, dehe C verandah savage dekena variant of dekena i dahaka what dekena i, dekena , dekene to, at , dahaka bad ina why , for what in, from , with (see Section 1, reason (see Section 2.3.2) Conversation footnote 1) : dahaka da inai why , on account inai dekena i consequently, of what (see Section 2.3.2) because of that .. daha ka totona what for , in order dekene variant of dekena i to do what (see Section 2.3.2) demaria to lick dahua to rub , wipe dia variant of idia daika who diari 1. to be light daika ena whose 2. the light d i ba 1. to know , understand dainai because, on account of (see 1 Section 2.3.2) : inai da inai � f ma rag i diba lasi for this reason 2. knowledge 3. following another verb , dala 1. road , way , track diba expresses competence in 2. way of doing something , per forming an action , or a method : vanagi kara ia da la ai habitual performing of an diba lasi we don 't know how to action (see Section 6.3) make canoes (i.e. the manner of making canoes) diba henia to give information , to educat e damena salt 191

diba tahua to seek knowledge , dohore,do 1. afterwards , later on become educated 2. future-tense marker (see Section 3.1) dib a arrow I 2 to be qu it , to be released , dibura darkness; a prison doko I discharged ; to be ended dibura tauna a prisoner 1 au e 9 u k i k i i ado k 0 ina i my didie see DDA story has now come to an end Dienuari Lw January dokona the end doJa Lw dollar d i gara fat , tasty, sweet (of food ) digu to wash (oneself) , to take a doma leech bath doria to push, shove I , digudigu to bathe dorina top, summit; headwaters , source (of a river) diho 1. to go down , descend , to go towards the sea dorinai at the source, headwaters 2. following another verb : direction downwards (see Section doruna the back (of the body ) 3 .2) cf abia dih� bubua diho, duahia to read ; to count , calculate lulua diho, raka diho I dubina tail (of a bird ) diho Jao to go away downwards dubu church diho ma i to come from above dudud ia to prod (with a stick) dika (takes -na , -d ia) (to be) bad , to sprout out of, grow out evil , no good , damaged , in a dudue bad way of I dikad ika badly duduna tip, extremity, end , butt : iena huina duduna sibona Jau d i ma i r i ant abia I grabbed him only by dina day , sun; cf ha ri dina the tips of his hair watch, clocle durua 1. to help , assist dina gauna 2. help, assistance siahu the heat of the day dina durua henia to give help dina tubu midday durua kara ia to help dipatmen Lw department Dirava God , spirit E D isemba Lw Decemb er which distrik, distriki Lw district edana , edena how diu na elbow edana bamona (G,W when , diveJopmen Lw development edana nega i eda nega i) I at what time division cf divisin Lw sensus edena variant of edana divisin edesen i where do variant of dohore edeseni edeseni here and there , dobu 1. (to be) deep in all directions : depth i d i a heau 2. edesen i edeseni they fled in dogae widower all directions dogoatao to hold , keep together ed ia 'their '; in possessive constructions involving a plural noun + edia + noun (see Section 5.2) 192

EDISI A.D.C., Assistant District gadara 1. to play Commissioner 2. a game : gadara lasi! edpos aidpost (I'm) not pulling your leg! Ai gaukara gadara lasi we eiava C or (cf 0 ) worked bl .../hard ekares, ekares i the Church gada language , voice ela bona as far as , until gadokagad6ka (to be) green , blue ema bona C as far as , until (reck gageva (to be) crooked oned towards the speaker , towards the present ) gahi stone club egu C my ga'iga i a snake elek sin election galasi a mirror; drinking glass emu C your sg gamani variant of gavamani ena 'his, her, its '; in possessive gana armband constructions involving a sin gari 1. (to be) afraid , frightened gular noun + ena + noun (see 2. fright , fear Sect ion 5.2) garlna lest , in case (see Section EP ISI A.P.C.,Australian Petroleum Cy . 9.1) ese 1. subj ect marker (Section 2.2) gatoi egg 2. Emphasis marker, with subj ect pronouns (Section 6.4) gau (takes -na, -dial thing , gear , belongings ; cf dina gauna , estrip Lw airstrip hadibaia gauna , hera gauna , hoihoi gaud ia,ura gauna gau ta something : gau ta lasi F no worry ! it 's nothing to worry about ! fa iv , fa ip LW five gaukara 1. to work fes Lw first 2. work , job; cf mase fes taim Lw the first time gauka ra fipti Lw fifty gaukara kamonai field of study , profession fo, foa LW four gaukara ia to work gaukaralaia to use, to work G (something) gaba drum gavaia C to follow gaba botaia to beat the drum g�vaman, g�vaman i, gavman the gaba gauna belt, waist band Government gabana waist; trunk of tree (cf gumtree au) sleeping mat gabeai afterwards , later to dig gabu (takes -na , -dial a place: g�regere pandanus tree (cf katoro) guri gabuna burial place, cemetry, hoihoi gabuna market glgia to squeeze, to switch on (a flashlight ); cf rabia gigia gabua to burn, bake , roast 193

gini to stand guri hole in the ground , pit , ginidae to arrive guri gabuna a cemetry , ginigini a thorn guria to bury glnigunana first guriguri to pray girfsi Lw grease, oil; sap of gwada ia (W goda ia) to pierce, certain trees stab , prick glroa to turn, stir , to turn into; gwa rume a fish cf hereva giroa gwau, gwo (W go) to say . Often glr oa ma i to return , come back introduces a quotation : ia gfroa garoa W to whirl , turn ansa ia gwau;"lo, ia mase" around and around He answered (and said) : "Yes , she died" . W variant of go gwau gwau hen ia to abuse, scold goada 1. (to be strong ) 2. strength gwauhamata 1. to talk about , to to catch with the hands gwaura ia gobea mention (not in W) goda ia W variant of gwada ia 2. following a verb indicates an action about to to gather , collect together g6goa begin (see Section 4.2) (not in W) lake , swamp gohu gwauta ten gorere 1. (to be) sick 2. sickness gwo variant of gwau gori myth, folk tale H goru blackpalm guba cloud , sky habada ia to increase , enlarge gudu 1. (to be) swollen haboa to gather , accumu late, 2. swelling collect (something) ; to come guia to arrest ; to truss up , tie together up by hands and feet ; to board habodoa to put out , extinguish ; (a plane), to get into (a to switch off (the light ) vehicle) habo ioa to lose guna (takes -na , -dia) variant spelling of 1. once, long ago (usually at haboua haboa the beginning of a clau se): had ibaia to teach, inform he died long ago guna ia ma se teaching aid 2. first (following a verb) : ia had ibaia gauna mase guna he died first had ibaia tauna a teacher 3. old, former : an ruma gunana to wash (someone) old house had fgua to ruin, spoil, make bad gunalaia to lead , conduct, guide had ikaia to stop (something) , to a leader , head had6koa gunalaia tauna dismiss (of department etc .) to swallow gunika the inland , the interior had6noa to frighten gunika tauna a man from the hagaria interior , bushman , uncivilized hagegea to go around , spin around person hag fnia to erect , build , establish 194

h�goeva ia to clean up h�oa to waken , wake someone up hah�na i G, W variant of h�na ihana i (cf nogal hahegeregerea to even up , level off haoda to fish at sea (cf kimai) h�h ine woman , wife haorea to finish, complete h�hine taud ia womenfolk, the women h�pararaia to divide in two to fill up haraga quick, quickly ; light (not hah6nua heavy) ha ida some , some more; cf nega ha ida hari 1 . now , at present ha iskul high school hari adorahi this evening hak�pua to join, to come together , to close (the eyes ) hari daba i this morning hak�ua to lead , gu ide hari dina today h�kaukaua to dry (something) hari hanuabo i tonight hakw� idua to break in two har i har i now 2. hal�oa C to change into , to become this , the one we are just talking about , e.g. ha ri tauna halusia to lose, spend this (aforementioned ) man hama Lw hammer h�ria 1. to port ion out , divide hamakohia to break , smash among 2. a feast ham�oroa (W ham� roa , ham6roa) to tell, inform har6ro to nreach hamarerea to shake , to loosen ha r6ro tauna a preacher , pastor ham�sea to kill hasakia Lw to sack h�matama ia to begin, to start (an Haus ov Asembl i Lw the House of Assemb ly action, not an engine) ham6roa W variant of ham�oroa havaraia to give birth to ham6rua to drop , knock down , to headava C (NC hedava) to marry fell (a tree) hea i 1. to fight 2. h�mudoa to cook on hot stones , to a fight , battle cook in a ground oven (amudo) heatu 1. to fight , brawl 2. han� ia to cross, pass , surpass; to a fight , brawl transgress a law; to translate heau to run , run away , fl ee; h�na ihana i (G,W hahana i) every day , to fly always heau lao to run away han�moa to improve, repair heau ma i to come running hani four heb6gah isihisi to be sad , han(na wing (of a bird) sympathetic hanua village hebou 1. to congregate together , to assemb le h�nua biaguna village leader 2. a meeting hanua pol ls iman village constable hedava NC variant of headava hanua t�udia villagers hedava r i to meet hanua i in the village hed inaraia to reveal , explain h�nuabo i night (cf bo io, hari hegaegae to be ready h�nua boil hega ra bitter 195

hegeregere 1. equal, adequate, fair, hida how many , how much sufficient hlriria to blow (through mouth 2. able to : hegeregere or nose) , to snore lasi lau raka I am not able to walk (see Section 5.5) hfsihisi (W sisi) 1. to be pain ful, sore hek�lsi variant of ekaresi 2. pain to lie down hekure hfsiu a star 1. to have trouble, bother hekwa rahi 1. (to be) hungry hard work , trouble, hftolo 2. hunger bother 2. hitu C seven helaga sacred , holy (to be) amazed , astonished, to sit , sit down , stay hoa helai surprised 1. (to be) itchy, to itch hema hema h6 ia to buy , sell 2. an itch to trade, buy , sell; to 1. (to be) shy , ashamed hOihoi hema ra i shop 2. shame market henanada ia to ask (a question) hO ihoi g�buna goods for sale, to steal ho i ho i g�ud ia h�naoa trad e goods a thief h�naoa tauna h6 ihoi negana shopping time henia to give (cf diba henia, durua hO ihoi laia to have (something) henia, gwa u hen ia, hereva henia, sisfba henia, v�d ivad i hen ia sold (to be) full replete, underneath , below honu (not henuna i cf bogakunu) to argue, quarrel hepapahua horohoro very (only after dika: hera , herahera decoration dika horoho ro very bad) hera gauna an ornament hos pitala Lw hospital hera ka r� ia to adorn, decorate hua moon , month herea very huahua fruit (cf au) l hereva (takes -na) 1. to talk, speak hu�hua2 1. to cough 2. a talk, speech, word 2. a cough , a cold hereva gfroa to translate, hua ia to carry (on the shoulder ) interpret huaia lao to carry away (on hereva henia to advise the shoulder ) hereva hereva to converse, chat , hu� ia ma i to bring (carrying talk with each other on the shoulder) hereva lou to say again, repeat hu�la crocodile hereva mogea to converse hu�na middle, centre Hetkwotes Lw Headquarters huana i in the middle, between, among he�deheude (to be) quivering , hu ina hair, feathers , fibres hevaseha 1. to joke, chaff 2. joke, fun h�nia to hide (oneself, something ) hev�seha kara ia to make fun hure to be washed away , to float 19 6

, hurehu re a wave ipidi a gun huria to wash (something) ira an axe hutuma crowd ira matana axe blade , cutting edge of axe iseda C variant of ita-eda isena tooth ia he , him; she , her ; it , isia to husk (e.g. coconuts) ia-ena , iena his, her , its ita we , us (inc lusive) id�u (to be) different , strange , unknown lta-eda, iseda C, (W itena) our (inclusive) id�u nega i long since, at a different time itaia 1. to see, look at 2. following a verb : to try id�u idau various, varied (see Section 8.3) ib6una i all , every (one) ; cf nega itena W variant of ita-eda ibounai iuna tail (of an animal ) ida C with, accompaniment , iunive siti Lw university i d i a, dia they , them iva ia to cut up , slice, incise i died i a, idiena their id6ina i (not in G,W) every part of, the lot , the whole K , iduara a door kadoa to serve , dish up , idu ari a comb kaema sweet potato iduhu family , clan kago Lw cargo , load . , lena variant of ia-ena kahana a half, a side, part ; lharuana second (not in G,W) district , area ihatoina third (not in G,W) kahanai (on) the side, the other side ; cf adorahi kahanai (in) ik6ko a nail the area , district , field (of ik6koa to nai l study , cf gaukara kahana i ima five kahana i kahana i on both sides ima kwakikwaki , ima kwakikwak ina kahirakah ira (G,W ka rikari) close C finger nearby ; nearly , almost im�na hand , arm kahu ashes im6ro, imura fishing poison , ka ia a knife extracted from plant roots kakakaka red inai, inei, ine this kakana (pl kakad ia) older sibling , indipendens Lw independence of the same sex as the speaker ine, inei variants of inai kakagu! brother ! sister ! (term of address, see section 5.1) Ing1 is Lw English , kakasia to scratch, scrape (cf iniseni here vanag i) , inua to drink kakoro (to be) dry (of a coconut ) O a spear i l ka 10a to paddle i02 yes kamepa , kem Lw a camp 197

kamona i to hear , listen, understand kemena chest (body part ) kampani Lw company kern Lw a camp kamukamu to touch, be in contact kepata a club (weapon) with, press against kep6ka bush fowl kanud i spittle kerere 1 . to be/do wrong kanud i negea to spit 2. mistake, crime , trouble kapis Lw cabbage , spinach kerere kara ia to commit a crime , kapusi a cup to do wrong ka ra behaviour , custom, conduct kerere tauna a criminal white cockatoo keru (to be) cold (of persons , ka ra i things ) karaia to make , do, cf durua kara ia, hera kara ia, hevaseha kara ia, kerukeru tomorrow kerere karaia, laloa kara ia, keruma (to be) cold (of liquids ) mea mea ka ra ia: to put on (clothes) keto to fall down (from upright position) ka raud i fishing spear keva mussel kare, kare tauna Lw carrier (e.g. on a patrol) kevaru C lightning kari Lw curry kiapa net bag kar ikari G, W variant of kibi a conch shell, a bugle kahi ra kahira kiki 1 . to yarn , tell a story karu young coconut 2. a yarn , story , cf sene k i k i kasi 1. to play cards l 2. cards k ma i 1. to fish with hook and , line cf haoda kasiri raw, uncooked 2. fishing tackle I katol ik Lw Catholic klma i anlna fish hook katoro pandanus nut k l ma i varo fishing line kaukau (to be) dry kio vagina kaunsil Lw council kipa the rib of the sago palm kaunisol0 Lw councillor leaf (often used in making walls ) kava (kava) 1. mad , insane , stupid k i r i to laugh 2. empty : gabu kava i a noho the place was empty; just , kfsia to strike (a match) only , in vain: a i tahua kava we sought in vain, mero ia klak Lw clerk hereva kava the boy is just k6ba ra Lw copra talking, only talking kohu wealth, property kavabu a bottle k6 ia to deceive, tell a lie kehoa to open; to switch on , put 1 into function (e.g. a radio, k6 ikoi . to tell a lie : oi tape recorder ) koikoi lau dekena you lied to me keke Lw cake 2. a lie keken i girl k6 i ko i tauna a liar kekeni taud ia (the ) girls kokfa to remove , let go , do away with 198

kokokoko (G,W kokoko) Cassowary L kokoroku chicken , rooster , labana 1. to hunt komisina Lw commissioner 2. a hunt kone beach, coast labora l abora (to be) yellow kon i Lw corn ladana a name kop i Lw coffee lagani a year l kop l na skin, bark (cf au) lagan i lagani for years kopukopu mud lagani 2 a rain tree koremakorema black, dark-coloured lagatuna out of breath, pant ing ko ria to bite, sting lahara NW trade wind korikori real , genuine I a hi fire kororo (to be) dry (of a river ) I a i wind kot, koto Lw court I a it i Lw light (HM d i a r i ) koua to cover, close ; to switch off I ak, I a k i Lw good fortune , luck (e.g. radio, tape recorder) laloa 1. to think (about ) koukouna the shell (of something , 2. a thought e . g . of a coconut ), finger nail laloa ka ra ia to consider kuborukuboru (to be) round laloaboio (W lalobo io) to forget kud ima (to be) deaf, cf ta iana lalona the inSide, the mind kudouna the heart lalona i inside ; while, during kuk, kuki a cook boy lamepa Lw a lamp tobacco, cigarette kuku 1. to go kuku 16kua to roll a cigarette 2. following another verb : kukumara exchange of tobacco to a. direction away from the end a dispute (Goilala area) speaker (see Section 3.2) cf daekau lao, diho lao, heau lao, kukUr i 1. to excrete hua ia lao b. action repeated 2. excrement s many times, or extending over 6 kumi a bundle a long period (see foot note to the text in Unit 3) kumia to wrap , wrap up , bind lao a fly kumia dabua a bandage 2 I as, I a 5 i no , not kununa buttocks lata (takes -na , -dia) (to be) ku rea C to put (a heavy object ) long, tall down latana i on top of , on ku rokuro (to be) wh ite cf tau kuroku ro lau I, me kuru influenza lauegu my ku rukuru kunai grass lauma ghost , spirit kwadog i (to be) short l�u rabada SE trade wind kwal�hu smoke (of a fire) leba (pI lebas) Lw labourer kw�nau a rope leit Lw late, too late kwa r�na (pI kwa rad ia) the head leta Lw letter (body part ) loalaia to walk around with to tie, tie up (carrying something or leading kwatua someone) 199

loaloa to walk about , to move ma, .ln o peace about , to wander ma ir; pearl shell loulaia to return, hand back mak, maka Lw 1. to mark , appoint lobu mu llet 2. mark , boundary lohia chief, headman makohia to break , be smashed Loh iabada the Lord , Jesus Christ ma lana tongue Lokal Gavman (Lw) Local Government ma laria Lw malaria lokohu bird of paradise mama (to be) jealous loku pawpaw cf nita mam(na taste, flavour lokua to fold, double up ; to roll; mam�na taste, flavour cf kuku lokua mamus, mamusi W village chief to return lou 1. (to be) tame , gentle; to 2. following another verb : manada be used to, accustomed to : repeated action cf abia lou hereva lou ororo dekena i oi manada you 're used to the hills lulua to chase, pursue, follow : man i C please sis i a 0 i 1 u 1 ua chase the dog away ! manoka (to be) soft , weak l�lua diho to follow down : sinava i ai lulua diho we mans Lw month (HM hua) followed the river down manu bird l�lua ma i to chase towards the maoromaoro 1. (to be) straight speaker 2. at once, immediately , M maos ini a variety of pumpkin ma ragi (to be) small, little cf rna and (see Section 2.4) daba i maragi ; sinana ma rag i mada bandicoot ma ragi diba lasi very much, huge : exclamat ion of pity: oh taubada ena gau be marag i mad i gear dear ! alas ! diba lasi the European 's was huge maeda (to be) cooked , done (food ) marag i lasi not a little/very magani wallaby much : ai hoa ma ragi lasi we maganibada ridgepole were very astonished ere) (to be) ripe ma rere(mar 1. to shake , quiver mage 2. loose, shaky mangrove magoro mariboi flying fox magu cage , enclosure cf ara mase (to be) dead ; to die maho yam mase gaukara strenuous work, very mahuta to sleep hard work ma i 1. to come ; to go by, to elapse masemase extremely : dobu masema se (from a point in the past to very deep , auka mas emase wards the present, see Unit 8, extremely hard , difficult text , footnote 2, and Unit 12, (W turtle text 4, footnote 2) matabudi ma tapus) new, young 2. following another verb : matamata direction towards the speaker matana eye , edge (of knife) ; cf (see Section 3.2) cf daekau ma i, i ra matana diho ma i, giroa ma i, heau ma i, matapus W variant of ma tabud i hua ia ma i, lulua ma i 200

ma tuna a hole cf n ad i ma tuna mom6ru rubbish, crumbs, sawdust maua a box , chest moni Lw money mauri 1. (to be) alive, well moru to fall (from a height ); to 2. life land (said of an aircraft ) mavaru (W moma ro) 1. to dance Mosbi , M6subi Port Moresby 2 . a dance m6tuka Lw a car m�amea sorcery , magic m6tumotu island meamea ka ra ia to make magic muko handkerchief medikol , med ikolo Lw medical assistant mumuta to vomit medu the rain mQramura medicine me i 1. to urinate mu rimu ri out side : ruma murimuri 2. urine out side the house me leki a plat e mQrina the back (position ) melon Lw melon mQrinai behind , after; afterwards memero pI of me re mutu to sink mere (pl memero) boy meta i rametaira (W meteremetere) N 1. (to be) slow a stone 2. slowly , carefully nadi I a cave metau 1. (to be) heavy nad i matuna 2. weight nadua to cook (in water) , to boil mlkisi , miksi Lw to mix nahu to swim mfmia edible pitpit (kind of large nakfmi brother or sister-in-law ; cane grass ) now also used between close minama eel friends without real kinship ties mfnista Lw minister namo (takes -na , -dial (to be) good , miri sand , beach well m i ro 1. (to be) dirty namonamo carefully , well 2. dirt nana daia to ask, require misin Lw the Mission nanigo wasp , hornet mlsinari Lw a missionary naria to look after, take care of; mista Lw mister , Mr . to wait , linger mit, miti Lw meat (HM vamu) natuna (pI nat�dia) child mo only nega (takes -na , -dial time ; cf mo�le (to be) glad ho ihoi negana m6gea to twist , plait ; to converse , neg a ha ida sometimes cf hereva mogea nega ib6unai all the time m6 ia to tread on , step on ; to nega momo often squash, press on nega ta once, sometime mo iamoia to press repeatedly on nega tamona only once; at the momo many , much; cf nega momo same time m6mokani true, very ; truly, com nega i at (such-and-such-a) time pletely, really (see Section cf edana nega i, i dau !"'egai 8.2) 201

negana , negana i when, at the time p when (see Section 3.5) negea to throw away ; cf kanud i pagana shoulder neg ea pa l prawn , lobster neku catfish pa ja 1. to explode nemo mosquito 2. explosion, thunder nih i 1. to dream pakos i scissors 2. a dream pal aoa Lw bread nita C pawpaw (cf roku ) paramasi Lw aircraft niu coconut (palm) pa rapa ra frog Niu Sflen New Zealand parauparau , paraua paraua flower noga to be awake parlpari (to be) wet noho 1. to be, exist , to be present pasi (Lw P?) (to be ) stuck, held 2. following another verb : fast : bara ia pasi kopukopu action still in progress; con dekena the paddle is stuck tinuous or prolonged action (see in the mud Section 6.5) pata (pata) a table, platform noia to beg, ask for (cf noinoi ) patoro , patro Lw 1. to patrol 2. patrol noinoi to beg, ask for (cf noia) paua Lw power pauda Lw powder

o paudobi to jump , dive paun Lw pound (money , weight ) o NC or (cf eiava) pepa Lw paper oda Lw to order pesta im, festaim Lw (for the ) 6fis Lw office first time , first (HM ginigunana) 6f isa (pI ofi ses) officer peva a bow (for shooting) oi you (sg) peva varo bowstring oibe yes ! (see Unit 10, conversat p 1 d i a to shoot (with a gun ) ion footnote 5) pldipidi to knock (e.g. on a door) 6iemu your (sg) pfripou trousers okari tree with edible nuts; okari nut Pisin Pidgin orait Lw P all right plen Lw aircraft ore 1. (to be) finished (see plentes in Lw plantat ion Section 9 .3) pi isman Lw variant of pol isiman or i cloud ploa Lw floor oro rattan , cane poin Lw variant of puini or6ro mountain, hill pol is Lw police Ostrel ie Australia pol is tauna policeman 202

, pol isiman, pl isman Lw policeman resa Lw razor (blade) cf hanua po l isiman revareva a letter , writing, tattoo peppervine (used for chewing , po po branch (of a tree, cf with betelnut ) rigina au) Lw to report pos, pousi Lw house post rip6s i Lw to retire (from a job Lw Primary School ritaia praimeri sku l or occupation) Lw president pres iden r6gorogo 1. (to be) pregnant pu l ni , poin Lw point , bend in 2. pregnancy river , headland roho to fly pigeon pune roro to stretch week pura r6s ia to seize, embrace, hold puse bag, sack on to rua two R ruahu i C twenty , . ruaos i , ruasl both, two together raba rubber to undo , untie rabia sago , sago palm ruha ia ruma house, building rabia glgia to make sago the owner of the Lw rubbish ruma biaguna rab isi house raga ia to pull out ruma tamana the owner of the ra isi Lw rice house raka to walk, go rup Lw roof raka diho to walk down rakatan ia to leave (something) , to s leave beh ind , abandon sabdistrik Lw Sub-District rami grass skirt Lw root (cf sea share ram�na au) , sed 1. perhaps ranu water , juice i ra 2. as the first word in a ranu mase (to be) thirsty sentence it often simply blood indicates indeterminacy (see rara Unit 4, Conversation, footnote rata breast , milk 10) raurau leaf (cf au) sega a clearing for a garden ravana (pl ravad ia) father-in-law segea to sharpen rea ia to miss (when shooting) ; to seia to bail (water) miss (something ) out , om it seken Lw second (numeral) red i Lw ready (HM hegaegae) seken ta im Lw (for) the second time red io (pl red ios) Lw radio self gavman Lw self-government redio stesin Lw Radio Station sen (pl sens) Lw cent a sound regena sene anc estor grass re i sene tauna an ancestor reke fishing net sene kiki a story about the rere see daba ia rere, daba rere ancestors 203

sensas, sensus Lw census sitfk, stik Lw a stick sensus divisin Lw Census Division siuga Lw sugar sero wall covering made from s(va rai story , news , message , plaited bamb oo account severasevera (to be) thin sku l Lw variant of sikulu siahu (to be) hot , energetic ; cf so Lw a saw dina siahu sobea a survey line or clearing siaia to send solt, sol ti Lw salt (HM damena) sibona 1. by oneself, alone : sibona ia helai he sits by himself, on sopu Lw soap his own stat, stat i Lw to begin , start 2. only : ia helai sibona he (also of an engine , cf only sits, i.e. does nothing hamat ama ia) else (see Section 6.4) step Lw ladder (HM vadavada) sibona mo C only stes in Lw station, patrol post ; 5 i e t i Lw shirt cf red io stes in sihi traditional loin cloth stik Lw variant of sitik sik6lu, skul Lw school stoa , stua Lw store , shop sil i Lw chilli 5 to r i Lw story sfnabada white woman stua Lw variant of stoa sin�na (pI sinad ia) mother susu Lw P sap , juice sin�gu ! mother (term of address , swampa Lw swamp (HM C gohu) see Section 5.1) sin�na ma r�gi mat erna l aunt T , sinava i river one , a certain , another (see native tobacco ta si6mu Unit 3, Conversat ion , footnote sipel i Lw 1. to rest 1) cf nega ta 2. a break , spell, rest ta ta a few, several ; each (see sipel i lasi without a break , Section 9.4) cont inuously tad fna (pI tad ldia) younger sibling sipoma skin disease (tinea of the same sex as the speaker imbricata) tadlgu brother ! sister ! (term sip6ro lime tree, fruit of address , see Section 5.1) sip6nu Lw a spoon dhoa to throw 5 i r i to quit,move away tahua to look for , seek , . 5 I r I a to split , chop (wood ) tai to cry sfriho reeds , cane along rivers ta iana ear sire oyster ta ihuna (pI taihudia) sibling of sisi W variant of hisihisi the opposite sex to the speaker brother ! sister ! (term dog tai h6gu sfsia of address , see Section 5.1) advice, warning sisfba dina a little: raisi taina a sisfba henia to give advice little rice sisfna a little, a bit tai namo (W tenemo) mosquito net 204

, tai tu yam toea shell armband talc taro tohu sugar cane tamaka a shoe toi three , (pl father ; cf to insert tamana tamad, ia) toia ruma tamana topoa to suck father ! (term of address, , tamagu to write see Section 5.1) torea to stand up, get one , only one cf tore i s i, tores tamona nega up , rise , emerge ; to depart , tamona ; alike , same leave tamona tamona a few toretore 1. to sign tano land , ground , earth, bank 2. signature , writing , of river print tanobada the world , mainland ; tosi Lw torch, flashlight nation toto a sore tar akia to shoot (with bow and in order to (see Section arrow) totona 6.1) taravatu law , regulation, taboo traka Lw truck taria to steer transpe Lw to be transferred (to taria tauna a driver another post ) tau (pl tatau; takes -na, -d ia) t r i Lw three (HM to i) a man , person , husband ; cf tu Lw two (HM rua) b i ru gaukara tauna , d i bura tauna, gunalaia tauna, gunika tua ri a fight , battle tauna , had ibaia tauna, hahine a warrior taudia; hanua taud ia, henaoa tuari tauna tauna , kekeni taud ia, ko ikoi tubu to grow up , to sprout ; cf tauna, pol is tauna, sene tauna, dina tubu taria tauna, tuari tauna tubuna (pl tubud ia) grandparent , tau kurokuro white man, European grandchild taubada white man , European tUbugu ! grandfather ! grand Lw towel mother ! grandchild ! (term of taul i address, see Section 5.1) t�unabuna i C therefore ,consequently , tuina knee tauni Lw town , , turana (pl turad ia) friend of the taunimanima, taunima people speaker 's own sex t:urahani C eight turagu ! friend ! (term of address, see Section 5.1) t;u rahanita C nine , turia to sew, plait tauratoi C six turituri sewing, net making temuba Lw timber turiana a bone t�nemo W variant of ta i namo turumu goura pigeon t�nkiu Lw thank you t�perikoda Lw tape recorder u ti Lw tea tisa (pl tisas), titsa Lw teacher 6bua to bring up, foster ; to feed to but uda bush, forest toana appearance, shape, char udai in the bush acteristics, colour 205

uda boroma bush pig, wild pig Y� iya i mango (tree, fruit) uda va ro liana, vine yamu flesh, meat uda ia to put inside , to load , to vanllgi canoe take on passengers (in a boat , canoe) vanega i the day before yesterday , the other day udubaubau, udubaubauna C nose vara to be born , to arise uduna mouth varani yesterday uhau (G,W huau) bachelor , single man , youth varavara kinsman , relative uh�na a seed varea i to enter (also : enter a school , course) uma C, umagabu NC garden varo string, rope cf kimai varo, �mu i you (pI) peva varo, uda varo umu i emui your (pl) v�ura cuscus una i that vavana (pl vavad ia) mother 's unu breadfruit , breadfruit tree brother , sister's child unusen i there vavagu! uncle! nephew ! (term of address, see Section 5.1) ura to want , like , wish (see to pull, catch fish (with Sections 4.1, 4.3) veria line and hook) ura gauna thing wanted viroro bush betelnut uro clay pot , vopu , wof Lw bridge , wharf usina penis vot Lw 1. to vote utu head louse 2. a vote utua to cut , chop , chop off W v wan Lw one (HM tamona) vabu widow westen distrik Western District vada sorcery wik Lw week (HM pu ra) va�aeni, v�dan, v�da 1. as a sentence wi 1 Lw wheel introducer : then , all right .. 2. following a verb : completed wof Lw variant of vopu action, 'already ' (see Section 3.1) y v�davada ladder , steps vad ivad i a visit yia Lw year (HM lagan i) vad ivad i henia to visit va i rana a face, front v�i rana i in front (of) va itani C 1. after a verb : fin ished action 2. after lasi: intensifier , 'definitely '; lasi va itani definitely not AN ENGLISH - HIRI MOTU FINVER LIST

This list is to be used as a key to the preceding Hiri Motu - English vocabulary . This means that you should always refer back to that vocabulary for the detai ls of the form , meaning , and use of the Hiri Motu word or words you are seeking .

A alongside bad inai already vadaeni abandon, to rakatania also danu able diba, hegeregere always hana ihanai, nega ibouna i about bamona amazed hoa above ataiai among huana i abuse, to gwau henia ancestor sene ( tauna ) accept , to abiadae and bona , rna account sivarai anger badu acc ount ( on - of) dainai angry badu accumulate, to gogoa , haboa answer , to anesa, haere hen ia accustomed to manada ant dimairi adequate hegeregere appearance toana adorn , to hera ka ra ia appoint , to mak advise, to hereva henia, sisiba henia approximately bamona advice sisiba area kahana , kahanai afraid ga r i argue , to hepapahua after murinai arise , to vara afternoon adorahi arm imana afterwards gabea i, murinai armb and gana , toea agricultural agrikultia, army ami akrekals, b i ru arrest , to guia agriculture bir u arrive , to abia, ginidae aidpost edpos arrow diba 1 2 aircraft ba us, paramas i, plen ascend daekau airstrip estrip ashamed hemara i alike tamona ashes kahu alive mau r i ask, to henanada ia, nanadaia all ibouna i ask for, to noia, noinoi al lright ora it, vadaeni aspirin asprin almost kahirakahira assemble, to hebou alone sibona

206 207

assent , to abiadae beg, to noia, noinoi assist , to du rua begin , to hamatama i a, stat assistance durua behaviour kara astonished hoa behind mu r i na i at dekenai belly bogana axe i ra belongings gau aunt sinana ma ragi below henuna i Australia Ostrel ie belt gana awake noga bend (in river) pu in i betelnut buatau, viroro B between huana i big bada bachelor uhau bind, to kwa tua back doruna , mu rina bird bad dika manu bird of paradise lokohu badly dikadika biscuit biskis bag kiapa , puse bit, a sisin a, taina bail , to seia bite, to ko ria bake , to gabua bitter hegara bamb oo bau bau black koremakorema banana biku blackpalm goru bandage kumia, dabua blood ra ra bandicoot mada blow , to hiriria bank (of river) bad ibadi, tano blue gadokagadoka bark (of tree ) kop ina board , to guia barracks ba r i k i boat bot base bad ina body an ina bathe , to digu, digudigu boil, to nadua battle hea i, tua r i bone turiana be, to noho book buka beach kone, miri born, to be var a bead ageva boss biaguna , bosi bean bini both ruaosi beat , to botaia, dadaba ia bother hekwarahi because bad ina, dainai bottle kavabu because of da i na i , dekena i boundary ma k beckon , to bo i ria bow peva become , to giroa , hal aoa bowstring peva varo beef boroma kau box maua beer bia 208

boy mer� call out , to bo i bo i , boiria branch (of tree) rigina camp kamepa brawl , to heatu cane oro brawl heatu canoe vanag i bread bered i, pa 1 aoa car motuka breadfruit unu cards kasi break , to hamakoh ia, hakwa idua carefully meta i rameta ira, namonamo makohia cargo kago breast rata carrier ka re tauna breath (out of -) lagatuna carry , to abia, hua ia bridge vopu , wof case (in -) garina bring, to a b i a ma i, ma i 1 a i a, hua ia ma i cassowary kokokoko bring up , to ubua catch, to abia, gobea , veria broom, to brum catfish neku broom brum catholic kat ol ik cave brother kakana, tad i na , nad i matuna tai huna cemetery guria gabuna brother- in-law nakimi census sensas build , to hag inia cent sen building ruma centre huana bundle kumi chaff , to hevaseha burn , to a ra i a, gabua change into , to giroa , ha l aoa bury , to guria characteristic toana bush uda chase, to lulua bush fowl kepoka chat , to herevahereva bushman gunika tauna chest kemena , maua bush pig uda boroma chew , to an ia business bisines i chicken kokoroku but to chief loh ia, mamus butt (of tree ) duduna child nat una buttocks kununa chilli s iIi buy , to hoia, ho ihoi chin adena by dekenai choose, to abiahidi by means of amo , dekena i chop , to siria chop off, to utua c church dubu , eka res cigarette cabbage ka pis kuku clan cage magu iduhu clean up , to cake keke hagoeva ia clearing calculate, to duahia sega , sobea 209

clerk klak cough , to huahua climb , to daekau council kauns il clock dina gauna councillor kaunisolo close kahirakahira court kot close , to koua cover , to koua clothes dabua cow boromakau cloud guba , ori crab bava club gahi , kepata crime kerere coast kone criminal kerere tauna cockatoo kara i crooked gageva coconut karu , niu cross, to hanaia coffee kop i crowd hutuma cold keru, ke r uma cruel dagedage collect, to haboa crumb s momoru colour toana cry , to ta i comb i d ua r i cup kapusi come ,to ma i current a ru come running, to heau ma i curry ka r i come together , to haboa , hakapua cuscus vau ra commissioner komisina custom ka ra commit , to (crime ) kerere kara ia cut , to utua company kampan i cut up , to iva i a complete, to haorea completely momokan i D conduct , to gunalaia damaged dika conduct kara dance, to mavaru confused daradara dance mavaru congregate, to hebou dark koremako rema , dib ura consequently dekena i, taunabuna i darkness dibura consider , to laloa kara ia dawn daba , dabarere constable pol isiman day dina contents an ina day (the other -) vanega i continuously sipel i lasi dead mase count , to duahia deaf kud ima converse, to herevahereva , mogea deceive ko ia, ko ikoi cook, to hamudoa , nadua, gabua Decemb er Disemba cook boy ku k i decorate, to hera ka ra ia cooked maeda decoration hera , herahera copra koba ra deep dobu corn kon i definitely va itan i 210

depart , to toreisi earth ta no department dipatmen eat , to ania, ani ani depth dobu edge bibina, ma tana descend diho eel minama development divelopmen egg gatoi die , to mase eight taurahani different idau eighteen gwauta-taurahani difficult auka elapse, to bo io, ma i dig, to geia elbow diuna dirt miro election eleksin dirty m i ro eleven gwauta-ta dish up , to kadoa embrace, to rosia discharged doko emerge , to toreisi discover, to davaria empty kava ( kava) dismiss, to hadokoa enclosure magu distant daudau end , to doko district distrik, kahana end dokona , duduna dive, to paudobi energetic siahu divide, to haparara ia, har ia English Ingl is division divisin enlarge , to habada ia do, to ka ra ia enter , to va rea i do wrong, to kerere ka ra ia enterprise bisinesi dog sisia equal hegeregere dollar do la erect , to haginia done (cooked) maeda essence anina door iduara establish , to haginia double up , to lokua European tau kurokuro downwards diho even up , to hahegeregerea dream , to nihi evening adorahi drink , to inua everyone ibounai driver taria tauna everywhere edesen i edesen i drop , to hamorua evil dika drum ga ba excrete, to kukuri dry, to hakaukaua exist , to noho dry kakoro, kaukau, kororo explain, to hedinaraia during lalona i explode , to paia explosion pa ia E extinguish, to habodoa each ta ta extremely masemase ear taiana extremity duduna 211

eye matana fishing net reke fishing tackle kimai F five ima , fa if flashlight to 5 i face va i rana flavour mamina faeces kukuri flee, to fair hegeregere heau fall, to keto, moru flesh vamu family iduhu flipper apena float , to far daudau hu re fat digara , girisi flood aba ta father tamana floor ploa father- in-law ravana flower flauaflaua , parauaparaua fear ga ri fly, to heau, roho feast aria, ha ria fly lao feather hu ina flying fox ma riboi fold , to feed , to ubua lokua folk tale fell , to hamorua go r i fenc e ara follow , to gava ia, lulua food few ta ta, tamona tamona an ian i foot fibre hu ina aena , bad ina forehead field kahana baguna forest uda fierce dagedage forget , to fift een gwau ta- ima laloaboio fifty fipti former guna fight , to alala, heai, heatu foster, to ubua fight alala, tuari four han i, fo fill up , to hahonua fourteen gwauta-hani find , to davaria friend tu rana finger ima kwakikwaki fright ga r i finger nail koukouna frighten , to hagaria frightened finish, to haorea ga r i frog finished ore pa rapa ra from fire 1 ah i amo , dekena i front first guni gunana, guna , fes, va i rana pestaim front ( in -) va i rana i fi sh , to haoda, kimai fruit huahua fish gwarume full bogakunu, honu fish hook kima i anina fun hevaseha , fan fishing line kima i varo 212

G H game (play) gadara hair hu ina garden uma , umagabu half kahana gather , to gogoa , haboa hammer hama gauge bate hand imana gear gau hand back, to loulaia gentle manada handkerchief muko genuine korikori hard auka get , to abia he ia get into, to gu ia head kwarana , gunalaia tauna get up , to t oreisi headland pu ini gho st lauma headman lohia girl keken i headquarters hetkwotes give , to henia headwaters dorina give birth, to havara ia hear, to kamonai glad moa le heart kudou na glass ga Jasi heavy me tau go , to 1 a 0, r a k a help , to d u ru a goanna ariha help durua go around, to hagegea her ia-ena , ena go by , to ma i here inisen i God D i rava hesitate , to daradara good namo hide , to hunia good-bye bamahuta high school ha iskul goura pigeon turumu high up ataiai government gavaman hill ororo grandchild tubuna his i a-ena , ena grandfather tubuna hit , to bota ia grandmother tubuna hold , to dogoatao grass re i hold on to, to ros ia grease digara, girisi hole guri, ma tuna green gadokagadoka holy helaga ground tano hornbill bobo ro grow out of, to dudue, tubu hornet nanigo guide , to hakaua hospital hospitala gum tree gea hot siahu gun i P i d i house ruma 213

House of Assembly Haus Oy Asemb l i J how edana bamona January Dienuari how many hida jaw auki n a how much hida jealous mama huge ma ragi d i ba I as i Jesus Christ Lohiabada hunger hi to I 0 jew's harp bibo hungry hi to I 0 job gau ka ra hunt , to labana join, to hakapua , d i 0 i n i hunt labana joke , to hevaseha husband adavana , tau juice ran u , susu husk, to isia jump , to paudobi just kava

I lau K if bema keep together , to dogoa tao immediately maoromaoro kill , to alaia, hamasea improve , to hanamoa kinsman varavara in dekena i, lalona i knee t u ina incise, to iva ia knife ka ia increase , to habada ia knock, to pi dipi d i independence indipendens knock down , to hamorua influenza ku ru know , to d i ba inform , to had ibaia, hamaoroa knowledge diba inland gunika kunai grass kuruku ru insane kava (kava) insert , to to ia L inside (the -) lalo na labourer inside lalona i leba ladder intelligence aonega vadavada , step lake gohu intelligent aonega lamp lamepa interior (the - ) gunika land , to mo ru interpret hereva giroa land tano iron aien language gado island motumotu lap lap dabua it i a late lei t itch, to hema hema later gabea i its ia-ena , ena 214

laugh, to kiri local government loka l gavaman law ta r a vat u loincloth dabua , 5 i h i lead , to gunalaia, hakaua long lata leader gunalaia tauna, hanua long ago guna biaguna long since idau nega i leaf rau rau look, to itaia leave, to rakatan ia, toreisi look after, to naria leech doma look for , to tahua leg aena loose mar erema rere lest garina loosen , to hamarerea let go, to kokia lose , to haboioa, ha lusia letter reva reva , I eta lost bo io level off , to hahegeregerea lot (the -) idoina i liana uda varo louse utu liar ko i ko i tauna luck, lucky lak lick, to dem aria lie, to ko i a, ko i ko i M lie ko i ko i mad lie down , to hekure kava (kava) magic meamea life mau r i mainland tanobada lift up, to ab i a i 5 i make , to ka ra ia light d i a r i , I a i t i make bad , to had ikaia light (of weight ) ha raga make magic , to meamea kara ia lightning kevaru make sago , to rabia gigia like , to ura man tau , taubada like bamona mango tree/fruit va ivai lime tree/fruit siporo mangrove magoro lime ahu manner da la lime gourd ahu many momo linger , to na ria mark , to mak lip bibina mark mak listen, to kamonai market ho i ho i gabuna little ma rag i marry, to headava little, a sisina, taina mat geda liver asena me lau lizard ariha meal an iani load, to uda ia meaning an ina load kago means (by - of) amo lobster pa i 215

meat mit, vamu nail, to ikokoa medical assistant med ikolo nail ikoko medicine muramura name ladana meet , to hedavari, hebou nation tanobada meeting hebou nearby kahirakahira melon me len neck aiona mention, to gwau ra ia nephew vavana message sivarai net bag kiapa method da la new ma tama ta midday dina siahu, dina tubu news sivarai middle huana New Zealand Niu Silen milk ra ta night hanuabo i mind lalona nine tau rahan ita minister minista nineteen gwauta-taurahanita mirror ga 1 as i nipa palm b i r i miss, to reaia no 1 as i mission misin noise boiboi missionary misinari nose udubaubau mistake kerere not 1 as i mister mista now ha r i, harihari mix , to m i k i s i month hua , mans 0 money mon i odour bonana mo on hua office of is morning da ba officer of isa mosquito nemo often nega momo mosqu ito net ta i namo oil 9 i r i s i mother sinana okarl tree/nut oka r i mountain ororo old buruka , guna mouse bita omit , to rea ia mouth uduna on ataiai, latana i move away, to siri once guna , nega ta, nega tamona much momo once (at - ) maoromaoro mud kopukopu one ta, tamona , wan mullet lobu only kava , mo , sibona , sibona mo murder alala open , to kehoa mu ssel keva or e i ava , 0 my 1 egu , auegu order , to oda myth gor i order (in - to ) totona 216

ornament hera gauna pitpit mimia our aiemai, ita-eda place, to mogea , t uria out , to be bode place gabu out of amo plait , to mogea , t uria outrigger darima plantation plentesin outside murimuri plate me leki oven amudo platform pata ( pata) overripe bodaga play, to gadara owner biaguna , tamana play cards, to kasi oyster sire please mani pOint pu ini p poison (fi shing -) imoro paddle, to bara , ka loa policeman pol isim an paddle ba ra pork boroma pain hisihisi portion ahuna painful hisihisi portion out , to haria pandanus tree geregere Port Moresby Ho sb i pandanus nut katoro post (of house) pos paper pepa pot uro pass, to bo io, hana ia pound , to bota ia pa stor haroro tauna pound paun patrol, to patoro pour , to bubua patrol patoro powder pauda patro l post stesin power paua pawpaw nita, loku prawn pa i pay davana pray , to guriguri peac e ma ino preach haroro pearl shell ma iri preacher ha roro tauna penis usina pregnancy rogorogo people taunimanima pregnant rogorogo pepper vine popo present (at - ) hari perhaps sed ira present , to be noho person tau president pres iden pidgin pisin press, to kamukamu , mo ia, mo iamoia pierce, to gwada ia price davana pig boroma prick, to gwadaia pigeon pune primary school praimeri sku l pipe baubau print tore tore pit (in ground ) guri prison dib ura 217

prisoner d i bu ra tauna relative varava ra prod , to dudu ( dia) released doko promise, to gwauhama ta remove , to kokia property kohu repair , to hereva lou pull, to ver ia repeat , to he reva lou pull out , to raga ia replete bogakuna pursue , to I u I ua report , to ripos i push, to do ria require , to nanada ia put , to atoa rest , to s i pe Ii put inside, to uda ia rest s i pe Ii put on (clothes) atoa , kara ia rest house ba r i k i retire, to rita i a Q return, to lou, lou I a i a, giroa ma i reveal , to hed inara ia quarrel, to hepapa hua reward davana quick(ly) haraga rib (of palm leaf ) kipa quit, to siri rice ra isi quit, to be doko ridgepole magani bada quiver , to marerema rere ripe mage quivering heudeheude rise, to toreisi R river sinava i road da la radio red io roast , to gabua radio station red io stesin roll, to lokua rain medu roof rup rain tree lagani rooster kokoroku raise, to abiaisi root ramuna rat bita rope kwanau , varo rattan oro rotten bodaga raw kas iri round kuborukubo ru razor resa ru b, to d a h u a to reach, a b i a rubber raba read , to duahia rubbish momoru , rabisi ready red i hegaegae, ruin, to had ikaia real korikori run , to heau really momokani reason bad ina, da inai 5 red ka ka ka ka sack, to has akia reeds siriho sack puse regulation tarava tu 218

sacred hel aga share ahuna , sea , haria sad bogahisi, hebogahisihisi sharpen , to segea sadness bogahisi she ia sago (palm , meal) rabia shell koukouna salt damena , so I t i shellfish besisi same tamona ship bot sand m i r i shirt 5 i et i sap susu shoe tamaka savage dagedage shoot , to pidia, tarakia saw so shop , to ho ihoi sawdust momo ru shopping time ho ihoi negana say , to gwau short kwa d og i scar bero shoulder pagana school sikulu shove , to dor ia scissors pa kos i shy hema ra i scold , to gwau hen ia sick gorere scrape, to kakasia sickness gorere scratch, to ka kasia side bad i bad i, kahana scrotum abona sign, to toretore sea dava ra signature tore tore second iharuana , seken similar bamona see, to itaia sing, to ane ab ia seed uhena sink , to mu tu seek, to tahua sister kak ana , tad ina, tai huna seize, to ros ia sist er-in-law nakimi self-government self gavman sit , to helai sell, to ho ia, hoihoi, ho ihoi laia six tauratoi send , to 5 i a i a sixteen gwauta-tauratoi serve, to kadoa skin kopina seven hitu skirt rami seventeen gwauta-hitu sky guba several ta t a slaughter , to alaia sew, to turia sleep , to mahuta sewing t uri t uri slice, to iva ia shake, to hamarerea , ma rerema rere slow(ly) me tairametaira shaky ma rerema rere small ma rag i shall dohore smash hamakoh ia shame hema ra i smashed , to be makoh ia shape toana smell, to bona ia 219

smell bonana star hisiu smoke kwa lahu start , to hamatama ia, stat snake ga igai station stesin snatch, to dad ia stay , to helai snore , to hiriria steal , to henaoa soap sopu steer , to taria soft manoka stem bad ina some ha ida step on , to mo ia something gau ta stick sitik sometime nega ta sting, to kor ia sometimes nega ha ida stir, to giroa song ane stomach bogana sorcery meamea , vada stone nad i sore, to be hisihisi stop , to hadokoa sore toto store stoa sorrow bogahisi story kiki , sivarai, stori sorry bogahisi straight maoromaoro sound regena strange idau source ( of river) dor i na strength auka , goada speak , to hereva stretch, to roro, ver ia spear i 0, ka raud i strike, to bota ia, dadaba ia, kisia speech hereva string varo spell, rest s i pe 1 i strong auka , goada spend , to halusia stuck pa s i spill, to bubua stupid kava (kava) spinach kapis sub-district sab distrik spin around, to hagegea suck, to topoa spirit d i rava , 1 auma sufficient hegeregere spit , to kanud i negea sugar siuga spittle kanud i sugar cane tohu split, to siria summit dorina spoil, to had ikaia summon, to bo iria spoon sipunu sun dina spouse adavana surpass, to hana ia sprout, to dudue, tubu surprised hoa squash, to mo ia swallow, to hadonoa squeeze, to gigia swamp gohu , swampa stab, to gwada ia sweep , to brum stand , to gini sweet digara stand up , to toreisi sweet potato kaema 220

swellinp: gudu thief henaoa tauna swim , to nahu thigh mamuna switch off, to habodoa , koua thin severa severa switch on , to gigia, kehoa thing gau swollen gudu think, to laloa third ihatoina T thirsty ranu mase table pata ( pata) thirteen gwauta-toi tablet (medicine ) asprin this inai taboo ta rava tu thorn gini gini thought tail dubina, iuna laloa take , to abia three to i , t r i take away , to abia lao throat aiona throw, take care of , to naria to negea , tahoa take on, to uda ia thund er pa j a talk, to hereva , gwau ra ia tide abata talk hereva tie up , to guia, kwa tua tall 1 a t a tight auka tame ma nada timb er temuba tape recorder teperi koda time nega taro talo tinea sipoma taste mam ina tip duduna to tasty digara dekena i tattoo reva reva tobacco kuku , siomu together with tea ti danu teach, to had ibaia tomorrow kerukeru teacher had ibaia tauna , tisa tongue ma lana teaching aid had ibaia gauna tonight ha ri hanuabo i tooth tear , to darea isena tell, to hamaoroa , kiki top dorina torch ten gwauta tos i touch, thank you tenkiu to kamukamu tough that una i auka thatch b i r i towel ta u 1 i their i die d i a, ed ia town tauni then vadaen i track dala there unuseni trade, to hoihoi therefore taunabunai trade good s ho ihoi gaudia they i d i a transferred , to be transpe 221

transgress, to hana ia varied idau idau translate hana ia, hereva giroa various i dau i dau tread on, to mo ia verandah baranda , dehe tree au very herea , horohoro , maragi lasi , trouble hekwa r ahi, kerere masemase , momokan i trou sers piripou village hanua truck t r a ka village constable hanua pol isiman true momokani villagers hanua taud ia trunk (of tree) gabana, bad ina vine uda varo truss up , to guia visit , to vad ivad i ( hen ia) try , to itaia visit vad ivadi tube baubau voice gada turn , to giroa , giroa-ga roa vomit mumuta turtle ma tabud i vote , to vot twelve gwauta-rua two rua , tu w twenty ruahu i wages davana twist , to mogea waist gabana wait , to na ria u waken , to haoa

uncle vavana walk, to ra ka , loa I oa , loa I a i a uncooked ka siri wall ser� underneath henuna i wallaby magan i understand , to diba, kamona i wander, to loaloa undo , to ruha ia want , to ura university iun ive siti war alala unknown idau warning sisiba warrior untie, to ruha ia tuari tauna wash , to digu , had igua , huria until e 1 a bona , ema bona washed away upwards daekau hure wasp urinate, to me i nan igo urine me i watch dina gauna water us a j , ita ranu use , to gaukaralaia wave, to davea used to manada wave hurehure way (of doing) da la V we ai, ita weak manoka vagina kio wealth kohu vain, in kava 222

weed ava wound bero week pura , wik wrap , to kumia weight metau write, to torea well namo , namon amo writing revareva , toretore Western District Westen Distrik wet pa r i pa r i y wharf vopu , wof yam rnah 0, mao sini, t a i t u what dahak a yarn , to k i k i what for dahaka totona year lagani, yia wheel 1 wi yellow laboral abora when edana nega i yes be, oibe, io where edesen i yesterday varani which edana yield anina wh ile danu you 0 i, umu i wh irl around , to giroa garoa young matama ta white kurokuro your emu , oiemu , umu iemu who da ika youth ( a -) uhau whole idoinai wh ose da ika ena why dahaka bad ina, dahaka da inai, daha k a totona widow vabu widower dogae wife adavana , hahine will doho re wind lai, lahara , laurabada wing a pena , ha nina wipe, to dahua wisdom aonega wise aonega wish, to ura wish ura with amo , danu , dekena i, ida woman hahine, sinabada womenfolk hahine taud ia wood au word hereva work, to gaukara, gauka ra ia, gauka r alaia work gauka ra world tanobada USEFUL WORV GROUPS 224

PEOPLE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIP TERM S adopt , to ubua adopted child ubua natuna ancestor sene aunt mother 's sister sinana ma rag i - father 's sister 1 a 1 a n a barbarian dagedage tauna barren gabani betroth, to maohen ia birthday vara dinana black-skinned person kop ina korema ( ko rema) taud ia blood relatives ra ra tamona taudia born, to be va ra to give birth to havara ia first born vara guna boss bos i tauna , biaguna , tamana boy mero boys memero boys and girls meme rokeken i brother - of male, elder kakana - of male, younger tadina - of female tai huna brother-in- law nakimi care for, to ubua cheerful person lalonamo tauna chief, headman lohia child - legitimate natuna illegitimate ariara natuna - newly bo rn natuna ma tamata first born natuna, ia va r a guna tauna - adopted ubua natuna clan iduhu cousin - mother 's brother 's children vavana - other (as general term) varava ra , tadi kaka daughter natuna keken i 225

daughter-in-law ravana descendant bese European , a tau ku roku ro , kop ina ku roku ro tauna , nao tauna European - man taubada , tau ku roku ro - woman sinabada , hahine kuroku ro everybody taunimanima ibouna i family bese, fam i 1 i father tamana father-in-law ravana foreigner nao tauna foster , to ubua friend nak im i, tu rana girl keken i grandchild tubuna grandparent tubuna grown-ups tatauhahine harlot ariara hah ine headman lohia heir gabuna abia tauna husband tau , adavana ( = spou se) important man tau badana in-laws - father , mother, son, daughter ravana - sister nak i m i - brother nakimi line of kinsmen iduhu man , a tau important man tau badana old man tau buruka mankind taunimanima marry , to headava to promise in marriage headava gwauhamata master biaguna , bos i tauna, tamana men tatau men and women tatau hahine messenger - male hes iai tau/mero - female hes iai keken i mother - natural sinana foster sinabada ma rag i 226

mother-in-law rayana name ladana nation bese native net iv tauna , kop ina korema tauna newlyweds headava matama ta taudia old man tau buruka old woman hahine buruka owner biaguna Papua-New Guinean Papua Niu Gini tauna paramount chief lohia badana people taunimanima poor person ogogam i, kohu lasi tauna, moni lasi tauna promise ( in marriage ), to headava gwauhamata prostitute ariara hahine quiet person manau tauna rascal d i ka tauna relative va ravara servant hes i a i tauna sister - of female, elder kakana - of female, younger tad ina - of male ta ihuna son natuna mer� son-in-law ravana sorcerer meamea tauna , pu ripuri tauna , vada tauna spouse adavana successor gabuna abia tauna surname tamana ena ladana , bese ladana tribe bese uncle - maternal vavana - paternal tamana ma rag i unmarried , to be adavana ia noho lasi, ia headava lasi, keken i ia abia lasi unmarried girl hane ulato (C) unmarried male, youth uhau village people hanua taudia villager hanua tauna virgin laloduhu white-skinned person kop ina ku rokuro tauna 227

whore ariara hahine/kekeni widow vabu widower dogae wife hahine, adavana (= spouse) witch mea mea hah ine, vada hah ine woman hahine youth uhau

BODY PARTS AND PHYSIOLOGICAL TERMS

ankle ae(na) turia, aena sikuru gabuna anus kununa (matuna) arm imana back doruna backbone doruna tu r i ana beard adena hu ina, aukina hu ina belch, to gada bo iboi belly bogana bleed , to rara ia diho, rara ia ma i blister goua blood rara body tauanina bone turiana brain ha rana C; kwa rana an ina/lalona breast rata breath 1 aga , (udu) hodahoda breathe, to hahod i, 1 aga buttocks kununa chest kemena chill keru chin adena choke , to a i ona dekena i kamokau , a i ona i a koua claw imana conceive, to rogorogo cough, to huahua court , have sexual int ercourse with , to s i ha r i crest feathers ibara cry ,to ta i defecate, to kukuri 228

die, to roa se dizzy girog iro doze, to mahuta dream , to nihi drink, to inua ear ta i ana eat , to ania egg gatoi elbow diuna entrails bogarau eye matana eyebrow ibun i C, ma ta (na) hu ina face va i rana faeces kukuri faint , to maserea fat digara feather hu ina fell, to (with the hands) dauatoho fever gorere finger ima (na) kwakikwaki (na) fish scales unana flesh vamu flipper apena foot aena forehead gabuna give birth, to havara ia gro in dagadaga C, kam ika grow , to tubu hair huina hand imana left ima laurina right ima idiba head kwa rana hear , to kamona i heart kudouna heel of foot ae(na) geduna hiccough, to baturo C, gado boiboi hip dagira horn doa hungry hi to 10 229

int ercourse , to have gaga ia, sihari itch, to hema ihema i jaw aukina joint sikuru gabuna , garugaru C kidney nad i nad i knee tu ina knuckle ima garugaru C laugh k i r i leg a ena liver asena lump gudu lung ba rag ie, hahod i gauna milk ra t a moustache bibina hu ina mouth uduna nail - of finger , toe koukouna navel hudo neck aiona nipple rata matuna nose udu baubau nostril udu ma tuna numb , to be ma se bamo na , tamo ru C pain his i his i penis us ina perspire , to siahua , varahu ia diho pimple hos ihosi pregnant rogorogo pus hura replete bogakunu rib rudu turiana ringworm sipoma scab toto matana scabies sipoma scar kipara scrotum abona see , to ita I a shoulder pagana sit , to he 1 a i skin kop ina skull kwa rana kou kouna 230

smell, to bona ia sneeze, to asimana C, hua sole of foot ae(na) I a I ona sore toto spit , to kanud i negea spittle kanud i stand , to gin i stomach bogana swallow, to hadonoa sweat varahu tail - of bird dubina, gol ena C - of animal iuna taste, to mamia tears ma tana ranu teat rata ma tana testicle abona thigh mamuna thirsty ranu mase throat aiona , gadona tinea sipoma tired kop ina ia metau toe ae(na) kwakikwaki (na) tongue ma lana tooth isena tremble, to ma rere marere trunk of body anina, gabana tusk doa , i sena ulcer toto dikana urinate, to me i urine me i vagina kio vein rara varovaro vomit, to mumuta waist gaba (na) walk, to ra ka wart hos ihos i windpipe gada baubau wing han in a, apena womb bogana wound bero 231

wrist yageyage C yawn , to mavamava C yaws toto dikana

CLOTH ING AND DECORAT ION

armlet gana beads ageva bedsheet mahuta patana dabua belt gaba gauna blanket bilanket i bracelet ima hera gauna button pitopito chair he lai gauna clothes dabua comb iduari, duari decoration hera hera ear-rings of turtle shell gebore glasses 9 1 as i 5 handkerchief mu ko hem dabua i sena loinc loth, laplap dabua lOincloth, traditional 5 i h i napkin natuna ma ragi dabua net bag kiapa ornament hera gauna pearlshell ornament ma iri powder pauda pyjamas ma huta dabua raincoat medu dabua , goru (rain cape made of palm leaves) ring ring shell armb and toea shirt sieti shoe tama ka skirt , traditional ram i thread varovaro towel tau 1 i trousers piripou umbrella tama ru underwear henu dabua wristwatch dina gauna 232

HOU SEHOLD UTEN SILS , TOOLS , MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, WEAPONS adze omo arrow diba ax e ira bas in (metal) bes ini basket bosea battery bat ari bed mahuta gauna , patapata bench patana blade (of knife ) ka ia anina bottle botol0, kavabu bow peva box maua broom, brush brum, daroda r o gauna bullet ipidi anina, bu leti bush knife ka ia badana cartridge katresi clock dina gauna club , stone gahi conch shell kibi cup ka pu 5 i dish , wooden dihu drill ibudu , budua gauna drum gaba edge (of knife) ka ia ma tana fighting stick kepata fishing gear kimai hook kimai an ina - line kimai varo - net reke - spear ka raud i frying pan fraipan glass (drinking) ga lasi grindstone segea nad i gun i pid i hammer hama hammock ivitoto, vitoto jew's harp bibo kettle kedolo 233

knife ka ia knife ( for cutting grass) i 1 a pa , sa rip lamp lamepa , golobu lime gourd ahu mat ches mas isi mirror galasi , var ivari C mosquito net ta i namo nail ikoko needle kob i picture, painting 1 au 1 au plate me leki pliers palaias pot (clay) uro radio redio razor resa , vasiga C refrigerator fris, hapa raka ia gauna rope kwanau sack pu se saucepan nadua gauna , 50S pen saw so scissors pakos i shovel savel0, tano kadoa gauna sleeping mat geda soap sopu spade sipe di, spet spear io spoon sipunu strainer momo ru koua gauna string varo table pa tapata torch tos i weapons h eatu gaud ia 234

PREPARED AND MANUFACTURED FOODS

(For frui t, vegetables , meat , and fi sh , see Fauna and Flora) biscuit b iskit bread bered i, pa l aoa butter bata cake keke cheese sisi cocoa koko coffee kopi curry ka r i curry powder ka r i pauda flour pa l aoa margarine 9 i r i 5 i pepper pepa sago pancakes ataga C sago pudding iara salt damena, sol ti scone sikon i soup vasiahu, supu sugar suga , siuga tea ti

HOUSE AND GA RDEN door iduara fence ara , magu fire place lahi gabuna floor reirei , ploa garden uma , umagabu house ruma kitchen nanadu gabuna , nadua gabuna ladder vadavada plank temuba post pos , pousi ridgepole maganibada roof ru p roofing (galvanized iron) punu room da iutu, rum thatch b i r i 235

timber temuba toilet tim oraut, ruma ma rag i, kuku ri ruma verandah baranda , dehe wall ( plaited bamb oo ) sero - palmleaf rib kipa window gaba mauru

DISEASES AND HEALTH CARE ; MEDICAL TERMS abort , to mero negea , natuna negea , ma ra dika abscess toto head of abscess toto ma tana ache , pain, a his i his i acute pain hisihisi haraga agony hisihisi bada afflict , cause pain to, torture, to hahisia assistant durua tauna bad , no good , decayed dika, bodaga (= rotten) bandage , a kumia dabua , toto koua gauna, bandes i bandage , tie up , to gu ia, kumia bathe , to had igua bed , bunk ma huta patana bed bug, tick darura blanket bila nke ti, planket i bleed , to ra ra ia diho blind, to be mata kepulu, mata kiau blister , a gou blood blister rara ase born , to be vara to give birth to havaraia birthday vara dinana breast feed , to rata hen ia breath laga to be short of breath lagatuna to catch one 's breath laga an i breathe , to hahod i '. udu hodahoda bruise , a gou bruise, blister, to goua bug utu bada 236

bunk, bed mahuta patana bury , to guria cold keru cold, a ku ru to get a cold kuru davaria to blow one 's nose ku ru negea cotton , cotton wool koton i, beberoho cough , a hua cough, to hua to get a cough hua davaria cure, save , to hamauria dead person mase tauna deadly, poisonous mase gauna deaf ta ia kudima death mase die, to mase disease gorere contagious disease hana ia haraga gorere doctor, medical officer dokta (tauna) drug mu ramu ra drunk, to be kekero (C) , inuinu earache ta ia hisihisi elephantiasis badau (gorere) emaciated gorere toa na ia noho excreta kukuri exhale, to udu laholah o exhausted , to be mase kahi rakahira faint , to maserea fester , to dika badabada , hura germ gorere ga igai guardian naria tauna heal , cure, to hanamoa hiccough gada bo iboi hospital hospitala hot , to be siahu infection gorere infectious disease rohohana i gorere influenza ku ru 237

inj ection indie k sin, kodoa to have an inj ection kodoa ab ia to give an injection kodoa hen ia kerosine keros in leper , a lepa tauna leprosy 1 epa , 1 epera lick, to dem aria life mau r i louse , nit utu medical officer dokta tauna medical orderly med ikolo tauna, med ikolo mere medicine , ointment , drug muramura methylated spirits 5 p i r it mosquito nemo , namo mosquito net ta i namo nit utu nurse nes ointment muramura pain, ache , to his i his i pant , to hahod i haraga paralyzed , to be ma rere diba 1 as i perspire, to siahu perspiration varahu , siahu plaster plasta , toto koua gauna pleurisy kemena gorere pollute, to ham i roa pregnant , to be rogorogo put on clothes , to dabua atoa rest , to laga ani revive, to ma uri lou ringworm, scabies sipoma rub , to dahua rubbish momoru scabies, ringworm sipoma scissors pakos i sea-sickness gu rea shake , shiver, to marere ma rere shiver , to ma rere ma rere sick, to be gorere to become sick gorere abia to get sick gorere davaria 238

sickness gorere sea-sickness gurea skeleton turia kavakava smart , to hegara sorcery meamea , pu ripuri , vada sore toto scab of sore toto ma tana pus of sore toto ranu sorrow bogahisihisi spatula bed i spit, to kanud i negea spittle, spit kanud i spoon , spatula bed i squeeze, to gigia suck, to topoa , mus ia suicide hea la swallow, to hadonoa swell, to gudu swoon, to maserea take of f clothes , to dabua kokia ( oho) teat , a rata matana temperature siahu to take one 's temperature tauanina siahu hahetohoa tired , to be kop ina ia metau toilet kukuri ruma , mea ruma ulcer toto badana unconscious, to be mase kahirakahira unhealthy place gabu dikana urine me i visitors vad ivad i taudia vomit mumuta wet , to hapariparia wound , a bero, utua gabu wound , injure, to haberoa , utua wrap up, bandage , to kum ia yaws toto dikana 239

SCHOOLROOM TERMS abuse , to gwauhen ia, gwau dika hen ia act, play , to gadara admonish, to gwau henia announce, to herevalaia annually lagani ta ta answer, an anesa answer , to anesa hen i a, haere hen i a ( C ) arithmetic namba , sam author buka torea tauna bad language , swearing hereva dikana blackboard blak bot book bu ka Open the book ! Buka 0 i kehoa ! Close the book! Buka oi koua ! bring, to (buka) abia ma i, ma ilaia broom, a brum, darodaro gauna cupboard kabad calendar ka l enda careless kererekerere chair sea , sia, helai gauna chalk sok change , to ha i daua chat , to herevahereva class k I a s clever diba tauna , aonega tauna clock dina gauna colour ka la, toana come late, to ma i leit converse , to herevahereva correct, to be (hereva) ia maoro correct, to ha idaua count , to namba duahia curse, to gwau dika hen ia daily dina ta ta date, day dina today hari dina tomorrow kerukeru yesterday varani 240

day before yesterday vanega i day after tomorrow kerukeru vanega i long time ago idau nega i, guna formerly guna deaf , to be ta ia kud ima deceit ko ikoi deceive , to koia demented, mad kavakava demonstrate , to ka ra ia hetoho dictionary diksine ri , hereva an ina torea buka din, noise regena (of things), bo iboi (of people) dismiss, to siaia lao, hadokoa disobedient , to be kamona i I as i, gwauedeede (C) divide (into many pieces), to ka roa ia Don't! Ka r a i a I a s i ! dormitory mahuta ruma draw (pictures ), to laulau ka ra ia, laulau torea drowsy, to be ma tana ia papa lasi, ma tana ia gara ia dull, mentally dib a haraga lasi tauna , aonega I as i tauna dumb , to be hereva diba lasi dux of school kwa l imu mere earth, land tanobada early guna easy auka lasi educate had ibaia encourage , to hagoada ia English language Ingl is gada enlighten, to hahed inara ia, hed inaraia envelope , an revareva uda ia gauna equal hegeregere equalize, to ( ha ) hegeregerea

erase, to dahua oho ( = rub off) , rohoa ( = cancel , erase) eraser, an raba , rohoa gauna , dahua gauna error kerere even up , to hahegeregerea explain , to hereva hahed inaraia fault (someone 's) kerere 241

fail (an examination) , to moru , kwal imu lasi fed up with something, to be hesiku flag pepe flagpole pepe kwa tua auna fountain pen toretore gauna, torea gauna game , a gadara garrulous hereva momo get up , to toreisi good namo gossip , to herevahereva grammar gada anina guess, to gwautoho hear , to kamona i holiday liv, laga ani dinana idle noho kava ignorant 1 ahu i immediately harihari incorrect (he reva) ia kerere/d ika increase, to habada ia know, to dib a knowledge d i ba language gada late, to be 1 e i t laugh , to k i r i laugh at , to k i r i 1 a i a lazy lahedo learn , to diba tahua , had ibaia lesson lesen letter , a 1 eta , revareva Write a letter ! Leta oi torea ! liar ko ikoi (d ika) tauna lie, a he reva ko i ko i lie, to ko ikoi listen, to kamona i listeners kamona i taud i a magazine laulau buka mail revareva mainland tanobada map laulau , tano laulau, mapu margin isena 242

meaning gada anina measure, to hahetoto misbehave kara d i ka ka r a i a misquote gwauraia kerere mistake , a kerere month hua January Dianuari huana February Februari huana March Mas huana April Eipril huana May Mei huana June Diun huana July D iulai huana August Ogas huana September Septemba huana Oc tober Oktoba huana November Novemba huana Decemb er Disemba huana monthly hua ta ta myth gor i name ladana naughty lebulebu , kamona i lasi tauna New Guinea Pidgin Pisin gada nuisanc e, a hambaga numb er namba obey , to kamona i page , a rau paper pepa pass an examination , to kwa l imu pen torea gauna , toretore gauna penc il torea gauna , pen isolo picture laulau play , to gadara place to sit , a he 1 a i gabuna pupil sikul mero/kekeni rave on, to hereva kava read , to buka duahia repeat , to hereva lou rest , a sipel i, laga an i ring (a bell) , to toua 243

rubber, a raba , rohoa gauna, dahua gauna Rubbish! Ko ikoi bada ! ruler, scale, a hahetoto gauna school sikulu, skul school boys sikulu memero school girls sikulu kekeni school children sikulu memerokekeni scold, to gwauhenia secret language hunia gado show , to (0 i ) ka r a i a (Iau ) ita i a sing , to ane abia sit , to heI a i song ane speak , to hereva to speak loudly hereva bada to speak soft ly hereva meta ira to speak slowly , carefully hereva meta ira meta ira to speak fast hereva ha raga speak about, to hereva laia spell, a sipel i, laga ani stand , to gin i stand in line , to lain deke nai gini stand up , to toreisi stand upright , to gini mao romaoro story, a sivarai, stori subtract , to abia oho sum, a sam surname bese ladana, tamana ena ladana swearing hereva dikana sweep , to daroa table patapata talk, to hereva talk aimlessly, to hereva kava teach, to had ibaia teacher had ibaia tauna, tisa, titia tired of something, to be hes iku type, to ta ipa ka ra ia typewrite ta ipa ma s in, toretore ma s in understand , to diba , kamonai 244

vacation liv, laga an i dinana Vocational Centre Voke isenel Senta watch, a dina gauna What 's the time? Dina gauna be hida? write, to torea to writ e a letter revareva torea , leta torea writing toretore, reva reva yarn , to kiki

TRAN SPORT AND TRAVEL aircraft ba lus, pararnas i, plen airstrip estrip, plen ia diho ( rnoru) gabuna bridge nese, vopu bicycle ba ik, wi lwil boat , ship bot , bouti camp ka rnepa , kern canoe vanag i canoe pole aiva ra car rnotuka carr ier kare ( tauna) driver taria tauna engine ens in fly sheet pa I a i gasoline bensin gr ease 9 i r i 5 i jack, a diage load kago mast au tubua oil 9 i r i 5 i, we I outrigger dar i rna paddle bara paddle, to bara , ka loa patrol patoro , patro pump parnu gau na road dala sail pa l ai, lara C sail, to heau start engine , to stat i steamship 5 isi rna stop engine, to ens in hadokoa , harnasea 245

t ire ta ia tractor trekta truck t r a ka wharf vopu wheel wi 1

BUSINESS, TRADE , AND BANKING agriculture b i ru agricultural officer biru gauka ra tauna bank benk, ban k borrow , to abiatoreha i bu siness bisines i buy, to hoia cattle boromakau change (currencies), to ha l aoa company , a kampan i, kompan i contract gwauhamata , kontaraka copper kapa copra kobara credit abi tore debt abitoreha i factory faktori gold go10 iron auri, aien loan, a mon i abi toreha i manufacture , to ka ra i a market ho i ho i gabuna money davana , moni plantation plentes in profit profit rent , to renti rubber raba sell, to ho ia share , a sea spend, to (money ) davana negea store sitoa , stoa , stua toil, hard work hekwa rah i trade , to ho ia workers gaukara taudia 246

GOVERNMENT AND LAW act (of parliament ), an taravatu badana administer, to na ria Administration , the gavamani Administrator , the administreta . gavana A.D.O. eidi o advisory committee sisiba hen ia komiti ambassador ambasado. idau tanobada ia lao tauna ma ena Gavamani ena hereva ia gwaura ia army am i

Assistant District Officer ( = A.D. 0. ) eidio assistance heduru barracks ba riki borrow, to abiatoreha i boss, a biaguna. bos i tauna boss, to biagua boundary hetoana . maka break the law , to taravatu hana ia. taravatu utua bugle b i ug iIi. k i b i captain gunalaia tauna census sensis. ladana torea gaukara . tauniman ima duah ia gaukara change into, to ha l aoa citizen, a sitisen. Papua Niu Gini tauna korikori a non-citizen sit i sen I as i tauna . idau tano tauna . idau tanobada tauna citizenship sitisens ip clerk, a klak. ka lak commission komisin committee kom i ti. orea constitution konstitiusin control, to taria. biagua council kauns i I councillor kaunsila country, the tanobada court , a kot . kota to hold a court kota ka ra ia supreme court suprimi kota . nasiona l kota to take to court kota hen ia 247

department dipatmen director d aiekta , gunalaia tauna directorship da i rekta dag ina district distrik, prov inso l District Officer (= D.O. ) dio D.O. dio election elek sin electorate elektoret equalize (wages), to hatamona ia erect, to hag inia European-in-charge taubada badana , namba wan taubada European with lesser power taubada ma rag i, namba tu taubada extend , postpone, put off, to hadaudaua flag pepe flag pole pepe kwa tua auna to raise a flag pepe veria daekau , pepe hadaea ( C) to lower a flag pepe veria diho goal dibura Government Official gavaman i taubada guide, a hakaua tauna half-caste hapakasi tauna House of Assemb ly Haus ov Asembl i judge diad i kiap taubada, pa tro of isa law ta ravatu lawyer loea lead , to hakaua leader gunalaia tauna leadership gunalaia gaukara , gunalaia dagina licence gwau mao ro pepa lives of the people, the taunimanima ed ia mau ri da lana local 1 oka 1 0 look after , be in charge of, to biagua, nar ia magis trate mad istret meeting, a hebou member, -of a council kauns ila -of the parliament memba minister - of the parliament minista mixed-race, half-caste h apakas i tauna 248

national parliament nasinol pa l amen naturalization nat iuralaisesin to become naturalized natiuralaises in abia nominat e, to nomineit, ladana atoa occupation gaukara , dagina office (someone 's), occupation gaukara, dagina officer of isa, ofesa Papua New Guinea Papua Niu Gi ni parliament kaunsil badana, pa l amen party pat i political party pol it i kol pat i passport gwau maoro pepa , pas ipot i

Patrol Officer ( = P.O.) patro of isa pension ritaia davana , ritaia mon ina policeman po l isimani village policeman hanua po lisimani power - general paoa , paua , siahu - electrical elek trik paoa president presi den prisoner dibura tauna progress, to tubu daekau , haginia namon amo Public se rvice pabl ik sevis queen kw in ratify , fu lfil , to hamomokania register red ista report , to ripot i request, apply for, to no ia rest house ba riki retire , to ritaia rights maoro run (a country ), to haheaua, taria section , sub-section , verse (of a report ) karoa , siri speaker , the (of parliament ) spika stateless person tanobada ta las i tauna Government , the gavamani steer , direct, to taria strengthen, to hagoada laia sue, to habadelaia survey , to sobea 249

tell the truth, to hereva momokani town taun i, taon i translate, to gado giroa , gado hanaia translator gado giroa tauna, gado hana ia tauna trust, to abidadama hen ia try, to tohoa vote, a vout i, vot vote, to voutilaia

RELIGION AND BELIEFS altar terona angel aneru apostle aposetolo assemble, to hebou baptism bapatiso baptize, to bapati soa belief kamona i believe, to kamonai, abiadae Bible Ba i be 1 blaspheme , to Dirava ladana had ikaia bless, to hanamoa blessing ahenamo break the Commandments, to taravatu makohia, hana ia Catholic ka t ol ik celebrate, to moa le kara ia Christ Ke r i so Christmas Kerismas church (building) dubu Church (the institution ) Ekalesia, Ekares church offering boubou commandment taravatu Holy Communion An i bou confess, to hereva hed inara ia confession hereva hed inara i consecrate ahelaga ia creation , cosmos, nature Dirava ia ka ra ia gaud ia cross, crucifix satauro crucify, to hasatauroa custom, way of life ka ra 250

darkness, ignorance dibura disciple ahed iba tauna , mu rinai ia raka tauna Easter Ista evil spirit lauma dikana faith kamonai fame , reputat ion harina fold the hands, to i mana lokua forgive , to gwauatao ghost lauma God D i rava gods , false dirava ko ikoi Good Friday lesu Keriso idia hasatauroa ita laloa dinana Gospel Siva ra i Helaga grateful, to be hanamoa hen ia heaven Dirava ena gabu , heven hell diabolo/satana ena gabu Holy Spirit Lauma Helaga honour , to ma tauraia hymn ane Jesus Christ lesu Ke riso Jew I uda tauna keep the commandments, to taravatu dogoa tao kingdom bas ileia kneel down , to tu ina hada ia life mau r i life eternal mauri hana ihanai lift up, to abiaisi Lord , the Loh i abada magic meamea , vada , pu ripuri marry , to headava meeting hebou mercy bogahisi miracle hoa gauna Mission Misin missionary misin tauna , misinari , sivarai namona herevalaia tauna Mission Station Misin Stesin New Testament Ta ravatu Matamata -,names of Books : Taravatu Matamata ena ka road ia: 251

Matthew Mata io Mark Ma reko Luke Lu ka John loane Ac ts of the Apostles Aposetolo ed ia Ka ra Romans Rome Corinthians Ko r i n to Galatians Ga latia Ephesians Efeso Philippians F iiip i Colossians Ko lose Thessalonians Tesa lonika Timothy Timoteo Titus Tito Philemon Filemona Hebrews Heberu James I a kobo Peter Petro Jude luda Revelation Apoka lupo Old Testament Ta ravatu Gunana paganism Dirava diba lasi dalana pagan Dirava ia diba lasi tauna parable parabolo peace ma ine please, to hamoa lea pray , to guriguri prayer guriguri prayer book guriguri buka preach, to ha roro preacher ha roro tauna, pasto promise, vow gwauhamata promise , to gwauhama ta henia prophet peroveta tauna receive Communion, to An i bou ania Sabbath Sabati, Dina Helaga sanctify hahelaga ia satan diabolo, satana Seventh Day Adventist Seven Dei 252

sin, to kara dika kara ia sinner ka ra dika tauna sing , to ane abia song , hymn ane sorcerer vada tauna , meamea tauna, puripuri tauna sorcery vada , puripuri, meamea way of life dala worship toma diho hen ia

FAUNA ant - small black d i ma i r i - red , tree nesting bir airo C bandicoot mada bat - insect eating kidukidu , sisiboi - fruit eating ( flying fo x ) ma riboi bedbug d a ru ra bee bi , nanigo beetle ka riutu bird ma nu bird of paradise lokohu boar, male pig boroma tau brush turkey kepoka , aba bug, insect manumanu bushfowl kepoka butterfly kaubebe cas sowary kokokoko cat kito, pusi catfish neku caterpillar ga igai ma rag i centipede ahia chicken kokoroku clam budubudu cockatoo - wh ite ka ra i cockroach pa ro , pitopito C cow bo romakau crab bava crayfish ura , pa i crocodile huala 253

crow kalo cuscus vaura dog 5 i 5 i a duck daki earthworm biluga , ga igai ma rag i eel minama , dagwa la fish gwa rume flea roho manumanu, sei fly lao flying fox - big ma r i bo i - small 5 i 5 i bo i frog pa roparo goura pigeon turumu grasshopper kwad i, kwad i kwad i grub ga iga i ma rag i gull kanage C hawk bog i bada hornbill boboro horse hos i insect - flying labol abo leech doma lizard - gecko va boha - go anna ariha louse utu lobster ura, pa i mosquito namo , nemo W opossum dired ire owl ba i mumu C oyster besisi, bisisi pig bo roma parrot koki pigeon pune porpoise kiduru i prawn pa i rat bita reptile rau gauna rooster kokoroku scorpion doadoa scrub turkey kepoka sea cow ru i 254

shark kwa laha sheep sipi, mamoe shellfish besisi snake ga igai sow, female pig boroma hahine, sinana boroma spider magera turkey (brush) kepoka , aba turtle ma tabud i wallaby magani wasp nanigo worm ga igai ma rag i

FLORA bamboo baubau banana biku bark of tree au kop ina bean bin i betelnut buatua - wild vitoro betel pepper popo blackpalm goru branch ( au) rigina breadfruit unu butt of tree au duduna cabbage kapis cane oro cane grass, pitpit mimia canoe tree i 1 imo coconut niu milk niu ranu , dehoro C - young ka ru coffee kop i corn kon i flower paraupa rau , parauap a raua fruit ( au) huahua ginger sihoa , ag i C grass rei gum tree gea kunai grass kurukuru 255

leaf (au) rau rau liana uda varo lime tree , fruit s iporo mango va ivai mangrove gavera , magoro manioc kasava nipa palm b i r i okari tree, nut okari pandanus geregere pandanus nut katoro pawpaw loku , nita pea pi peanut niuniu, pinat potato mose, poteta pumpkin maos ini rain tree lagani reeds, cane (along river banks) 5 i r i ho root (au) ramuna sago palm rab ia seaweed alaga seed uhena stem (au) bad i na sugar cane tohu sweet potato kaema taro ta lc thorn gin i gini tobacco kuku , siomu tomato tamato tree au trunk au gabana vine uda va r o weeds ava yam maho , ta i tu 256

NATURE AND LANDSCAPE afternoon adorahi ashes kahu , rahurahu C bank of river sinava i bad i bad i, sinava i isena , sinava i popoto C bay gohu beach kone, m i r i bend in river pu in i, i d u ka C bush uda cape iduka cave nad i ma tuna clay raro clay - red tano kakakaka cliff hagahaga cloud or i coast kone coral dava ra nad i na current aru darkness dibura dawn dabarere dew hunu dust kahu earth tano fire 1 a hi flood in river abata fog ori ia diho, ninoa C ground tano headland iduka, pu ini headwaters (of river) sinava i dor ina hill ororo island mo tumotu lake gohu light diari lightning kevaru midday dina siahu , dina tubu monsoon - NW lahara - SE laurabada moon hua morning daba 257

mouth of river 5 i nava i uduna mud kopukopu night hanuaboi plain taora (= floodplain ) , pal aka gabuna ( = flat ground ) rain medu rainbow kevau river sinavai sand m i r i sea davara shore kone sky guba smoke kwalahu source of river, headwaters sinava i dorina star hisiu stone nad i summit dorina sun dina swamp swampa , gohu thunder guba bo iboi tide abata - low ku i - high utu valley kou ra , diho gabuna water ra nu wave hurehure wind 1 a i A HIRI MOTU READING LIST

1. History , Development and Use

Barton, H.L. (1910) "The Annual Trading Expedition to the Papuan Gulf ." Chapter VIII of C.G. Seligmann 's The MelaYlelliaM 06 B�itill h New GuiYlea (Cambridge University Press). Brett, R., R. and R. Brown and V. Foreman (1962) A Su�vey 06 Motu aYld Police Motu )Port Moresb y: Department of Information and Extension Services in conjunct ion with the Summer Institute of Linguistics , Ukarumpa, Via Lae) . Brown , H.A. (1973) "Motu Contacts and Hiri Motu" in Chapter 8 of K. Franklin (ed.): The LiYlguilltic SituatioYl iYl the Gul6 Villt�ict aYld AdjaceYlt A�eall , Papua New GuiYlea (Canberra : Paci6ic LiYlgui�tic� , Series C - No . 26). Chatterton, P. (1970) "The Origin and Development of Police Motu", KivUYlg , 3:95-98 . Dutton , T.E. (In Press) "The Teaching of Hiri Motu to Europeans ." Section 7.4.3.2. in Cu��eYlt T� eYldll iYl the LaYlguag e SCieYlCell : Cu��e·Ylt T�eYld� iYl New GuiYlea A�ea LaYlguag ell (The Hague : Mouton) . Dutton, T.E. and H.A. Brown (In Press) "Hiri Motu -- The Language Itself" . Section 7.4.3.1 in Cu��eYlt T� eYldll iYl the LaYlguag e ScieYlce� : Cu��eYlt T� eYld� iYl New GuiYlea A�ea LaYlg uag ell (The Hague: Mouton).

2. Structure

Brett , R. , R. and R. Brown and V. Foreman (1962) A VictioYla�y 06 Police Motu (Port Moresby : The Department of Information and Extension Services in conjunction with the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Ukarumpa, Via Lae) . Chatterton , P. (1950) A P�ime� 06 Police Motu (Cairns : The Cairns Post ) . (1972) Hi�i Motu (Police Motu ) (Papua New Guinea: Unevangelized Fields Mission Press) . Dietz, T.A. (1972) Review of C.P. Livingston 's A Cou�ll e iYl Hi�i Motu (Port Moresby: Department of Education ). In KivUYlg , 5:206-207 . Hooley, B. (1965) Review of S.A. Wurm and J.B. Harris : Police Motu : AYl lYlt�oductioYl to the T�ade LaYlguag e 06 Papua (New GuiYlea ) 60� AYlth�o pologi� tll aYld Othe� Fieldwo�ke�ll (Linguistic Circle of Canberra , 1963). In LaYlguag e, 41 : 168-71- Livingston, C.P. (Forthcoming) A Cou�ll e iYl Hi�i Motu (Port Moresby: Department of Education).

258 259

Wurm , S.A. (1964) "Motu and Police Motu , A Study in Typological Contrasts," Pmci6ic Lingui�tic� , Series A - No . 4, pp . 19-4l. Wurm , S.A. and J.B. Harris (1963) Police Motu : An rnt�oduction to the T�mde Lmngumg e 06 Pmpum (New Guinem ) 60� Anth�o p ologi�t� mnd Othe� Fieldwo� k e�� (Canberra : Linguistic Circle of Canberra Publications , Series B - No . 1).

3. Reading Materials

Rigo Dala: [ The Rigo RoadJ . Published by and available from The New Guinea Research Unit , P.O. Box 1238, Boroko, Papua New Guinea . [20¢ per copyJ " Poroman " : An irregularly produced newspaper published by Kantri Press, Port Moresby. [10¢ per copyJ Iseda Sivarai: [Our newsJ . A former fort nightly news-sheet published by the Department of Information and Extension Services, Port Moresby . Now available only in libraries . Ma reko : [Mark 's GospelJ.(London : British and Foreign Bible Society). Revised edition published in 1973 by The Bible Society in Papua New Guinea , Lae ,-Port Moresby, -Rabaul . Aposetolo Ed ia Ka ra : [Acts of the ApostlesJ . Pub lished by the British and Foreign Bible Society in Australia at Canberra and Port Moresby, 1970 . Genese Bona Esodo: [Book of Genesis and Exodus Chapters 1-24J. Published by the Bible Society in Papua New Guinea, Lae-Port Moresby-Rabaul, 1973 . A number of other small publications prepared by Jehovah 's Witnesses and the Seventh-Day Adventist Church-Mission in Papua New Guinea . News and items of interest broadcast over the National Broadcasting Commission radio network , Port Moresby, and over District (local) Radio stations throughout Papua . Dutton, T.E. and Voorhoeve, C.L. Beginning Hiri Motu. D-24, xviii + 276 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1974. DOI:10.15144/PL-D24.1 ©1974 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative.